Untitled

Machine Translated by Google 289
Vertical
section
Figure
4.2.2
BB
E
Figure
E
4.2.3
Flat
formwork
plan
at
-0.08
m
elevation
290
Machine Translated by Google
Figure
E
4.2.4
Plane
formwork
plan
at
elevation
+4.12m
+7.77m
+11.42m
+15.07m
+18.72m/ /
291
Figure
E
4.2.5
Flat
formwork
plan
at
+22.07
m
elevation
292
Figure E 4.2.6 Characteristic loads at the level of the roof plane (over floor 5)
Figure E 4.2.7 Characteristic loads at the plane level above the 4th floor
Figure E 4.2.8 Characteristic loads at the level of the planes above the 1st, 2nd and 3rd floors and
ground floor (values in parentheses)
Machine
294
Translated by Google
E 4.2.3.1. Spatial modeling of the building
E 4.2.3.1.1. The elements of resistance
The resistance structure is composed of structural walls, circular pillars and etc
T shape and beams.
Figure E 4.2.9 shows the spatial model as a whole, and figures E 4.2.10 and E 4.2.11
show the resistance elements of a current floor, respectively of the last level. The gaps in the
plans for the writing house and those foreseen for the elevator were not considered. Tables E
4.2.1 and E 4.2.2 show the dimensions and main geometric characteristics for beams and
columns:
Table E 4.2.1
BEAMS
Sec. b (m) h (m) A (m2 ) AT (m2 ) 0,30 0,30 0,150 0,30 0,50 0,125 It (m4 ) Iy (m4 ) Iz (m4 )
1
grind fictiv 0,010,30
0,012,10
0,200,30
0,40
0,180
1,55
0,067
0,300,20
1,250,40 0,067 0,003708 0.005400 0.001350
2 0,150 0,002817 0.003125 0.001125

-
3
4 0,080 0,000732 0,001067 0,000267
5 0,080 0,000732 0,001067 0,000267
6 0,525 0,017200 0,231500 0,004725
7 0,388 0,012250 0,093100 0,003488
8 0,313 0,009550 0,048830 0,002813
Table E 4.2.2
Pillars
Sec.
b () (m) h A It Iy Iz
tip
circular (m) tp (m) of (m) (m2 ) (m4 ) 0,503 (m4 ) (m4 ) 0.020110
0.800 rectangular 0.400 0.6
defined
- - -
0,040210 0,240 0,007512 0.02011 0.007200 0.00320
- -
1 0,552 0,022430 0,478 0.057460 0.01682 0.030680
0.640 1.2 defined 0.812 1.0 rectangular 0.300 0.6
4 78 - -
0,016700 0,180 0,003708 0,3 0.02206 0.005400 0.00135
- -
5 6 0,3 0,720 0,022920 0,240 0.091800 0.04800 0.003072 0.0
-
- 0,007512 0,360 0,018250 .010800 0.01080
T 1.200 1.2 9 rectangular 0.600 0.4 10
rectangular 0.600 0.6
Beam 3 is a fictitious double articulated bar used on the line of the structural walls to
define the gravity loads coming from the related area of the planes. The structural walls are
grouped into five assemblies marked with W1÷W5 having the dimensions in the project.
The modulus of elasticity of concrete in beams, columns and beams is 300,000 daN/cm2
with a specific weight of 25 kN/m3 .
E4.2.3.1.2. Masses
The distribution of masses from gravity loads and the coordinates of the centers of mass
on the levels are presented in table E 4.2.3. The position of the centers of mass relative to the
system of axes in which the structure is described is calculated with the relations:
Figure E 4.2.9 The finite element spatial model of the P+5E building
(a) Modeling with finite elements of resistance elements, columns, walls, beams
related to a current floor (b) Layout of structural walls
Figure E 4.2.10
Machine
296
(a) Finite elements associated with columns and beams on the last
level (b) Layout of structural walls on the 5th floor Figure
E 4.2.11
Figure E 4.2.12 Column geometry

n n
xm jiji
,, inthe
,, city
j j
i 6,1
1 1
x M n and M n
m m
ji , ji ,
j1 j 1
Table E 4.2.3
Transfer table Mass moment of inertia (tm) The centers of the masses
Gliding above the
mx=my x
level
(t) (m) y (m)
153,343 11990 18,712 4,566

5 (cover) 4 3
21 306,040 28500 18,925 4,044
291,374 27160 18,882 4,213
288,313 26810 18,897 4,285
285,258 26470 18,912 4,355
Parties 290,449 26980 18,852 4,512
Table E 4.2.4 contains the masses per level from columns, beams and beams.
Table E 4.2.4
Poles (t) Beams I perished
Gliding above the level
(t)
5 18,382 47,994 25,056

4 45,703 67,914 60,159
3 54,643 69,047 70,205
2 54,643 68,710 70,205
1 54,643 68,374 70,205
Parties 58,760 69,309 75,495
-
Quota ±0.00 31,438 40,392
TOTAL 318,0 391,0 412,0
For each level, the following masses and positions of the centers of mass result:
Table E 4.2.5
Transfer table Mass moment of inertia (tm) The centers of the masses
Gliding above the
mx=mz 18950 46280 x
level and
(t) 48940 48520 (m) (m)

5 244,777 48100 49710 19,37 5,11
4 479,821 19,04 4,51
3 485,273 18,79 4,57
2 481,874 18,80 4,62
1 478,484 18,80 4,67
Parties 494,016 18,77 4,80
TOTAL 2664,245 260500
The resultants of gravitational forces originating from own weight a

elements, other permanent and variable loads are presented in table E 4.2.6.
Machine
298
Table E 4.2.6
Permanent +
Gliding above Poles Beams Force Total per level
useful (kN)
the level (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)
1505,06
5 183,817 479,935 250,565 3003,78 2419,34
4 457,03 679,143 601,591 2859,84 4741,55
3 546,426 690,473 702,054 2829,79 4798,79
2 546,426 687,105 702,054 2799,81 4765,38
1
546,426 683,738 702,054 2850,76 4732,03
Parties 587,595 693,087 754,948 15849,04 4886,39
TOTAL (kN) 2867,72 3913,48 3713,27 26343,50
E4.2.3.2 Vectors and eigenvalues

The hypothesis of the infinitely rigid plane in its plane involves three dynamic
degrees of freedom (DF) per level – two translations in the plane of the plane and a
rotation around the normal axis on the plane. Level dynamic degrees of freedom are
reported in the center of mass (CM).
The values and eigenvectors associated with the analyzed building are obtained by solving
to the system of linear and homogeneous algebraic
MK 2 equations:
21 , 0 k kk ;n n 1836 GLD
The compatibility condition for the system of equations leads to the algebraic equation:
2
MK k 0
2
Which has eigenvalues as solutions
21 k n
The natural periods of vibration are obtained from the natural pulsations with the relation
2
Tk
;k n 2 1, TTTT ; 21 k n
Table E 4.2.7 shows the first 10 own periods calculated for the case
**
uncracked reinforced concrete elements IIE considering c elements
,
bbbb
non-structural, partition walls, contribute to the overall rigidity of the structure.

Table E 4.2.7
Period Modal equivalence coefficients (participation
Vibration
a
mode factors of effective modal masses)
own (sec)
,kx ,kx , this one , this one ,k ,k
0.598
0.554 0,5638 0,1343 0,0982
1 2
0.463 0,1408 0,6213 0,0020
3 0.173 0,0935 0,0079 0,6619
4 0.148 0,1054 0,903 0,0124 0,0160
5 0.126 0,0192 0,1489 0,925 0,0024
6 0.088 0,0099 0,0084 0,1586 0,939
7 0.073 0,0362 0,0024 0,0060
8 0.066 0,0024 0,0416 0,0001
9 0.057 0,0069 0,0006 0,0310
10 0,0102 0,0002 0,0051
According to paragraph 4.5.3.3.1, paragraphs (7) and (8) for the evaluation of the total seismic response,
the first 6 proper modes of vibration are sufficient for which the effective modal masses are at least 5% of the total
mass (05,0) and their sum represents at least 90% of the total mass of the structure (9.0 ).
It is observed that the first two vibration modes mainly represent translational oscillations along the
directions inclined to the general axis 0x and 0y (fig. E 4.2.13, E 4.2.14). The third form of vibration is a general
twisting oscillation (fig. E 4.2.15).
The components of the eigenvectors corresponding to the first five modes of
oscillations are indicated in table E 4.2.8
Table E 4.2.8
Level direct Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5
x 2.4431E-02 -1.3039E-02 1.1453E-02 2.7964E-02 1.1061E-02
5 1.3066E-02 2.9073E-02
1.1193E-03 2.7100E-03 9.4978E-03 -2.8654E-02
yrotz _ -2.4115E-04 -3.1277E-03 1.0585E-03 -1.5950E-04
x 2.2649E-02 -1.1519E-02 8.7048E-03 1.2978E-02 4.3364E-03 2.9437E-03
4 1.1230E-02 2.4855E-02
9.8885E-04 4.2055E-03 -1.1037E-02
-2.1670E-04
-2.6581E-03 4.6902E-04
yrotz _ -1.7295E-04
x 1.8847E-02 -9.3222E-03 7.4325E-03 -6.2201E-03 -2.8051E-03 2.5466E-03
3 9.0038E-03 1.9541E-02
8.0349E-04 -2.1741E-03 8.2500E-03 -2.0795E-03 -1.9984E-04
yrotz -1.1176E-04 2.5532E-05
x 1.4066E-02 -6.7971E-03 5.6565E-03 - 2.0138E-02 - 7.8638E-03
2 6.6201E-03 1.3780E-02 1.5819E-03 -6.8239E-03 2.1462E-02
yrotz 5.8770E-04 - 6.3075E-05 -1.4655E-03 -6.9613E-04 2.5542E-04
x 8.7432E-03 -4.1591E-03 3.5700E-03 -2.2349E-02 -8.7065E-03 7.8645E-04
1 4.0599E-03 8.1446E-03
3.6234E-04 -7.5455E-03 2.3202E-02 -8.7260E-04 -7.9708E-04
yrotz _ -2.7509E-05 3.1261E-04
x 3.6507E-03 -1.7409E-03 1.5366E-03 -1.2980E-02 -5.3066E-03 2.6174E-04
Parties 1.6734E-03 3.2836E-03
1.5555E-04 -4.3353E-03 1.3720E-02 -3.6474E-04 -4.9313E-04
yrotz -7.2163E-06 1.8538E-04
Machine
300
Figure E 4.2.13 Mode 1 of vibration x 1,

564.0 ,
and 1,
1343.0 ,
1,
0982.0 ,
T1 sec5982.0
Figure E 4.2.14 Vibration mode 2 x 2,

141.0 ,
and 2,
621.0 ,
2,
002.0 ,
T2 sec55413.0
Figure E 4.2.15 Vibration mode 3 x 3,

093.0 ,
and 3,
008.0 ,
3,
662.0 ,
T3 sec46347.0
Knowing the level masses (table E 4.2.6) and the proper vibration vectors
(table E 4.2.8) the modal participation factors px,k , py,k and p ,k can be calculated
according to relations (C4), generalized modal massM with k
relation (C3), respectively
* * *
effective modal masses m ,kx ,
m,
ky and J,k with relations (C5).
For example, in mode 1 of vibration one obtains: -
Modally generalized mass
6
2 2 2
sJssmiM of this 0,1
1 i x 1, , ii k ,
(in the case of orthonormal eigenvectors)

M1modal
; ,1 nk k - The
participation factors express "the quantitative participation of the acceleration that manifests
itself at the base of the tu structure in each modal equation" 0and
the as a result
meaning tup has
of modal inertia
force. kx 0,
N 6
x ismp 1, i x 1,
75853,38
i 1
N 6
ismp 1, iy 1, y
91525,18
i 1
N 6
isJp 1, i
1,
96697,159
i 1
* * *
- Effective modal masses mx 1, , my 1, maximum
i J are used to calculate the force
1,
modal base pairs. For the first mode of vibration it results:

2 2
* p x 1, 75853,38
m x 22,1502
1,
M1 0,1
2 2
* p and1,
91525,18
m
1, y
787,357
M1 0,1
2 2
* p 96697.159
1,
J 25590
1,
M1 0,1
and as a result with the total mass m 245.2664 tons and the moment of inertia of the mass
J 260500 tm , the modal equivalence coefficients are obtained:
*
mx 1,
22,1502
x 1,
5640,0
m 245,2664
*
m 1,
y 787,357
and1,
1343,0
m 245,2664
*
m 1,
25590
1,
0982,0
J 260500
*
The modal equivalent masses m are associated with systems with a GLD equivalent to
the real system with 18 GLD (12 translations in the x and y directions and 6 rotations around the
0z axis passing through the CM)
Machine
302
The participation factors of the effective modal masses (modal equivalence coefficients) were
calculated according
,kx , to relations
i ,k(C.6).
, this one, Modal equivalence
contribution coefficients
of vibration synthetically
modes in the evaluationexpress the seismic
of the total
response. In other words, these coefficients express as a percentage the distribution of the resulting
inertial force on the general directions of oscillation in a specific mode of vibration k. Also, based on
these coefficients, the general compliance of a building can be assessed, in order to estimate its
response to seismic action.
Reduced values of the equivalence coefficient associated with torsional oscillations
,k in the first two proper modes of vibration but also the size of the coefficients of
equivalent associated translational oscillations from the first two eigenmodes
yx 1,1,1
7.06981.01343.05638.0 7.07621.06213.01408.0 fall within
yx 2,2,2
the recommendation contained in paragraph C.1 line (4).
Therefore, the spatial calculation method with the use of the design response spectrum in the
evaluation of the maximum modal response is suitable for determining the displacements and efforts in
the case of the presented building.
E 4.2.3.3. Calculation of maximum modal base torsional forces

The maximum modal base torsional forces are calculated with relations (C.8).
The design spectrum is obtained from relation (3.18) chapter 3.2 in which:
TTT
1B 32.02.0
C sec, for the Bucharest city area;
T
aTS 2.0 ; gq
d
a
g
where ga m/s 9445.23.0 2

is the peak value of the horizontal ground acceleration
g
determined for an average reference recurrence interval of 225 years and corresponds to checks at the
ultimate strength limit state.
For TTT 5.2 is theground
dynamic
T amplification
as a result of thefactor C , maximum
oscillating of the
motion of the structure.
acceleration of non-
If the the
B 0
structural elements do not cooperate with the structure, the stiffness modulus of the reinforced concrete
elements must be reduced by 50%, to account for the effects of concrete cracking. In the case of the
**
analyzed structure, the proper periods of the uncracked structure will5.0
be
bb multiplied
IEIE by 2the
bb . The period of
fundamental
mode becomes: 846.05982.02 6.1 sTs
*
T1 c
It is observed that the dynamic amplification factor /5 they do not change.

0
q for ain dual1structure having the ductility class DCH (according to table 5.1). This value is
valid only if the design of the reinforced concrete structure ensures a capacity corresponding to the DCH
class for dissipating the energy induced by the seismic movement through plastic deformations. 1.35 is
considered as for a building with
The overstrength factor in
/ 1
predominantly frames, with several levels and openings.
The behavior factor q will be reduced by 20% according to paragraph
4.4.3.1 paragraph (5) as a result of the vertical irregularities of the building q
4,58,035,15
For the first 4 proper forms of vibration the inelastic design spectrum will
had the same value
0 5.2
aTS gkd 9445.2 4.5 ; k 363,1
q 4.1
TTmaximum modal
components of the are
sec148.0
found
basein
5982.0
torsional
table E
sec4.2.9
forces
The
T5 k 1
Table E 4.2. 9
Earthquake in 0x SS direction Earthquake in the 0y direction
ddx
SS d
Module
F ,kx F ,ky F ,kx F ,ky
(kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)

1 2047 999 999 488
2 511 -1074 -1074 2255
3 340 99 99 28
4 383 132 132 46
5 67 -185 -185 517
6 32 28 28 26
SRSS 2174 1488 1488 2368
CQC 2520 907 907 2658
For example, in the case of a micro translation of the base in a direction parallel to the 0x axis in figure E 4.2.16, the sum
of the equivalent static level forces corresponding to mode 1 of oscillation is calculated with relation (C8), in which:
TSTS 363,1
deIkdx ,
In which ,1 0is the important factor for a building with the class of
, no
important III (according to table 4.2).

It works
*
mTSF xkdx 1,
x 1,
kN 204822,1502363,1
p and1, 915,18
F
1, y
F x 1, kN 9992048
p x 1, 7585,38
p 1, 967,159
M F 2048 kNm 8452
1, x 1,
p x 1, 7585,38
or in the second mode of vibration:
Fx 2,
kN 511245,26641408,0363,1
684,40
kN 1074511 368,19
2, My
784,22
M 2,
kNm 601511 368.19
In the case of a small
displacement of the ground in the 0y direction using relations (C10), components of the
maximum modal shear force are obtained. Thus in vibration mode 1 it results:
*
mTSF y 1,1
and 1, you
kN 488787,357363,1
Machine
304
p x 1, 7585,38
F x 1,
F and1,
kN 999488
p and1,
915,18
p 1, 967,159
M
1, F and1,
kNm 4125488 915,18
p and1,
and in mode two of vibration

2
My 2, 684,40363,1 kN 2256
368,19
Fx 2,
2256 kN 1074
684,40
784,22
M 2,
2256 kNm 1263
684,40
Table E 4.2.10 CQC

Combination Rule
Earthquake in the 0x SS direction
ddx Earthquake in the 0y SS direction
yes
Level F,
ix M ,i
F,
ix M
F ,iy F ,iy ,i
(kN) (kN) (kNm) (kN) (kN) (kNm)

ET5 428 169 1764 163 495 690
ET4 712 264 3472 259 774 1285
ET3 598 211 2917 214 624 1068
ET2 498 180 2261 184 516 1003
ET1 386 142 1655 149 405 880
PARTIES 236 82 1026 86 251 537
Combination rules SRSS 268
ET5 375 1853 253 449 820
ET4 432 618 3661 423 692 1552
ET3 347 519 3085 350 558 1271
ET2 274 200 108
440 2403 283 468 1133
ET1 349 1761 210 376 968
PARTIES 212 1141 116 235 593
The distribution of the maximum modal basic torsional forces on the directions of the dynamic degrees of
freedom at each level in the center of masses is carried out based on the relations (C.9). Table E 4.2.10
shows the conventional level seismic forces using the SRSS rule, respectively CQC of modal overlap.
E4.2.3.4. Determining the main directions for the seismic action
The participation factors of the effective modal masses in modes 1 and 2, in which the predominant
oscillations are translational, have non-zero values along the directions of the axes of 0 ). Therefore, the
(main directions associated with
x 1, pure0translational
i and 1, oscillations
directions 0x
in planes
and 0y parallel
are not coordinated
to the horizontal
0x and
plane
0y of
the ground. The orientation of the main directions for defining the seismic action in order to obtain the
maximum response is established so that the modal participation factors be non-zero for only one direction.
This situation occurs only if the main directions coincide with the global axes in which the structure is
described. As a result, a simple visual examination of these factors will not
provide a direct answer of the position of the main directions. A condition for identifying the main
directions using the modal responses is that the values of the modal equivalence coefficient
or the modal participation factors p be zero. In the case
studied, only the second mode of vibration fulfills these conditions. Consequently, the orientation
component F of one of the main directions will be provided 0002,0 . by the angle between a
sau of the associated base tax authority
,kx F ,ky
2 2
oscillation and their resultant , kx ky . FFF of the 2nd mode of
,kb ,
F p ky 1074
ky
arcsin ,
arctg p
,
arcsin 54,64
F kb 2 2
, kx , 5111074
684,40
arctg 54,64 where k=2.
368,19
0
For the first proper mode of vibration it can be considered 1,
( 1,
0982.0 ) result
915.18
arctg 758.38 26
representing the orientation of the second main direction orthogonal to the first direction as shown in figure
E 4.2.16.
The equivalence coefficients associated with the main directions 0x1 and 0y1 can be obtained from
the modal equivalence coefficients calculated in the initial system of axes x0y, as follows: mode 1
1,1,1, 1 yxx 6981,01343,05638,0 ;

1, 1 and
0 ; 1,
0982,0
mode 2 7621,06213,01408,0 002,0
2,2,2, 1 yxx
2, 1 and
0 ; 2,
and
and 1
0 x1
26°
64°
Figure E 4.2.16 Orientation of the main directions.

Machine
306
Figure E 4.2.17 Mode 1 of vibration 1, 1 x

698.0 ,
1, 1 and
0.0 ,
1,
099.0 ,
T1 sec5982.0
Figure E 4.2.18 Vibration mode 2 1 x 2,

0.0 ,
1 and 2,
762.0 ,
2,
002.0 ,
T2 sec55413.0
Figure E 4.2.19 Vibration mode 3 1 x 3,

099.0 ,
1 and 3,
003.0 ,
3,
661.0 ,
T3 sec46347.0
By performing an axis rotation of 26 and recalculating the vectors and eigenvalues,

the shape of the eigenoscillations, the values and the directions obtained above can be
verified. In figures E 4.2.17, E 4.2.18 and E 4.2.19 are represented the first three proper forms
of vibration in the system of axes rotated
11
x 0y . The independence of the characteristics can be found
dynamics of the chosen axis system.
The non-coincidence of the centers of mass and the centers of rigidity will not be able to eliminate the torsional oscillations
present in vibration mode 1.
E4.2.3.5. Calculation of efforts and displacements For the case

of a seismic action defined by a design spectrum corresponding to some independent translation microns in one
of the main directions 0x1 and 0y1 , the following maximum modal base forces are obtained:
Table 4.2.11
Earthquake in direction 0x1 Earthquake in the 0y1 direction
Vibration
M F
mode F ,kx1 F ,ky1 1
,k F ,kx1 M ,ky1 1
,k
(kN) (kN) (kNm) (kN) (kN) (kNm)

2508 8 9315 8 28
1 17 -9 17 0 -1352
2 3 0 356 -59 -9077 -59 2740 10 1511
15
2
2570 107 13405 107 2800 2238
I
1
The conventional static seismic forces of the level associated with the first two natural modes of vibration are the
following:
Table 4.2.12
Earthquake in direction 0x1 (module 1) Earthquake in the 0y1 direction (mode 2)

Module M Fy M
Fx Fy
1 1, (kN) 16 7 -4 1 1, 1, Fx 1 2, 1 2, 2,
(kN) -5 (kNm) (kN) (kN) (kNm)

ET5 398 1247 14 478 -276
ET4 706 2667 14 799 -476
ET3 588 2286 3 637 -325
ET2 435 1657 -3 450 -181
ET1 268 -5 1010 -6 266 -77
PARTIES 116 -2 450 -5 111 -20
By referring to the resultant of the gravitational forces acting on the entire building
G=26343 kN the following global seismic coefficients are obtained: 2800
2570
0976.0 and respectively cy 1063,0
cx 1
26343 1 26343
In the absence of a calculation program capable of determining the modal responses and then automatically
making combinations according to one of the rules presented in Annex C of the P 100-1 code, calculation stage II , a
simplified calculation procedure can be used which is valid only in the case where in the first two modes of vibration
or
x and
have a value greater than 0.7. The calculation algorithm is as follows:

Machine
308
a. - The conventional static seismic forces of the level corresponding to the first two predominant
eigenmodes of translational oscillation are established, using the relations (C.3)÷(C.10) in which only the
eigenvectors associated with the two main directions intervene. For this, either the components of the
eigenvectors are projected according to the main directions, or the calculation model is redone so that the
global axes coincide with the main ones. In this last variant, the coordinates that define the topology of the
structure and the loadings must be modified by elementary relations specific to the transformations when
rotating the axis systems. b.
- The displacements and efforts corresponding to conventional static seismic forces applied at the
center of mass are determined.
c. - They are inserted in the center of mass, for each direction of action ( eFeFM for the seismic
)1( it direction,
iiiix 1
additional)1(1
moments
)
1
0x1 and respectively eFeFM

)2( it for the direction 0y1 and are calculated
(
) ( 2 ) 11
1
efforts and trips (stage III of Annex C) d.

- The results obtained for each direction of action in stages (b) and (c) are superimposed using all
possible combinations (stage III-a)
EEE EEE III ,II,
AND
It is.
- The responses in displacements and efforts obtained for the two main directions of seismic
action are combined according to the rules in paragraph 4.5.3.6. according to relations 4.14 and 4.15
1 EEdx 30,0"" Edy 2
1 2 EEdy ""30,0
EEdx
In this manner of calculation, efforts and movements preserve his mark

related to the forces from the own modes of translation. Using the combination rule
EEE 22
1 Edx
22
2 Edy
leads to the loss of the sign of efforts and movements.
The coefficients i
are superunitary and reflect the fact that in the evaluation of the response
1 2
only the effect of a single proper vibration mode was used for each main direction of seismic action considered
N
2 2
FF xkykx
( 1 ,11
)
F xb, 1 k 1
,
F x 1 1,
F x 1 1,
)(FF1 11
2 2
ykykx
, ,
F
yb , k 1
1
2
F and 2,
F and 2,
1 1
F ,xb
i , yb
F represent the basic torsional forces for each of the main directions of action considering
1
1
the effects of the N proper modes of vibration taken into account and combined according to one of the recommended
rules (CQC, SRSS, ABSSUM).
Fx and
1, 1 Fy are the basic torsional forces corresponding to each main 2, 1 direction 0x1 and 0y1 and they
only contain the independent contribution of each of the first two proper modes of translation.
In the following, the response of the structure is calculated for the case that the
structure was rotated in the system of axes parallel to the main directions obtained in
paragraph 2.3.4.
Four distinct loading cases are considered which correspond to the following
action situations:
Case 1 (A) – level seismic forces associated with vibration mode 1 – seismic action
in the 0x1 direction seismic level forces associated with vibration
Case 2 (B) – mode 2 – seismic action in the 0y1 direction level torsion moments
produced by the seismic forces in case A as an effect of some
Case 3 (C) – accidental eccentricities m 80.005 ,0 ( Li is the size of the construction
projected normal to the direction of action Liy m 0.16 from figure E
The
1i 4.2.20)i level torsion moments produced by the seismic forces
in case B, Lix m 0.34 ( e1i 70.1 )
Case 4 (D) –
m
Lix and Liy are the dimensions of the rectangle circumscribed by the
building on the top floor. For simplification, planes with the same
dimensions at all levels were considered. Figure E 4.2.21 presents
the considered loading cases.
y1
x CR=19,425 m
y CR=2,289 m
0 x1
yCM=4,183 m
16,00 m
x CM=19,285 m
34,00 m
Figure E.4.2.20 The position of the center of rigidity (CR) and the center of mass (CM)
on the plane above the 4th floor and the circumscribed rectangle with sides parallel to the
directions considered for the seismic action
Machine
310
My, 11 My, 21
Fx,11 Fx,21
Sdx Mt,1 Mt,2
1y
1x
0 Sdy
Mt,1 Mt,2
1i
e=0.80 m 1i
e=1.70m
eFFM 11,1, iyx

t
1
eFFM
t
2
12,2, iyx
1 1 1
1
or
absolute or
maximum value
eFFM 11,1, iyx
t
1
eFFM
t
2
12,2, iyx
1 1 1
1
Figure E 4.2.21 Loading cases with conventional forces statically equivalent to

the seismic action
With these loading cases, all 16 possible loading combinations are carried out in
the assumption of the dominant seismic action in the 0x1 direction according to table E
4.2.13.
For an independent seismic action in the 0y1 direction , the above combinations are
repeated with 3.0results
i respectively
will haveresulting
1 2to
, be
in according
loads,
added32 with
possible combinations.
thetoefforts from the The
the combination obtained
gravitational
rule that
includes the seismic action.
The presented calculation procedure directly provides the signs of efforts and
displacements.
The use of the main directions for modeling the seismic action does not exclude
the use of other directions of action that may be relevant. In the analyzed case, the
structure contains a longitudinal frame in axis 4 parallel to the main axis 0x1 , as well as
structural walls and transverse frames in axes A, B, C, D, E and F, but also longitudinal
frames in axes 1, 2 and 3, inclined to the main directions 0x1 and 0y1. For these last
two transverse and longitudinal frames, it is necessary to repeat the reasoning above
considering the initial axes 0x and 0y as relevant directions of action. Of course, the
calculation is laborious and requires the use of automatic calculation programs capable
of performing all the necessary calculation combinations, including checking the relative
level displacements.
Table E 4.2.13
Case
A B C D
Combinaia
1
1
3,0 2 1
3,0 2
2
1
3,0 2 1
3,0 2
3
1
3,0 2 1
3,0 2
4
1
3,0 2 1
3,0 2
5
1
3,0 2 1
3,0 2
6
1
3,0 2 1
3,0 2
7
1
3,0 2 1
3,0 2
8
1
3,0 2 1
3,0 2
9
1
3,0 2 1
3,0 2
10 1
3,0 2 1
3,0 2
11 1
3,0 2 1
3,0 2
12 1
3,0 2 1
3,0 2
13 1
3,0 2 1
3,0 2
14 1
3,0 2 1
3,0 2
15 1
3,0 2 1
3,0 2
16 1
3,0 2 1
3,0 2
It is 4.2.3.6. Verification of displacements in the ultimate limit stage (ULS)
For non-degraded (non-cracked) concrete sections, the level displacements are obtained directly from each loading combination in table E 4.2.13. For
example, for the pillar in the E/4 axis in loading combination 1, table E4.2.14 shows the elastic displacements at each level of the building: The verification of the
lateral displacements at the ultimate limit state is carried out according to Annex E with the relation:
ULS ULS
dcqdd whereeven
r
the ,
behavior factor q 4.5 .

The displacements are recalculated considering the concrete elements for columns, beams and cracked walls. In this case the code recommends
reducing the stiffness modulus IE by 50%. This is equivalent to doubling the displacements from table E 4.2.14 obtained in the case of uncracked concrete
elements. cm 6452.023226.0
bb cm 6866.023433.0
d
/ nefisuratre
d
re
5,0
The coefficient c is obtained by linear interpolation in the domain:

Machine
312
T1 846,0 qTC 4,56,1

3,233,231
c 784,1 729,1
T C6,1 7.1 7,1
The result is c 729.1
It works
ULS cm 024,66452,0 cm ULS

d 4,5729,1 d With 125,9365025,0 cm
r
,
411,66866,0
Table E 4.2.14
ux Uy 1 in ,ex1 you , ey1 ue hnivel
Level
1
(cm) (cm) (cm) (cm) (cm) (m)

6 1,301 1,053
0,132 0,143 0,1946 3,35
5 1,169 0,910
0,198 0,186 0,2715 3,65
4 0,971 0,724
0,247 0,207 0,3226 3,65
3 0,724 0,517
0,275 0,206 0,3433 3,65
2 0,449 0,311
0,263 0,181 0,3192 3,65
1
0,186 0,130
0,186 0,130 0,2269 4,20
Parties 0,000 0,000
E 5. PROVISIONS SPECIFIC TO CONCRETE CONSTRUCTIONS
E 5.1 Design of a structure in reinforced concrete frames
It is 5.1.1. Specification of design data

In the present example, the calculation and dimensioning of a P+7E storey
building with a resistance structure made of reinforced concrete frames is carried out.
The building has the function of offices and is located in the municipality of Oltenia. A
plan view of the current floor is shown in Figure E 5.1.1. In what follows, a brief
presentation of the main characteristics of the building is made.
Figure E 5.1.1. Ski current level
Building functions:
Current floors: offices, bathrooms;
Ground floor: offices, conference room, bathrooms

Basement: technical;
Teras: uncirculatable.
General building composition data:

Resistance structure:
- Superstructure: monolithic reinforced concrete frame type;

- Infrastructure: radier general the perimeter walls din beton armat monolit;
Machine
314
Closures and compartments:
- external walls from bca blocks and thermal insulation from extruded polystyrene,
applied externally;
- internal walls: internal BCA walls between spaces with different functions, light
walls in the rest;
Execution technology: monolithic reinforced concrete (including slabs), cast in

formwork.
Building design conditions:
City: Oltenia;
Importance and exposure class III, I,e=1.0
Seismic conditions:
o maximum ground acceleration (IMR = 225 years), ag = 0.25g o TB =

0.2 so TC = 1.0 s
Ductility class DCH (determined by seismic conditions)
Zona de zpad: sk= 2.0 kN/m2
Geometric characteristics of the structure (Fig. 1):
3 openings (5.0m; 6.0m, 5.0m);
3 bay (5.0m;6.0m,5.0m); Level
of level: 3.0m.
Design values of resistors:
for concrete class C25/30 fck

= 25 N/mm2 fcd = 16.67
N/mm2 fctm = 2.6 N/
mm2 fctd = 1.2 N/mm2
pentru oel
fyk = 345 N/mm2
world = 300 N/mm2
It is 5.1.2. Evaluation of gravity loads in the design situation at

earthquake
own weight please: hsl · rc = 0.15 25 = 3.75 kN/m2 ;
floor loading: hp · rc = 0,05 22 = 1,10 kN/m2 ;

loading from the attic: ha ba rc =1.00 0.20 25= 5.0kN/m ;
loading from closures: 0,25 (3,00-0,60) 8 0,7 + +
0,04 3,00 18 0,7 = 4,87kN/m.
where,
hsl is the board height;

rc is the specific weight of reinforced concrete;
hp is the thickness of the floor ha is the height of
the attic
it is the lime of the attic.
Evaluation of design loads according to CR 0-2012 on the current plan i

on the terrace is systematized in tables 1 and 2 in which:
- the fundamental grouping (GF) represents the factored combination of actions
which includes exclusively gravity loads
- the seismic grouping (GS) represents the factored combination of actions that also
includes the seismic action with the design value
Permanent Variable Permanent
Table
E
5.1.1.
Gravitational
loads
at
current
level
b)
Loads
uniformly
distributed
on
the
perimeter
beams a)
Loads
uniformly
distributed
on
the
plate
Self-
weight
of
the
floor
Equivalent
load
from
the
internal
walls
Load
from
the
closing
wall
Own
weight
please
Upload
name Tavan
fals
iinstalaii Upload
name
Payload
Characteristic
value Characteristic
value
qk
[kN/
m2]
qk
[kN/
m]
4.87 3.00 0.50 1.00 1.10 3.75
Fundamental
Group
(GF)
coeff.
of
grouping
design
value
coef.
grouping coef.
of
grouping
design
value
coef.
grouping
Fundamental
Group
(GF)
1.35 1.50 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.35
qGF
[kN/
m2]
qGF
[kN/
m]
13.07
6.57 4.50 0.68 1.35 1.49 5.06
1.00 0.30 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Seismic
Group
(GS) Seismic
Group
(GS)
qGS
[kN/
m2]
qGS
[kN/
m]
4.87 7.25 0.90 0.50 1.00 1.10 3.75
316
Permanent Variable Permanent
Table
E
5.1.2.
Gravitational
loads
on
the
terrace
b)
Loads
uniformly
distributed
on
the
perimeter
beams a)
Loads
uniformly
distributed
on
the
plate
Own
weight
of
slope
concrete
Own
weight
please
Upload
name Loading
from
snow False
ceiling
and
installations Upload
name
Thermal
waterproofing
Loading
from
the
attic
Characteristic
value Characteristic
value
qk
[kN/
m2]
qk
[kN/
m]
5.00 1.60 0.50 0.50 1.50 3.75
Fundamental
Group
(GF)
coeff.
of
grouping
design
value
coef.
grouping coef.
of
grouping
design
value
coef.
grouping
Fundamental
Group
(GF)
1.35 1.50 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.35
qGF
[kN/
m2]
qGF
[kN/
m]
10.84
6.75 2.40 0.68 0.68 2.03 5.06
1.00 0.40 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Seismic
Group
(GS) Seismic
Group
(GS)
qGS
[kN/
m2]
qGS
[kN/
m]
5.00 6.89 0.64 0.50 0.50 1.50 3.75
317
Machine
318
It is 5.1.3. Pre-dimensioning of structural elements
In the case of reinforced concrete structures, the pre-dimensioning stage of the

structural elements is of increased importance due to their contribution to the gravitational
loads and the mass of the building. The pre-sizing criteria can be those related to the
conditions of rigidity (allowable beams), ductility, or they can be architectural or
technological requirements.
Pre-sizing the board:

The pre-dimensioning of the board was done based on rigidity criteria and for
architectural considerations.
P 4600
hsl 2...1 cm cmcm
152...1
180 180
For architectural reasons: hsl = 15cm
Choose: hsl = 15cm
Pre-dimensioning of the beams:
In the case of the beams, their dimensions were preliminarily established considering
stiffness and architectural criteria. The section of the longitudinal beams is identical to the
section of the transverse beams and has the following dimensions:
1 1 1 1
hw lcl m 5,0...75,000,6 m choose hw = 60cm

8 12 8 12
1 1 1 1
b 2 3
hw
2 3
m 20,0...30,060,0 m choose bw = 30cm
Pre- sizing of columns: In the case of columns,
the pre-sizing criterion applied is related to ensuring the local ductility of the columns by limiting the average compressive stress.
Code P 100-1 (paragraph 5.3.4.2.2) recommends limiting the value of the normalized axial stress to 0.45 (in which case it is not necessary to
explicitly verify the necessary deformation capacity) or 0.55 (in which case it is necessary to explicitly verify of the necessary deformation
capacity). For the present example, it was preferred to choose a relatively high value of the average unitary compression effort, in order to reduce
the dimensions of the cross-sections of the columns. Checking the ductility condition requires the evaluation of the axial compression force and
the determination of a necessary concrete area of the column.
It is not proposed to change the section of the pillars on the height of the building, in order to avoid the variation of the stiffness of the
floors, whose unfavorable effect was highlighted by dynamic calculations and by the degradations suffered by this type of buildings during
earthquakes.
The axial forces in the columns are determined according to the position in the structure and the related areas.
To estimate the self-weight of the columns, equal sections will be considered

of posts (60 x 60 cm) both for the marginal posts and for the internal ones.
Marginal pole (Sm)
At the base of the most stressed marginal pillar, the axial force produced by the gravitational loads
associated with the special group of loads has the value :
GS GS GS GS GS GS
GlqAqnlqAqN
Sm terasai , of feelsj
, of
1 nci
, of ,
feelsj of Sm
= 6,89 20,25 + (5,00 9 + 1,875 14 + 3,375 5) + 7 [7,25 20,25 + (4,87 5 + + 1,875 14 + 3,375) 5)] + 0.602
24 25 = 1943.7kN
where,
GS
iq
the sum of uniformly distributed loads on the plate
Aaf the area related to the pillar
GS
jq load "j" uniformly distributed on the grind
GS
l of the length on which the load related to the pillar j q acts ,
n the number of levels
GS
GS
self weight of the pole
To take into account the indirect effect produced by the seismic action,
the admissible value of the normalized average axial stress, d, is chosen to be 0.4.
GS
N Sm
d
4,0
fhb
cdcc
GS 3
N Sm 107,1943
hb
cc
9,539 mm choose hc = bc = 55cm
cdd f 67,164,0
Center Pillar (Sc)
At the base of the central pillar, the most requested axial force produced by the gravitational loads
associated with the special group of loads has the value :
GS GS GS GS GS GS
GlqAqnlqAqN
Sc terasai ,
of feelsj
,
of
1 nci
,
of ,
feelsj of Sm
= 6,89 · 30,25 + 3,375 · 11 + 7 · (7,25 · 30,25 + 3,375 · 11) + 0,602 · 24 · 25 =
= 2256.6 kN
GS
N Sm
5,0
d
fhb
cdcc
GS 3
N Sm 106,2256
hb
cc
3,520 mm choose hc = bc = 55cm
cdd f 67,165,0
Machine
320
It is 5.1.4. Evaluation of seismic loads

The seismic action was modeled in the simplest way, using the method of
equivalent static seismic forces. The action of the lateral forces was considered
separately on the main resistance directions of the building. The fundamental
eigenmodes of translation in the two main directions predominantly contributed to the
total seismic response, the effect of the higher eigenmodes of vibration being neglected.
Basic informational forces corresponding to the fundamental proper mode for
each main direction is determined as follows:
GcmTSF
dIb 1
(1)
where,
I
important factor-exposure of the construction; for ordinary constructions = 1
Sd (T1) ordinate of the design response spectrum corresponding to the fundamental

period T1
Facing
g 1
TS
d 1
T1 the fundamental own period of vibration of the building in the plane containing
the considered horizontal direction
T1 the normalized elastic response spectrum (for TC < T1 < TD · TC / T1 = 2.5 ·
T1 = 0
1.0 / 1.11 = 2.25, see also 5.1.6.2)
the maximum acceleration of the design of the land in the location; for Oltenia
at
ag = 0.25 g
g acceleraia gravitaional
q behavior factor of the structure; for a frame structure with several levels and
several openings, for ductility class H, q = q0 · u/1 = 5 · 1.35 = 6.75
m total mass of the building
correction factor that takes into account the contribution of the fundamental
eigenmode through the effective modal mass associated with it, = 1.0 for T >
TC
c seismic coefficient
G the total weight of the building
Substituting in relation (1) we get:
Facing G
g 25,225,0 1
F One cGc 083,01 75,6
q g
The seismic forces were entered into the structural calculation program
through the seismic coefficient "c" using a triangular distribution on the height. The
value of the seismic forces on each level is presented in Table E 5.1.3.
Table E 5.1.3. Level seismic forces
Level Fi,x Fi,y

[kN] [kN]
7 532 532
6 491 491
5 421 421
4 351 351
3 281 281
2 210 210
1 140 140
P 70 70
It is 5.1.5. The model for structural calculation. Hypotheses

The calculation of the structure under the action of lateral and vertical forces was carried out using a structural calculation
program. The calculation model of the superstructure is the spatial one considered embedded at the base of the first level, the difference
in rigidity between the infrastructure (with reinforced concrete walls on the contour) and the superstructure allowing the adoption of this
simplifying hypothesis.
The reinforced concrete plane has substantial rigidity and resistance to take over the efforts produced by the lateral forces,
and due to the regularity and homogeneity of the structure, it can be considered non-deformable in its plane.
The structural elements of the superstructure, columns and beams, were modeled using bar-type finite elements. The nodes
between columns and beams were considered non-deformable.
The assumptions regarding the rigidity of the structural elements in the operational stage (cracked domain of behavior) differ
depending on the checks performed and will be described separately in the respective paragraphs.
Machine
322
And 5.1.6. Verification of lateral movements

We consider checking at two limit states, respectively the limit state of
service (SLS) and ultimate limit state (ULS) (Annex E – code P 100-1).
And 5.1.6.1. Service limit state (SLS) check

The purpose of checking the service limit state is to maintain the main function of the building
following earthquakes that may occur several times during the life of the construction, by controlling the
degradation of non-structural elements and the components of the construction-related installations. The
earthquake associated with this limit state is a moderate earthquake in intensity, having a higher probability
of occurrence than the one associated with the last limit state.
The on-the-go check is based on the expression:

SLS SLS
ddqd
r even ,
where,
SLS
dr the relative level shift under the seismic action associated with SLS
reduction factor that takes into account the smaller earthquake recovery period;
= 0.5
q behavior factor specific to the type of structure
dre the relative displacement of the same level, determined by static elastic
calculation under seismic design loads
SLS
d with ,
the admissible value of the relative level displacement
The values of displacements dre are calculated using assumptions for calculating the rigidity of
the structural elements in accordance with their actual state of cracking, depending on the degree of
interaction between the structural and non-structural elements (compartments and closures). During the
action of an earthquake of moderate intensity, it is assumed that the connections between the closing and
compartmentalizing elements and the pillars or beams are not compromised, and the degradations of the
non-structural elements in question are insignificant as a result of the conditions for limiting lateral
movements. In these conditions, the contribution of the non-structural elements to the global stiffness of
the structure is taken into account. In a simplified way, the global evaluation of the structure's rigidity is
done by considering the deformation properties of the uncracked sections (behavior stage I) of the
structural elements and neglecting, in compensation, the contribution of the non-structural elements. If the
non-structural elements do not deform together with the structure, the stiffness of the structure is evaluated
considering the deformation properties of the structural elements in the cracked stage.
In this case, dre values are estimated under the assumption of sectional stiffness a
structural elements in the uncracked stage:
(EI)conv = Ec · Ic
where,
Ec is the modulus of elasticity of concrete
Ic the moment of inertia of the raw concrete section

The admissible value of the relative level shift for the case where
the non-structural elements (with brittle failure) are attached to the structure is:
SLS
d with , = 0,005 · h = 0,05 · 3000 = 15mm
where,
h floor height As can be
seen from Table E 5.1.4 and 5, the structure with the dimensions of the elements obtained from
pre-dimensioning respects the lateral displacement check corresponding to SLS.
And 5.1.6.2. Ultimate Limit State (ULS) Verification
The ultimate limit state displacement check has as its main purpose the prevention of the collapse
of closures and compartments, the limitation of structural degradation and second-order effects.
The earthquake associated with this limit state is the earthquake considered for the calculation of
the resistance to lateral forces of the structure, the code earthquake.

ULS ULS
ddqcd
r even ,
where,
ULS
dr the relative level shift under the seismic action associated with ULS
ULS
d admissible value of relative level displacement;
a,r
ULS
d with , = 0,025h = 0,025 3000 = 75mm
c the displacement amplification factor.
T qT
C
3,231
c
TC 7,1
11,1 c 3,23 145,0 c

1
In the case of the action of a strong, rare earthquake, significant degradation of the
compartmentalizing and closing elements will occur and therefore, the contribution of the non-
structural elements to the overall stiffness of the structure can be neglected, and the dre
values will have to be calculated assuming the stiffness corresponding to the cracked stage of
the elements structural. It is allowed to evaluate the rigidity of the structure by considering half
of the values of the deformation modules of the structural elements in the uncracked stage.
The equivalence relations are the following:
dre (assuming 0.5EcIc) = 2 dre (assuming EcIc)
T (in the hypothesis 0.5EcIc) = 2 T (in the

hypothesis EcIc) In these conditions the periods corresponding to the fundamental
modes in the two main directions are:
Tx = 1,11 s
Machine
324
Ty = 1.11 s
The explicit check is presented in Table E 5.1.4 and E 5.1.5.
Table E 5.1.4. Verification of relative displacements in the longitudinal direction
SLS ULS
dre (NO) SLS SLS ULS ULS
c
Floor q dr dr,a q dr dr,a
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
7 1.2 4.1 15.0 16.2 75.0
6 1.9 6.4 15.0 25.7 75.0
5 2.6 8.8 15.0 35.1 75.0
4 3.3 11.1 15.0 44.6 75.0

0.5 6.75 1.00 6.75
3 3.5 11.8 15.0 47.3 75.0
2 3.7 12.5 15.0 50.0 75.0
1 3.8 12.8 15.0 51.3 75.0
P 2.6 8.8 15.0 35.1 75.0
Table 5.1.5. Checking the relative displacements in the transverse direction
SLS ULS
dre (NO) SLS SLS ULS ULS
c
Floor q dr dr,a q dr dr,a
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
7 1.2 4.1 15.0 16.2 75.0
6 1.9 6.4 15.0 25.7 75.0
5 2.6 8.8 15.0 35.1 75.0
4 3.3 11.1 15.0 44.6 75.0

0.5 6.75 1.00 6.75
3 3.5 11.8 15.0 47.3 75.0
2 3.7 12.5 15.0 50.0 75.0
1 3.8 12.8 15.0 51.3 75.0
P 2.6 8.8 15.0 35.1 75.0
And 5.1.7. Calculation of efforts in the superstructure
The calculation was carried out considering the load combinations schematized in
Table E 5.1.6. The lateral loads calculated according to paragraph 4 were entered into the
calculation program taking into account an accidental eccentricity (positive or negative) of the
center of mass equal to 5% of the length of the construction in the direction perpendicular to
the attack.
Table E 5.1.6 Load combinations

Combination name Translaie The direction of
rotation caused
of loading direct Sense
by accidental
torsion
GF = PERM „+” VAR gravitaional -

-
GSX1 = GSV „+” SX longitudinal
GSX2 = GSV „+” SX longitudinal
GSX3 = GSV "+" SX longitudinal
GSX4 = GSV +” SX longitudinal
GSY1 = GSV „+” SY transversal
GF the set of gravitational actions (permanent and variable) associated with the fundamental
group of loads
PERM permanent uploads

VAR loads variables
GSV the set of gravitational actions (permanent and variable) associated with the action
seimic
SX earthquake in the longitudinal direction
SY earthquake in the transverse direction

Machine
326
And 5.1.8. Dimensioning of structural elements
It is 5.1.8.1. Dimensioning of the longitudinal reinforcement of the beams
The design bending moments for beams are obtained from

the theft of loading combinations.
Only the calculation method is presented for the frame beams that take the lateral forces in
the sections in the critical areas. The reinforcement of the brackets and beams outside the critical
areas is done according to SR EN 1992-1-1 and is not shown explicitly in this example.
MEd = design moment from shear diagrams. hw = 0.6m = beam height;
bw = 0.3m = beam width
beff = bc + 4hf = 0.55 + 4 · 0.15 = 1.15m – the size of the related slab area for the beams
corresponding to the marginal columns
beff = bc + 6hf = 0.60 + 6 · 0.15 = 1.45m – the size of the related plate area for the beams
corresponding to the internal columns
bc = beam of the column
hf = plate thickness hs
= distance between the centers of gravity of the reinforcements on the lower side,
(-)
Ace (+, ) and those on the upper side, Ace
d = useful height of the section
Positive moment reinforcement: double reinforced T-section

(-) (+) (-)
BecauseMEd > MEd , result As > As (+) i x < xlim
)(
nor )( M Ed
As
hfsouth
The reinforcement coefficient has the expression:
)(
As
db In
And the capable moment is calculated with the relation:

) () ydsRb
dfAM
Negative moment reinforcement: double-reinforced rectangular section
)(
nor )( M Ed
It is assumed x < xlim As
hfsouth
eff eff )()(
It is calculated x
fAA
s s yd
fb In cd
If x < xlim then )( Ace is calculated correctly, and:

A )(
s ) () ydsRb
db i dfAM
In
The calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement of the beams for the two directions of
earthquake action (respectively for the longitudinal and transverse frames) is presented synthetically
in tables E 5.1.7 to E 5.1.16. Since the structure is symmetrical in both directions, it is sufficient to
perform the calculation only for 2 longitudinal or transverse frames.
When choosing the longitudinal reinforcement, the construction conditions provided for in
paragraph 5.3.4.1.2 of P 100-1 must be respected. In addition to the conditions imposed by SR EN
1992-1-1, it is recommended to have a continuous reinforcement in the upper part (at least 25% of the
total reinforcement), and the area of the lower reinforcement to be at least 50% of the upper
reinforcement.
The minimum coefficient of longitudinal reinforcement that must be respected throughout

the length of the beam is:
min 0038,0)345/6,2(5,0)(5,0
ffykctm
Longitudinal beam reinforcement - inner frame
A B C D
AB BC CD
2
Table E 5.1.7. Design moments [kNm]

AND Ed MD Ed
MABEd MB Ed MBCEd MC Ed MCDEd
Level
left right -91 -110 left right -110 -91
-
-144 -144
7
+ 35 75 35
- -64 -153 -199 -199 -153 -64

6
+ 53 82 53
- -64 -212 -238 -238 -212 -64

5
+ 105 89 105
- -64 -260 -273 -273 -260 -64

4
+ 151 124 151
- -64 -300 -299 -299 -300 -64

3
+ 188 150 188
- -64 -330 -316 -316 -330 -64

2
+ 216 166 216
- -64 -347 -322 -322 -347 -64

1
+ 241 171 241
- -64 -327 -305 -305 -327 -64

P
+ 234 140 234
Machine
328
Table E 5.1.8. Required reinforcement areas [mm2 ]
AA s,nec
AAB s, nec
AB s, nec
ABC C ACD s, nec
AD s, nec
s, nec AC s, nec
Level
left right - 994 737 left right 737 994
959 959
7 + 237 500 237
- 701 1020 1324 1324 1020 701
6 + 352 549 352
- 701 1413 1587 1587 1413 701
5 + 699 596 699
- 700 1733 1820 1820 1733 700
4 + 1005 825 1005
- 699 1997 1995 1995 1997 699
3 + 1252 998 1252
- 698 2197 2107 2107 2197 698
2 + 1442 1107 1442
- 697 2313 2144 2144 2313 697
1 + 1609 1139 1609
- 696 2183 2031 2031 2183 696
P + 1560 932 1560
Table E 5.1.9. Choice of reinforcements AAB AB left
AA s,nec
right s, nec s, nec
ABC s, nec
AC s, nec
ACD s, nec
AD s, nec
Level
- 3ø22 3ø22 3ø22+2ø14 3ø22+2ø14 3ø22 3ø22

6i7
+ 3ø18 3ø18 3ø18
2ø25+2 2ø25+2
- 2ø25 4ø25 4ø25 2ø25
ø22 ø22
4i5
+ 3ø22 3ø22 3ø22
- 3ø25 5ø25 3ø25+2ø22 3ø25+2ø22 5ø25 3ø25

P, 1,
2i3
+ 2ø25+2ø22 3ø25 2ø25+2ø22
Table E 5.1.10. Effective reinforcement areas [mm2 ]

AA s,ef
AAB AB
s, efABC left rights,-ef1140 1140 s, ef AC s, ef ACD s, ef AD s, ef
Level
left right 1140 1140
1448 1448
7
+ 763 763 763
- 1140 1140 1448 1448 1140 1140

6
+ 763 763 763
- 982 1742 1963 1963 1742 982

5
+ 1140 1140 1140
- 982 1742 1963 1963 1742 982

4
+ 1140 1140 1140
- 1473 2454 2233 2233 2454 1473

3
+ 1742 1473 1742
- 1473 2454 2233 2233 2454 1473

2
+ 1742 1473 1742
- 1473 2454 + 2233 2233 2454 1473

1
1742 1473 1742
- 1473 2454 2233 2233 2454 1473

P
+ 1742 1473 1742
Table E 5.1.11. Capable moments [kNm]

A AB B C CD D
MRd level left right - 105 MRd MRd MBC MRd MRd MRd
171 left right 171 105

217 217
7
+ 114 114 114
- 105 171 + 217 217 171 105

6
114 114 114
- 90 + 261 294 294 261 90

5
171 171 171
- 90 + 261 294 294 261 90

4
171 171 171
- 135 368 + 335 335 368 135

3
261 221 261
- 135 368 + 335 335 368 135

2
261 221 261
- 135 368 + 335 335 368 135

1
261 221 261
- 135 368 335 335 368 135

P
+ 261 221 261
Machine
330
Longitudinal beam reinforcement - outer frame
A B C D
AB BC CD
2
Table E 5.1.12. Design moments [kNm]
MA Ed MAB Ed MB Ed MBC Ed MC Ed MCD Ed MCD left right Ed

Level
left right - -142 -81 -81 -142
-130 -130
7
+ 20 45 20
- -105 -128 -177 -177 -128 -105

6
+ 57 63 57
- -105 -195 -213 -213 -195 -105

5
+ 114 101 114
- -105 -247 -245 -245 -247 -105

4
+ 167 133 167
- -105 -293 -285 -285 -293 -105

3
+ 210 156 210
- -105 -329 -318 -318 -329 -105

2
+ 245 171 245
- -105 -353 -340 -340 -353 -105

1
+ 266 174 266
- -105 -341 -323 -323 -341 -105

P
+ 250 145 250
Table E 5.1.13. Required reinforcement areas [mm2 ]
AA s,nec
AAB AB ABC left right -s,1546
s, nec nec
538 s, nec
AC s, nec
ACD s, nec
AD s, nec
Level
left right 538 1546
868 868
7
+ 132 302 132
- 1142 850 + 1181 1181 850 1142

6
380 423 380
- 1141 1298 + 1421 1421 1298 1141

5
757 674 757
- 1142 1648 + 1634 1634 1648 1142

4
1112 884 1112
- 1142 1951 + 1897 1897 1951 1142

3
1401 1041 1401
- 1142 2194 + 2118 2118 2194 1142

2
1630 1138 1630
- 1143 2354 + 2265 2265 2354 1143

1
1777 1161 1777
- 1143 2273 2153 2153 2273 1143

P
+ 1669 964 1669
Table E 5.1.14. Choice of AAB AB fittings
Level AA s,nec s, s, nec

ABC s,
AC s, nec
ACD s,
AD s, nec
Left Right nor nor nor Left Right

6i7 4ø22+ 2ø22+ 3ø22 3ø22 2ø22+ 4ø22+
- 1ø14 1ø14 1ø14 1ø14
+ 2ø18+1ø14 2ø18+1ø14 2ø18+1ø14
4i5 2ø25+2 2ø25+2 2ø25+2 2ø25+2

- ø22 ø22 2ø25+2ø22 2ø25+2ø22 ø22 ø22
3ø22 3ø22
+ 2ø22+ 1ø14
P, 1, 5ø25 3ø25+2ø22 3ø25+2ø22 5ø25 3ø25

- 3ø25
2i3
2ø25+2ø22 2ø25+1ø22 2ø25+2ø22
+
Machine
332
Table E 5.1.15. Effective reinforcement areas [mm2 ]

AA s,ef
AAB AB
s, efABC left rights, ef s, ef AC s, ef ACD s, ef AD s, ef
Level
left right 914 1674
- 1674 914 1140 1140
7
+ 663 663 663
- 1674 914 + 1140 1140 914 1674

6
663 663 663
- 1742 1742 + 1742 1742 1742 1742

5
1140 914 1140
- 1742 1742 + 1742 1742 1742 1742

4
1140 914 1140
- 1473 2454 + 2233 2233 2454 1473

3
1742 1362 1742
- 1473 2454 + 2233 2233 2454 1473

2
1742 1362 1742
- 1473 2454 + 2233 2233 2454 1473

1
1742 1362 1742
- 1473 2454 2233 2233 2454 1473

P
+ 1742 1362 1742
Table E 5.1.16. Capable moments [kNm]

A AB B C CD D
Level MRd MRd left right - 154 137 MRd MBC MRd MRd MRd
left right 137 154

171 171
7
+ 99 99 99
- 154 137 + 171 171 137 154

6
99 99 99
- 160 261 + 261 261 261 160

5
171 137 171
- 160 261 + 261 261 261 160

4
171 137 171
- 135 368 + 335 335 368 135

3
261 204 261
- 135 368 + 335 335 368 135

2
261 204 261
- 135 368 + 335 335 368 135

1
261 204 261
- 135 368 335 335 368 135

P
+ 261 204 261
It is 5.1.8.2. Dimensioning of the transverse reinforcement of the beams
The torsional design forces in the beams are determined from the balance of
each opening under the gravitational load in the seismic group and the moments at the
ends of the beam, corresponding to each direction of action, at the formation of the plastic
joint in the beams or in the vertical elements connected in the node.
At each end section, 2 values of the design torque forces are calculated, maximum
(VEd,max) and minimum (VEd,min), corresponding to the maximum values of the positive
and negative moments (Mdb,i) that develop at the 2 ends i = 1 ii = 2 of the beam:
M Rc
M ,1minM i,RbRdi,db
M Rb
where,
MRb,i the design value of the capable moment at extremity i, in the sense of
the moment associated with the direction of action of the forces;
Rd
the overstrength factor due to the strengthening effect of the steel, 2.1
Rd
M iM the sums of the design values of the capable moments

Rc Rb
of the columns and beams that enter the adjacent node of the
calculation section; the M value Rc
must correspond to the axial
force in the column in the situation associated with the considered direction
of the seismic action obtained in the seismic design situation.
In addition to the previous version of the code, the method of dimensioning for
reinforcement and transverse reinforcement of critical areas is established according to the
algebraic value of the ratio between the minimum and maximum reinforcement, = VEd
VEd
mininmax,
/
the calculation section.
Dac:
5,0 i INEd max

2 dfb ctdw
then half of the value of the dimensioning torsional force is taken by stirrups perpendicular
to the axis of the beam, and the other half by inclined reinforcements arranged in two
directions inclined at ±45° to the axis of the beam.
),max(
max
VEd VV Ed min ed max
In the case of the analyzed structure, there was no need for inclined reinforcement
to absorb the shear force in any section of the beams.
Machine
334
Calculation algorithm
For ordinary structures (weak beams - strong columns), as in the present case,
the MRc / MRb ratio is above unity, and the maximum moments that can appear at the
ends of the beam can be calculated with the relations:
eff )( db
MRbRd
M sRd
hfA 1, 1, south
eff )( db
MRbRd
M sRd
hfA 2, 2, south
The minimum and maximum torque values are determined:

GS
MM
db 1, db 2, lqeq cl
INed max,
l 2
cl
GS
MM 1,
db db 2, lqeq cl
INed min,
l 2
cl
where,
lcl the free opening of the beam

GS
q eq
equivalent loading evenly distributed on the beam
corresponding to the gravitational loads from the seismic combination
The design value of the torsional force in the considered section is taken:
),max( VEd VV
Ed min ed max
The calculation is carried out according to SR EN 1992-1-1 considering the inclination

compressed diagonals in the 45° grid pattern.
Check the resistance of the compressed connecting rods with the expression:
VV
Ed
)()( tgctg fzb
wcwRd max, 1 cd
where,
cw coefficient that takes into account the state of stress in the compressed
cw fiber; = 1 for structures without precompression
With the lever arm of the internal forces; z = 0.9d
1
coefficient of reduction of the resistance of the cracked concrete to the drill
information; 1 ,0)250/1(6,0 54 fck
the angle between the compressed connecting rod and the axis of the beam; = 45o
If the above inequality is verified, determine the area of the sections for
reinforcement with the expression:
nor
A sw INEd
s ctgfzyd)(
where,
Asw the area of the reinforcement sections for a row of stirrups
s the distance between the rows of stirrups
In the critical areas at the ends of the beams with a length of lcr = 1.5hw, measured from the face of the columns, as well as the areas
with this length, located on one side and the other of a section in the beam field, where flow can occur in the case of the seismic combination
design, the maximum distance between stirrup rows is equal to:
smax = min {hw / 4; 150mm; 8dbL}
where,
dbL the minimum diameter of the longitudinal reinforcements.
The minimum diameter of the calipers is 6 mm.
The calculation of the transverse reinforcement of the beams for the two directions of earthquake action (respectively for the
longitudinal and transverse frames) is presented synthetically in tables E 5.1.17 to E 5.1.22.
Table E 5.1.17. Choosing the reinforcement method - internal frame; torsional forces are expressed in [kN]
Level AND VB VC CEO
left right left right left right left right
VGS 49 -49 68 -68 49 -49
VS + 89 73 77
VS - 77 73 89
7
VAdmin 65 -40 28 -5 5 -28 40 65
VEdmax 65 126 -139 141 -141 139 -126 65
-0.32 -0.20 -0.03 -0.03 -0.20 -0.32
VGS 52 -52 60 -60 52 -52
VS + 89 73 77
VS - 77 73 89
6
VAdmin 45 -37 25 -13 13 -25 37 45
VEdmax 45 129 -142 133 -133 142 -129 45
-0.29 -0.17 -0.10 -0.10 -0.17 -0.29
VGS 52 -52 60 -60 52 -52
VS + 126 102 117
VS - 117 102 126

5
VAdmin 45 -73 64 -43 43 -64 73 45
VEdmax 45 169 -178 162 -162 178 -169 45
-0.43 -0.36 -0.26 -0.26 -0.36 -0.43

Machine
336
Level AND VB VC CEO
VGS 52 -52 60 -60 52 -52
VS + 126 102 117
VS - 117 102 126
VAdmin 45 -73 64 -43 43 -64 73 45

4
VEdmax 45 169 -178 162 -162 178 -169 45
-0.43 -0.36 -0.26 -0.26 -0.36 -0.43
VGS 52 -52 60 -60 52 -52
VS + 161 122 170
VS - 170 122 161

3
VAdmin 45 -108 117 -63 63 -117 108 45
VEdmax 45 222 -213 182 -182 213 -222 45
-0.49 -0.55 -0.34 -0.34 -0.55 -0.49
VGS 52 -52 60 -60 52 -52
VS + 161 122 170
VS - 170 122 161

2
VAdmin 45 -108 117 -63 63 -117 108 45
VEdmax 45 222 -213 182 -182 213 -222 45
-0.49 -0.55 -0.34 -0.34 -0.55 -0.49
VGS 52 -52 60 -60 52 -52
VS + 161 122 170
VS - 170 122 161

1
VAdmin 45 -108 117 -63 63 -117 108 45
VEdmax 45 222 -213 182 -182 213 -222 45
-0.49 -0.55 -0.34 -0.34 -0.55 -0.49
VGS 52 -52 60 -60 52 -52
VS + 161 122 170
VS - 170 122 161

P
VAdmin 45 -108 117 -63 63 -117 108 45
VEdmax 45 222 -213 182 -182 213 -222 45
-0.49 -0.55 -0.34 -0.34 -0.55 -0.49

Table E 5.1.18. Design shear forces - internal frame [kN]

Level
At a V Ed, B V Ed, C V Ed, D

7 65 126 139 141 141 139 126 65
6 45 129 142 133 133 142 129 45
5 45 169 178 162 162 178 169 45
4 45 169 178 162 162 178 169 45
3 45 222 213 182 182 213 222 45
2 45 222 213 182 182 213 222 45
1 45 222 213 182 182 213 222 45
P 45 222 213 182 182 213 222 45
Table E 5.1.19. The choice of fittings - internal frame
Level A B C D
7 By 65 126 139 141 141 139 126 65
22 45 45 45 45 45 45 22
VRd,max 287 686 686 686 686 686 686 287
s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Ønec 4.3 7.3 7.6 7.7 7.7 7.6 7.3 4.3
Ø 6 6
6 By 45 8 129 8 142 8 133 8 133 8 142 8 129 45
22 45 45 45 45 45 45 22
VRd,max 287 686 686 686 686 686 686 287
s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Ønec 3.6 7.3 7.7 7.4 7.4 7.7 7.3 3.6
Ø 6 6
5 By 45 8 169 8 178 8 162 8 162 8 178 8 169 45
22 45 45 45 45 45 45 22
VRd,max 287 100 3.6 686 686 686 686 686 686 287
s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Ønec 8.4 8.6 8.2 8.2 8.6 8.4 0.0
Ø 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 6
4 By 45 169 178 162 162 178 169 45
22 45 45 45 45 45 45 22
VRd,max 287 686 686 686 686 686 686 287
s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Ønec 3.6 8.4 8.6 8.2 8.2 8.6 8.4 5.3
Ø 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 6
3 By 45 222 213 182 182 213 222 45
22 45 45 45 45 45 45 22
VRd,max 287 100 3.6 686 686 686 686 686 686 287
s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Ønec 9.6 9.4 8.7 8.7 9.4 9.6 5.3
Ø 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 6
Machine
338
Level A B C D

2 By 45 222 213 182 182 213 222 45
22 45 45 45 45 45 45 22
VRd,max 287 100 3.6 686 686 686 686 686 686 287
s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Ønec 9.6 9.4 8.7 8.7 9.4 9.6 5.3
Ø 10 10 10 10 10 10 6
1
By 6 45 222 213 182 182 213 222 45
22 45 45 45 45 45 45 22
VRd,max 287 686 686 686 686 686 686 287
s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Ønec 3.6 9.6 9.4 8.7 8.7 9.4 9.6 5.3
Ø 10 10 10 10 10 10 6
P By 6 45 222 213 182 182 213 222 45
22 45 45 45 45 45 45 22
VRd,max 287 686 686 686 686 686 686 287
s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Ønec 3.6 9.6 9.4 8.7 8.7 9.4 9.6 5.3
Ø 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 6
Table E 5.1.20. Choice of reinforcement method - outer frame; torsional forces are expressed in [kN]
Level AND VB VC CEO
7 VGS 42 -42 54 -54 42 -42
VS + 73 60 64
VS - 64 60 73
VAdmin 106 -31 22 -6 6 -22 31 106
VEdmax 106 105 -114 113 -113 114 -105 106
-0.30 -0.19 -0.05 -0.05 -0.19 -0.30
6 VGS 55 -55 45 -45 55 -55
VS + 73 60 64
VS - 64 60 73
VAdmin 84 -18 9 -14 14 -9 18 84
VEdmax 84 119 -128 105 -105 128 -119 84
-0.15 -0.07 -0.14 -0.14 -0.07 -0.15

Level AND VB VC CEO
5 VGS 55 -55 45 -45 55 -55
VS + 117 88 117
VS - 117 88 117
VAdmin 84 -62 62 -42 42 -62 62 84
VEdmax 84 172 -172 133 -133 172 -172 84
-0.36 -0.36 -0.32 -0.32 -0.36 -0.36
4 VGS 55 -55 45 -45 55 -55
VS + 117 88 117
VS - 117 88 117
VAdmin 84 -62 62 -42 42 -62 62 84
VEdmax 84 172 -172 133 -133 172 -172 84
-0.36 -0.36 -0.32 -0.32 -0.36 -0.36
3 VGS 55 -55 45 -45 55 -55
VS + 161 119 170
VS - 170 119 161
VAdmin 84 -106 115 -73 73 -115 106 84
VEdmax 84 225 -216 164 -164 216 -225 84
-0.47 -0.53 -0.45 -0.45 -0.53 -0.47
2 VGS 55 -55 45 -45 55 -55
VS + 161 119 170
VS - 170 119 161
V min 84 -106 115 -73 73 -115 106 84
V max 84 225 -216 164 -164 216 -225 84
-0.47 -0.53 -0.45 -0.45 -0.53 -0.47
1 VGS 55 -55 45 -45 55 -55
VS + 161 119 170
VS - 170 119 161
V min 84 -106 115 -73 73 -115 106 84
V max 84 225 -216 164 -164 216 -225 84
-0.47 -0.53 -0.45 -0.45 -0.53 -0.47
P VGS 55 -55 45 -45 55 -55
VS + 161 119 170
VS - 170 119 161
V min 84 -106 115 -73 73 -115 106 84
V max 84 225 -216 164 -164 216 -225 84
-0.47 -0.53 -0.45 -0.45 -0.53 -0.47

Machine
340
Table E 5.1.21. Design shear forces - outer frame [kN]

Level
At a V Ed, B V Ed, C V Ed, D
left right left right left right left right 106 84 84 84 84 84 84 84

7 106 105 114 113 113 114 105
6 84 119 128 105 105 128 119
5 84 172 172 133 133 172 172
4 84 172 172 133 133 172 172
3 84 225 216 164 164 216 225
2 84 225 216 164 164 216 225
1 84 225 216 164 164 216 225
P 84 225 216 164 164 216 225
Table E 5.1.22. The choice of fittings - exterior frame

Level B l A C D
7 By 106 105 114 113 113 114 105 106
22 45 45 45 45 45 45 22
VRd,max 287 686 686 686 686 686 686 287
s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Ønec 5.4 6.6 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.6 5.4
Ø 6 6
6 By 84 8 119 8 128 8 105 8 105 8 128 8 119 84
22 45 45 45 45 45 45 22
VRd,max 287 686 686 686 686 686 686 287
s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Ønec 4.9 7.0 7.3 6.6 6.6 7.3 7.0 4.9
Ø 6 6
5 By 84 8 172 8 172 8 133 8 133 8 172 8 172 84
22 45 45 45 45 45 45 22
VRd,max 287 686 686 686 686 686 686 287
s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Ønec 4.9 8.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 0.0
Ø 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 6
4 By 84 172 172 133 133 172 172 84
22 45 45 45 45 45 45 22
VRd,max 287 686 686 686 686 686 686 287
s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Ønec 4.9 8.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 5.3
Ø 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 6
3 By 84 225 216 164 164 216 225 84
22 45 45 45 45 45 45 22
VRd,max 287 100 4.9 686 686 686 686 686 686 287
s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Ønec 9.7 9.5 8.3 8.3 9.5 9.7 5.3
Ø 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 6
Level l A B C D

2
By 84 225 216 164 164 216 225 84
22 45 45 45 45 45 45 22
VRd,max 287 686 686 686 686 686 686 287
s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Ønec 4.9 9.7 9.5 8.3 8.3 9.5 9.7 5.3
Ø 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 6
Table E 5.1.22. (continuation)
Level l A B C D

1
By 84 225 216 164 164 216 225 84
22 45 45 45 45 45 45 22
VRd,max 287 686 686 686 686 686 686 287
s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Ønec 4.9 9.7 9.5 8.3 8.3 9.5 9.7 5.3
Ø 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 6
P VEd 84 225 216 164 164 216 225 84
22 45 45 45 45 45 45 22
VRd,max 287 686 686 686 686 686 686 287
s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Ønec 4.9 9.7 9.5 8.3 8.3 9.5 9.7 5.3
Ø 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 6
It is 5.1.8.3. Dimensioning of the longitudinal reinforcement of the columns
The values of the bending moments and the axial forces for the dimensioning of the pillars are determined starting from the maximum efforts
determined from the structural calculation under the action of the lateral and vertical forces, considering the 2nd order effects.
The calculation values of the bending moments are established respecting the rules of ranking the resistance capacities, so as to obtain a favorable
mechanism for dissipating the energy induced by the earthquake, with the plastic joints in the beams. In order to minimize the risk of loss of stability under
the action of gravitational forces, the appearance of plastic joints in the columns (with the exception of the base and possibly the last level) is avoided, by
design, by amplifying the moments resulting from the calculation under the action of lateral and vertical forces. In this calculation example, the amplification
of the moments in the pillar sections was done with a coefficient that takes into account the global overstrength of the beams at the considered level. This
avoids the appearance of the level mechanism characterized by the general articulation of the pillars on the same level.
Machine
342
The design axial force in the columns, NEd, is determined from the static calculation, in
the considered seismic combination.
The design bending moments are determined with the relation:
' M Rb
M Edc 2,1 M
EdcRd '
M Edb
where,
'
MEdc
the moment in the column resulting from the structural calculation under
seismic design loads
MRb the sum of the capable moments in the sections that yield, of a beam as
a whole, at a certain level, calculated for a single direction of rotation,
corresponding to the direction of the seismic action
'
MEdb the algebraic sum of the moments resulting from the structural calculation
under seismic design loads in the sections that yield, for a beam as a
whole, at a certain level.
Rd
the overstrength factor due to the strengthening effect of the steel; for
ductility class H, Rd
= 1,3
Determine the required longitudinal reinforcement area:

N
Ed
x
fbc cd
hNsEd
M Edc
nor
A s , dac xx lim
2south
hf
hNsEd x
M Edc dfxb
c cd
nor 2 2
A s , dac xx lim
hfsouth
where,
bc the side of the pole
The total reinforcement coefficient is checked:
A eff
s
01,0 04,0
db
c
The calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement of the columns is presented synthetically in

tables E 5.1.23 to E 5.1.48.
Longitudinal pillar reinforcement - inner frame
Table E 5.1.23. Sum of moments resulting from static calculation in beams, positive direction
[kNm]
AB BC CD
Level M'Ed M'Ed M'Ed M'Ed +
left right left right left right
7 -31 51 10 144 -2 101 273

6 25 106 49 199 53 153 584
5 83 162 89 238 105 212 889
4 135 211 124 273 151 260 1154
3 179 253 150 299 188 300 1369
2 216 288 166 316 216 330 1532
1 241 313 171 322 234 347 1628
P 234 305 140 290 212 327 1509
Table E 5.1.24. Sum of moments resulting from static calculation in beams, negative direction
[kNm]
AB BC CD
Level M'Ed M'Ed M'Ed M'Ed -
left right left right left left -2 -31 53 25 105 83 151 135 188 179 216 216 234 241 212
7 101 234 144 10 51 273
6 153 199 49 106 584
5 212 238 89 162 889
4 260 273 124 211 1154
3 300 299 150 253 1369
2 330 316 166 288 1532
1 347 322 171 313 1628
P 327 290 140 305 1509
Table E 5.1.25. Sum of capable moments in beams associated with the positive direction [kNm]
AB BC CD
Level M'Rd M'Rd M'Rd M'Rd +
left right left right left left 217 114 171 217 114 171 294 171 261 294 171 261 335
7 114 261 368 335 261 114
368 335 261 217
368 335 261 368 949
6 114 114 217 949

5 171 171 294 1363
4 171 171 294 1363
3 261 221 335 1782
2 261 221 335 1782
1 261 221 335 1782
P 261 221 335 1782

Machine
344
Table E 5.1.26. Sum of capable moments in beams associated with the negative direction [kNm]
AB BC CD
Level M'Rd M'Rd M'Rd M'Rd –
left right left right left left 114 217 114 114 217 114 171 294 171 171 294 171 261
7 171 335 261 261 335 217261 261 335114
261 261 335 261 949
6 171 217 114 949
5 261 294 171 1363
4 261 294 171 1363
3 368 335 221 1782
2 368 335 221 1782
1 368 335 221 1782
P 368 335 221 1782
Table E 5.1.27. Overstrength of beams
+ -
Level positive meaning negative sense

7 3.48 1.62 3.48 1.62
6 1.53 1.18 1.53 1.18
5 1.30 1.16 1.30 1.16
4 1.09 1.18 1.09 1.18
3
Table E 5.1.28. Design forces Pillar axis A [kN],[kNm]
Pole axis A
positive meaning negative sense positive sense negative meaning

Level
N'Ed M'Ed N'Ed M'Ed + With -
With
their -196 -26 -221 33 1 41 1 51

7
if -214 -5 -239 -14 1.62 12 1.62 36

their -390 -50 -492 85 1.62 127 1.62 215
6
if -409 22 -510 -53 1.53 54 1.53 127

their -556 -75 -787 101 1.53 179 1.53 242
5
if -575 51 -805 -77 1.18 94 1.18 143

their -698 -93 -1105 120 1.18 172 1.18 221
4
if -717 76 -1123 -101 1.30 153 1.30 205
their -820 -109 -1441 132 1.30 221 1.30 269
3
if -838 97 -1459 -120 1.16 176 1.16 217

their -923 -120 -1790 141 1.16 218 1.16 256
2
if -941 117 -1809 -137 1.09 200 1.09 233
their -1014 -123 -2148 140 1.09 210 1.09 239
1
if -1032 137 -2166 -153 1.18 253 1.18 282

their -1107 -80 -2496 91 1.18 148 1.18 168
P
if -1125 237 -2514 -243 1 369 1 379
Table E 5.1.29. Design forces Pillar axis B [kN],[kNm]
Pole axis A

Level
N'Ed M'Ed N'Ed M'Ed + With -
With
its -215 -47 -240 112 1 74 1 175

7
jos -233 sus 26 -259 -80 1.62 67 1.62 202

-472 -100 -508 138 1.62 253 1.62 350
6
jos -490 sus 76 -526 -117 -767 1.53 181 1.53 1.53 279
-740 jos -758 -138 182 329 1.53 434
5
sus -1018 119 -785 -161 1.18 219 1.18 297
-170 -1018 211 1.18 314 1.18 389
4
jos -1036 sus 156 -1036 -196 1.30 316 1.30 398
-1306 -195 -1263 234 1.30 397 1.30 476
3
jos -1324 his 186 -1282 -224 1.16 337 1.16 406
-1605 -213 jos -1624 209 -1504 249 1.16 386 1.16 451
2
his -1915 -216 -1522 -244 1.09 357 1.09 416
-1741 249 1.09 369 1.09 425
1
jos -1933 232 sus -2235 -1759 -265 1.18 428 1.18 489
-153 -1979 179 1.18 283 1.18 330
P
if -2253,280 -1997 -295 1 437 1 460
Table E 5.1.30. Design forces Pillar axis C [kN],[kNm]
Pole axis A
positive sense negative sense positive sense negative meaning

Level
N'Ed M'Ed N'Ed M'Ed + -
MEd With
sus -240 -112 -215 47 175 jos -259 sus -508 1 1 74
7
80 -233 -26 1.62 202 1.62 67
-138 -472 100 1.62 350 1.62 253
6
jos -526 sus 117 -490 -76 1.53 279 1.53 181
-767 -182 -740 138 1.53 434 1.53 329
5
jos -785 sus 161 -758 -119 1.18 297 1.18 219
-1018 -211 -1018 170 1.18 389 1.18 314
4
jos -1036 196 his -1263 -1036 -156 1.30 398 1.30 316
-234 -1306 195 jos -1282 224 his -1504 -249 -1605 1.30 476 1.30 397
3
213 -1324 -186 1.16 406 1.16 337

1.16 451 1.16 386
2
jos -1522 244 sus -1741 -1624 -209 1.09 416 1.09 357
-249 -1915 216 1.09 425 1.09 369
1
if -1759 265 sus -1979 -179 -1933 -232 1.18 489 1.18 330 1.18 428
-2235 153 if -1997 295 1.18 283
P
-2253 -280 1 460 1 437
Machine
346
Table E 5.1.31. Design forces Pillar axis D [kN],[kNm]

Pole axis A

Level
N'Ed N'Ed M'Ed + -
M'ed MEd With
your -221 -33 -196 26 1 51 1 41
7
jos -239 sus 14 -214 5 1.62 36 1.62 12

-492 jos -510 -85 -390 50 1.62 215 1.62 127
6
sus -787 jos 53 -409 -22 -556 1.53 127 1.53 1.53 54
-805 sus -101 75 -575 -51 242 1.18 143 1.53 179
5
-1105 -120 77 1.18 94

-698 93 1.18 221 1.18 172
4
jos -1123 his 101 -717 -76 1.30 205 1.30 153
-1441 -132 -820 109 jos -1459 120 -838 -97 his 1.30 269 1.16 1.30 221
3
-1790 -141 -923 120 217 1.16 256 1.16 176

1.16 218
2
-1809 137 sus -2148 -140 -941 -117 1.09 233 1.09 200
-1014 123 sus -2166 153 sus -221 -33 sus -239 1.09 239 1.09 210
1
-1032 -137 -196 1.18 282 1 51 1.18 253

26 1 41
P
14 -214 5 1.62 36 1.62 12
Table
E
5.1.32.
A
-pillar
P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Level
their their
if if if if if if if if their their their their their their
1125 1107 1032 1014 941 923 838 820 717 698 575 556 409 390 214 NEd
[kN]
[kNm]
[mm2]
196
positive
meaning
369 148 253 210 200 218 176 221 153 172 179 127 With
94 54 12 41
As,nec
913 192 231 344 253
78 58
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2514 2496 2166 2148 1809 1790 1459 1441 1123 1105 NEd
[kN]
[kNm]
[mm2]
[mm2]
805 787 510 492 239 221
negative
meaning
379 168 282 239 233 256 217 269 205 221 143 242 127 215 MEd
As,nec
36 51
232 417 704
54
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
As,min
A
935
935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935
nor
Reinforcement
A
4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18
[mm2]
[kNm]
1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018
eff
M+
M
384 381 369 366 354 351 336 332 312 308 279 274 240 235 194 190
490 490 483 483 462 461 429 427 384 381 330 326 263 259 200 195
347
Table
E
5.1.33.
Pillar
axis
B
P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Level
their their
2253 2235 1933 1915 1624 1605 1324 1306 1036 1018 NEd
[kN]
[kNm]
[mm2]
758 740 490 472 233
215
positive
meaning
437 283 428 369 357 386 337 397 316 314 219 329 181 253 MEd
As,nec
67 74
668 708 302 387 601 486 928 636 644 295 1105 467 1006
87 164
0
1997 1979 1759 1741 1522 1504 1282 1263 1036 1018 785 767 526 508 259 NEd
[kN]
[kNm]
[mm2]
[mm2]
240
negative
meaning
460 330 489 425 416 451 406 476 398 389 297 434 279 350 202 With
175
1234 1139 1018 1530 1216 1176 1813 1103 1638 1002 As,nec
914 793 879 817
840
0
As,min
A
935
935 935
1234
4ø20 935 935
1139
4ø20 1018 1530 1216
4ø20 1176
4ø20 935
1813 1103 1638 1002
935
nor
Reinforcement
A
4ø20 4ø20 4ø20 4ø20 4ø25 4ø25 4ø25 4ø25 4ø25 4ø25 4ø18
4ø18
[mm2]
[kNm]
1256 1256 1256 1256 1256 1256 1963 1963 1256 1256 1963 1963 1963 1963 1018
1018
eff
M+
M
520 519 505 504 480 478 545 543 403 400 454 450 392 388 198 194
509 508 492 491 469 467 540 537 403 401 459 456 400 396 204
200
348
Table
E
5.1.34.
Pillar
axis
C
P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Level
their their
1997 1979 1759 1741 1522 1504 1282 1263 1036 1018 785 767 526 508 259 NEd
[kN]
[kNm]
[mm2]
240
positive
meaning
460 330 489 425 416 451 406 476 398 389 297 434 279 350 202 With
175
1234 1139 1018 1530 1216 1176 1813 1103 1638 1002 As,nec
914 793 879 817
840
0
2253 2235 1933 1915 1624 1605 1324 1306 1036 1018 NEd
[kN]
[kNm]
[mm2]
[mm2]
758 740 490 472 233
215
negative
meaning
437 283 428 369 357 386 337 397 316 314 219 329 181 253 MEd
As,nec
67 74
668 708 302 387 601 486 928 636 644 295 1105 467 1006
87 164
0
As,min
A
935
935 935
1234 935 935
1139 1018 1530 1216 1176 935
1813 1103 1638 1002
935
nor
Reinforcement
A
4ø20 4ø20 4ø20 4ø20 4ø20 4ø25 4ø25 4ø20 4ø25
4ø20 4ø25 4ø25 4ø25 4ø18
4ø18
[mm2]
[kNm]
1256 1256 1256 1256 1256 1256 1963 1963 1256 1256 1963 1963 1963 1963 1018 1018
eff
M+
M
509 508 492 491 469 467 540 537 403 401 459 456 400 396 204 200
520 519 505 504 480 478 545 543 403 400 454 450 392 388 198
194
349
Table
E
5.1.34.
D
axis
pillar
P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Level
their their
2514 2496 2166 2148 1809 1790 1459 1441 1123 1105 NEd
[kN]
[kNm]
[mm2]
805 787 510 492 239 221
positive
meaning
379 168 282 239 233 256 217 269 205 221 143 242 127 215 MEd
As,nec
36 51
232 417 704
54
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1125 1107 1032 1014 941 923 838 820 717 698 575 556 409 390 214 NEd
[kN]
[kNm]
[mm2]
[mm2]
196
negative
meaning
369 148 253 210 200 218 176 221 153 172 179 127 With
94 54 12 41
As,nec
913 192 231 344 253
78 58
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
As,min
A
935
935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935
nor
Reinforcement
A
4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18
[mm2]
[kNm]
1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018
eff
M+
M
490 490 483 483 462 461 429 427 384 381 330 326 263 259 200
195
384 381 369 366 354 351 336 332 312 308 279 274 240 235 194 190
350
Longitudinal pillar reinforcement - outer frame
Table E 5.1.36. Sum of moments resulting from static calculation in beams, positive direction [kNm]
AB BC CD
M'Ed M'Ed M'Ed M'Ed +
Level
left right left right left right
7 -10 63 26 130 -13 81 276

6 57 137 63 177 30 128 592
5 114 193 101 213 89 195 905
4 167 243 133 245 140 247 1175
3 210 285 156 268 184 293 1396
2 245 318 171 283 219 329 1564
1 266 340 174 286 243 353 1663
P 250 323 145 256 229 341 1544
Table E 5.1.37. Sum of moments resulting from static calculation in beams, negative direction [kNm]
AB BC CD
M'Ed M'Ed M'Ed
Level M'Ed +
left right left right left right -13 63 30 137 89 193 140 243 184 285 219 318 243 340 229
7 81 323 130 26 -10 276
6 128 177 63 57 592
5 195 213 101 114 905
4 247 245 133 167 1175
3 293 268 156 210 1396
2 329 283 171 245 1564
1 353 286 174 266 1663
P 341 256 145 250 1544
Table E 5.1.38. Sum of capable moments in beams associated with the positive direction [kNm]
AB BC CD
M'Rd M'Rd M'Rd M'Rd +
Level
left right left right left right 171 99 171 99 261 171 261 171 335 261 335 261 335 261
7 99 335 261 99 171 137 777
6 99 99 171 137 777

5 171 137 261 261 1263
4 171 137 261 261 1263
3 261 204 335 368 1765
2 261 204 335 368 1765
1 261 204 335 368 1765
P 261 204 335 368 1765

Machine
352
Table E 5.1.39. Sum of capable moments in beams associated with the negative direction [kNm]
AB BC CD
M'Rd M'Rd M'Rd M'Rd +
Level
left right left right left right 99 171 99 171 171 261 171 261 261 335 261 335 261 335
7 137 261 335 171 99 99 777
6 137 171 99 99 777

5 261 261 137 171 1263
4 261 261 137 171 1263
3 368 335 204 261 1765
2 368 335 204 261 1765
1 368 335 204 261 1765
P 368 335 204 261 1765
Table E 5.1.40. Overstrength of beams

+ -
Level positive meaning negative sense

7 2.82 1.31 2.82 1.31
6 1.40 1.07 1.40 1.07
5 1.26 1.13 1.26 1.13
4 1.06 1.14 1.06 1.14
3
P
Table E 5.1.41. Design forces Pillar axis A [kN],[kNm]

Pole axis A
Level positive meaning negative sense positive sense negative meaning

N'Ed M'Ed N'Ed M'Ed + MEd -
With
their -227 -74 -252 -9 1 115 1 14

7
if -245 30 -270 17 1.31 61 1.31 35

their -422 -75 -520 73 1.31 154 1.31 151
6
if -440 48 -538 -38 1.40 105 1.40 84
their -595 -108 -817 88 1.40 234 1.40 191
5
if -613 82 -835 -64 1.07 137 1.07 107
their -746 -126 -1136 112 1.07 212 1.07 187
4
if -765 107 -1154 -92 1.26 211 1.26 182
their -880 -143 -1474 128 1.26 281 1.26 252
3
if -898 130 -1492 -115 1.13 228 1.13 202
their -1000 -154 -1828 140 1.13 271 1.13 246
2
if -1018 149 -1846 -136 1.06 247 1.06 225
their -1111 -155 -2193 142 1.06 256 1.06 235
1
if -1129 170 -2211 -157 1.14 303 1.14 279

their -1230 -104 -2553 93 1.14 186 1.14 167
P
if -1248 263 -2571 -256 1 342 1 333
Table E 5.1.42. Design forces Pillar axis B [kN],[kNm]

Pole axis B
Level positive meaning negative direction positivedirection N'Ed negative meaning

N'Ed M'Ed M'Ed + MEd -
With
their -193 -74 -224 89 1 115 1 139

7
if -211 50 -422 -242 -55 1.31 103 1.31 113

their -126 -460 118 1.31 258 1.31 243
6
if -440 99 -478 -95 1.40 216 1.40 207
their -664 -163 -679 164 1.40 356 1.40 357
5
if -683 142 -697 -142 1.07 239 1.07 238
their -920 -196 -884 195 1.07 328 1.07 327
4
if -938 179 -902 -179 1.26 354 1.26 352
their -1187 -220 -1074 220 1.26 434 1.26 434
3
if -1205 209 -1092 -209 1.13 368 1.13 368
their -1463 -236 -1250 236 1.13 415 1.13 416
2
if -1481 231 -1269 -232 1.06 382 1.06 384
their -1748 -237 -1414 239 1.06 392 1.06 396
1
if -1766 253 -1432 -256 1.14 451 1.14 457

their -2033 -168 -1570 171 1.14 299 1.14 305
P
if -2051 301 -1588 -302 1 391 1 393
Machine
354
Table E 5.1.43. Design forces Pillar axis C [kN],[kN]

Pole axis C
Level positive sense negative sense positive sense negative meaning
N'Ed M'Ed N'Ed M'Ed + MEd - MEd
their -224 -89 -193 74 1 139 1 115

7
if -242 55 -460 -211 -50 1.31 113 1.31 103

their -118 -422 126 1.31 243 1.31 258
6
if -478 95 -440 -99 1.40 207 1.40 216
their -679 -164 -664 163 1.40 357 1.40 356
5
if -697 142 -683 -142 1.07 238 1.07 239
their -884 -195 -920 196 1.07 327 1.07 328
4
if -902 179 -938 -179 1.26 352 1.26 354
their -1074 -220 -1187 220 1.26 434 1.26 434
3
if -1092 209 -1205 -209 1.13 368 1.13 368
their -1250 -236 -1463 236 1.13 416 1.13 415
2
if -1269 232 -1481 -231 1.06 384 1.06 382
their -1414 -239 -1748 237 1.06 396 1.06 392
1
if -1432 256 -1766 -253 1.14 457 1.14 451

their -1570 -171 -2033 168 1.14 305 1.14 299
P
if -1588 302 -2051 -301 1 393 1 391
Table E 5.1.44. Design forces Pillar axis D [kN],[kNm]

Pole axis D
Level positive meaning negative direction positive direction negative meaning

N'Ed M'Ed N'Ed M'Ed + MEd - MEd
their -252 9 -227 74 1 14 1 115

7
if -270 -17 -245 -30 1.31 35 1.31 61

their -520 -73 -422 75 1.31 151 1.31 154
6
if -538 38 -440 -48 1.40 84 1.40 105
their -817 -88 -595 108 1.40 191 1.40 234
5
if -835 64 -613 -82 1.07 107 1.07 137
their -1136 -112 -746 126 1.07 187 1.07 212
4
if -1154 92 -765 -107 1.26 182 1.26 211
their -1474 -128 -880 143 1.26 252 1.26 281
3
if -1492 115 -898 -130 1.13 202 1.13 228
their -1828 -140 -1000 154 1.13 246 1.13 271
2
if -1846 136 -1018 -149 1.06 225 1.06 247
their -2193 -142 -1111 155 1.06 235 1.06 256
1
if -2211 157 -1129 -170 1.14 279 1.14 303

their -2553 -93 -1230 104 1.14 167 1.14 186
P
if -2571 256 -1248 -263 1 333 1 342
P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Table
E
5.1.45.
A
-pillar
Level
their their their their their their their their
if if if if if if if if
[kN] Down
1248 1230 1129 1111 1018 1000 898 880 765 746 613 595 440 422 245 227
positive
meaning
[kNm]
[mm2]
[kN] With
342 186 303 256 247 271 228 281 211 212 137 234 105 154 115
61
Asnec
591 441 127 167 356 178 579 234 261 671 386 436
23
0 0 8
Down
2571 2553 2211 2193 1846 1828 1492 1474 1154 1136
835 817 538 520 270 252
negative
meaning
MEd
[kNm]
[mm2]
[mm2]
333 167 279 235 225 246 202 252 182 187 107 191 151
84 35 14
Asnec
202
22
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
935 Asmin
Asnec
935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935
Armare
A
eff
4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18
[mm2]
[kNm]
1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018
Billion+
billion
402 399 385 382 367 364 347 343 322 318 288 283 247 243 201 197
490 490 485 484 465 464 432 430 388 386 335 332 270 266 207 203
355
Table
E
5.1.46.
Pillar
axis
B
P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Level
2051 1766
2033 1748 1481 1463 1205 1187 [kN]
[kNm]
[mm2]
[kN]
[kNm]
[mm2]
[mm2] Down
938 920 683 664 440 422 211 193
Asnec
positive
meaning
With
391 299 451 392 382 415 368 434 354 328 239 356 216 258 103 115
398 555 670 916
1308 1019 555
1418 1125 382 497
0
964 819 863 800
1588 1570 1432 1414 1269 1250 1092 1074 Down
902 884 697 679 478 460 242 224
MEd
sens
negative
393 457
305 396 384 416 368 434 352 327 238 357 207 243 113 139
Asnec
55
1239 1119 1432 1055 1398
667 822 872 944 895 526 674 953 398 610
Asmin
Asnec
935
935
935
1239 935 935
1119 944
1432 1055 935 935
1418 935
1125 935 935
Armare
A
eff
4ø20 4ø22
4ø20
4ø20 4ø20 4ø20 4ø22 4ø22 4ø20 4ø20 4ø18 4ø18
[mm2]
[kNm]
1256 1256 1256 1256 1256 1256 1520 1520 1256 1256 1520 1520 1256 1256 1018 1018
Billion+
billion
512 493
511 491 465 463 466 464 387 384 375 370 280 276 193 189
476 459
474 457 438 436 450 447 381 377 378 374 290 285 200 196
356
Table
E
5.1.47.
Pillar
axis
C
P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Level
1588 1570 1432 1414 1269 1250 1092 1074 478 460 242 224 [kN]
[kNm]
[mm2]
[kN]
[kNm]
[mm2]
[mm2] Down
902 884 697 679
Asnec
positive
meaning
With
393 305 457 396 384 416 368 434 352 327 238 357 207 243 113 139
667
1239 1119 944
1432 1055 526
1398 674 953 398 610
55 822 872 895
2051 2033 1766 1748 1481 1463 1205 1187 Down
938 920 683 664 440 422 211 193
MEd
Asnec
sens
negative
391 299 451 392 382 415 368 434 354 328 239 356 216 258 103 115
398 964 555 670 916
1308 1019 555
1418 1125 382 497
819 863 800
0
Asmin
Asnec
935
935 935
1239
4ø20 935 935
4ø22
1119
4ø20 1432
944
4ø22 1055 935 935
1418 935
1125 935 935
Armare
A
eff
4ø20 4ø20 4ø20 4ø20 4ø20 4ø20 4ø22 4ø20 4ø20 4ø18 4ø18
[mm2]
[kNm]
1256 1256 1256 1256 1256 1256 1520 1520 1256 1256 1520 1520 1256 1256 1018 1018
MRd+
MRd-
476 474 459 457 438 436 450 447 381 377 378 374 290 285 200 196
512 511 493 491 465 463 466 464 387 384 375 370 280 276 193 189
357
Table
E
5.1.48.
D
axis
pillar
P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Level
2571 2553 2211 2193 1846 1828 1154
1474 270 [kNm]
[mm2]
[kN]
[kNm]
[mm2]
[mm2]
252 [kN] Down
1492 1136 835 817 538 520
Asnec
positive
meaning
With
333 167 279 235 225 246 182
252
202 187 107 191 84 151 35 14
22 202
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1248 1230 1129 1111 1018 1000 765
880
898 746 440 422 245 227 Down
613 595
MEd
Asnec
sens
negative
342 186 303 256 247 271 281
228 211 212 137 234 105 154 61 115
591 441 127 167 356 178
234
579 261 671 386 23 436
0 0 8
Asmin
Asnec
935
935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935
Armare
A
eff
4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18
4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18 4ø18
[mm2]
[kNm]
1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018
1018
1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018 1018
MRd+
MRd-
490 490 485 484 465 464 388
430
432 386 335 332 270 266 207 203
402 399 385 382 367 364 322
343
347 318 288 283 247 243 201 197
358
It is 5.1.8.4. Dimensioning of the transverse reinforcement of the columns
The design values of the torsional forces are determined from the balance of the column
at each level, under the action of the moments at the extremities, corresponding, for each
direction of the seismic action, to the formation of plastic joints, which can appear either in the
beams or in the columns connected at the node.
The maximum moments at the pole ends are determined:

M Rb
M idcM ,1 min
,Rd, iRc
M Rc
where,
MRc,i the design value of the capable moment at the extremity and
corresponding to the considered direction of the seismic action
factor that introduces the effect of steel strengthening and fretting
Rd
concrete in compressed areas; the Rd = 1.30 for the level from

basis of construction i Rd = 1.20 for the rest of the levels.
M Rc
iM Rb
the sums of the design values of the capable moments of the
columns and beams that enter the neighboring node of the calculation
section.
The design values of the capable moments in the columns are established based
on the values of the axial forces in the seismic design situation corresponding to the
considered direction of the seismic action.
The design force is determined:

MMdc 1, dc 2,
INEd
l cl
The calculation of the section under torsion is carried out according to SR EN

1992-1-1 considering the inclination of the compressed diagonals in the beam model with
45° grids.
Check the resistance of the compressed connecting rods with the expression:
VV wcw )()( tgctg fzb

Ed Rd max,
1 cd
If the above inequality is verified, determine the area of the sections for
reinforcement with the expression:
nor
A IN
sw Ed
s ctgfz )(
yd
Determine the length of the critical zone:
lcr max {1,5hc;lcl / 6; 600mm} = max {1,5 · 550; /6; 600mm} = 825mm
Machine
360
where,
hc is the largest dimension of the column section
lcl is the free height
On the first two levels of the building :
lcr = 1,5 · 825 = 1237,5mm
The maximum distance between the stirrups is determined:
- at the base of the pillar, above the theoretical embedment level: smax =
min {b0 / 3; 125 mm; 6dbL}

- in the rest of the critical areas:
smax = min {b0 / 3; 125 mm; 7dbL}
where,
b0 the minimum side of the section located inside the perimeter stirrup, the
dbL minimum diameter of the longitudinal reinforcements.
Check if the transverse reinforcement chosen meets the conditions:

- at the base of the pillar, above the theoretical embedment level:
nA
= st
0,005 i
In
sb
c
hAnbAn sth yd 0 f
etc 0
wd
0,12
hsb f
00 cd
where,
In
unidirectional reinforcement coefficient
the mechanical coefficient of reinforcement

wd
n, nb, nh the number of stirrup branches in the considered direction
Ast the section area of a branch of the stirrup
b0, h0 the cross-sectional dimensions of the confined core
- in the rest of the critical areas:
nA
= st
0,003 i
In
sb
c
hAnbAn sth yd 0 f
etc 0
wd
0,08
hsb f
00 cd
The calculation of the transverse reinforcement of the columns is presented synthetically in tables
E 5.1.49 to E 5.1.64.
Transversal pillar reinforcement - inner frame
Table E 5.1.49. Determination of the design torsional force - pillar axis A Level
positive meaning negative meaning By
maxim
Hi/ Hi/
MRc Mdc VEd MRc Mdc VEd
MRc MRc
[kNm] [KNM] [KN] [#93 159 103 159 [Knam] [Kn] [Ann] [5 193
7 its 190 jos 194 109 159 159 159 159 159
159
159
159
159
159
159
15901
159 123 123 123 04 0.31 1990
39 35
0.31
0.31
1993
3940
1993
his 235 jos 240 0.42 183 150290

483490
0.40 177 483 0.40 198 35)
6 his 274 jos 279 91 91
4 his 308 jos 312 87

5 his 332 jos 336 114 114
his 351 jos 354

his 366 jos 369 138 138
3 166 166
2 166 166
1 166 166
P sus 381
if 384 1 499 490 1.00 637
Table E 5.1.50. Determination of the design torsional force - column ax B

positive direction MRb/ negative meaning
Hi/ By
MRc Mdc VEd MRc Mdc VEd maxim
MRc MRc
Level
[kNm] [kNm] [kN] [kNm] [kNm] [kN] [kN] sus 194 1.71 233 153 200 1.66 240 156 156 jos 198 0.57
7 135 204 0.55 135 jos
248
388
248
0.57
JOS
263
JOS
454
218
403
0.54
50.59
392
297
ITS
284
3.55
459
478
403
0.55
0.54
0.54
0.63
400
298
312
307
0.54
4265
SU
ITS
261
325
467
400
543
ITS
469
0.59
0.54
0.59
450
0.62
332
262
383
0.55
350
284
228
308
299
ITS
284
401
537
248
504
JOS
0.54
491
540
456
0.57
480
260
0.62
0.59
0.54
342
0.57
236
366
383
297
279
236
299 299 JOS 505 0.54 329 492 0.60 352 P ITS 519 0.54 366 1.00
6 218 218
3 330 330
394 440 440 661

Machine
362
Table E 5.1.51. Determination of the design torsional force - column axis C

Level negative directionpositive
MRb/meaning
Mdc VEd By
MRc Hi/ Mdc VEd MRc maxim
MRc MRc
[kNm] its [Knm] [Kn] [Kn] [Kn] [Kn] [Kn] [Kn] [Kn] [Kn] 288 1954 267] 0.54 280] x81 2840
200 jos 204 his 158 0.54 298 0.54 260 0.63 307
0.60 0.63
394 661409 0.59 383 0.59 332 0.62 350 0.62 366 0.60 352
7
396 jos 400 his
456 jos 459 his 218 218
6 401 jos 403 his
537 jos 540 his
5 467 jos 469 his 454 0.54 297
491 jos 492 his 236 400 0.54 262 228 236 403 0.59 284 330 543 0.59 383
4 508 jos 509 545 0.54 355 284505
504 478440
0.54 312520
519 480 0.57 325 299
308 330
3
265 284
2
0.57 342 279 299 0.54 329 0.54 366 434

1 440 1.00 676
P 1
Table E 5.1.52. Determination of the design torsional force - pole

positive direction Mdc VEd MRc sens negative VEd
MRc Hi/ Hi/ Mdc VEd
Level maxim
MRc MRc
[kNm] [kNm] [kN] [kNm] 130 190 6 194 [kNm] [kN] [kN] 212 8 100 117
their 195 0.56 9 235 120 240 148 274 124
279 0.93 134 119 132 174 185 176
7 8 123
jos 200 his 259 0.29 144 308 188 312 208 332
336191 0.36 184 177 183 177 198 123
3
jos 263 his 326 0.29 205 351 194 354 202 366
369197
216 0.36
6 8 9
jos 330 his 381 0.38 0.41 9
7
jos 384 his 427 0.38 0.41
5 114 1 106
jos 429 his 461 0.31 0.36 114
jos 462 his 483 0.31 0.36
4 138 127
jos 483 his 490 0.41 0.46 138
jos 490 0.41 0.46
3 166 150
0.37 0.44 166
0.37 0.44
2 166 150
0.35 0.42 166
0.35 0.42
1 166 150
0.34 0.40 166
0.34 0.40
P 356 290
1 637 384 1.00 499 356
Table E 5.1.53. Determination of the transverse reinforcement - pillar axis A
Level By VRd,max Øneccalcul Øconstructive Øeff
[kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm]

7 123 5.3 8
6 91 4.6 8
5 114 5.1 8
1136 7.2
4 138 5.6 8
3 166 6.2 8
2 166 6.2 8
1 166 6.2 8
P their 356 9.1 10
P base 356 9.1 9.4 10
Table E 5.1.54. Determination of the transverse reinforcement - column axis B

7 156 6.0 8
6 218 7.1 8
5 248 7.6 8
4 236 7.4 8
7.2
3 330 1136 8.7 10
2 284 8.1 10
1 299 8.3 10
P their 440 10.1 12
P base 440 10.1 9.4 12

Machine
364
Table E 5.1.55. Determination of the transverse reinforcement - pillar axis C
[kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] 8
7 156 6.0 8
6 218 7.1
5 248 7.6 8
4 236 7.4 8
7.2
3 330 1136 8.7 10
2 284 8.1 10
1 299 8.3 10
P their 440 10.1 12
P base 440 10.1 9.4 12
Table E 5.1.56. Determining the transverse reinforcement - pillar axis D
[kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] 8
7 123 5.3
6 91 4.6 8
5 114 5.1 8
1136 7.2
4 138 5.6 8
3 166 6.2 8
2 166 6.2 8
1 166 6.2 8
P their 356 9.1 10
P base 356 9.1 9.4 10

Transversal pillar reinforcement - outer frame
Table E 5.1.57. Determination of the design torsional force - column axis A positive
direction negative direction MRb/ MRb/ MRc MRc
By
Level MRc Mdc VEd MRc Mdc VEd maxim
[kNm] [Knm] [Kn] [Kn] [KNM [kNm] [kN] [kN] 48 36

7 his 197 jos 201 1.00 13:58 AND1978
1986768
197
30 48
0 0.20 135 39 50
111107
128
132
193
174
6 his 243 jos 0.36 47 months ago 2841976 0.16 177 190 180 187
247 5 his 283 jos 0.36 449 were9948. 0.16 182 200 66
349 34999637
288 4 his 318 0.44 0.33
jos 322 3 his 343 0.44 0.33 101 118
jos 347 2 his 0.39 0.28
364 jos 367 1 his 0.39 0.28 126 140
382 jos 385 0.49 0.37
0.49 0.37 154 162
0.46 0.34
0.46 0.34 154 162
0.43 0.32
0.43 0.32 154 162
0.41 0.31
P sus 399 jos 0.41 0.31
402 1 1.00
Table E 5.1.58. Determination of the design torsional force - column axis B positive
By
[kNm] [Knm] [Knm] [Knm] [Kn] [kNm] [kN] [kN] 235

7 his 189 jos 193 [33] (1998 283) 0.48 357 =2848
1848 1.38 154 154 134 191 226
6 his 276 jos 31 438 0.56
318332
459271
0.54
457
357
0.54
474
4261 0.56 292 230 230 260 259
280 5 his 370 jos 665 476 0.56 245 245 174
329 174
386 312
375 4 his 384 0.65 312 363 352 293 293
jos 387 3 his 464 0.65 350 365 299 299 352
jos 466 2 his 0.57 394 621 462 462
463 jos 465 1 his 0.57
491 jos 493 0.72
0.72
0.67
0.67
0.67
0.67
0.64
P sus 511 jos 0.64
512 1.00
Machine
366
Table E 5.1.59. Determination of the design torsional force - column axis C positive
By
[KNM] [kNm] [kN] [kNm] 235 189 [kNm] [kN] [kN] 227 154
its 196 1.38 Jos 200 134 193 191 276 226 280
292 1.43 134 191 206 272 236
242
7 154 150
0.56 its 285 0.56 Jos 370 260 375 259 384
329 0.58 294 353 325 322 315
290 0.65 its 374 0.65
Jos 387 386 464 363 466
352 0.58 332 318 357 665
6 174 165 74
378 0.57 its 377 0.57 463 350 465 365 491
491
352 0.61
Jos 381 0.72 its 447
0.72 192 195 195 0.61
5 230 212 230
Jos 450 0.67 its 436
0.67 0.53
Jos 438 0.67 its 457
0.67 0.53
4 245 223 245
Jos 459 0.64 its 474 0.63
0.63
3 312 282 312
0.58
0.58
2 293 265 293
0.56
0.56
1 299 271 299
0.54
0.54
P 422 426 426
1 1.00
Table E 5.1.60. Determination of the design torsional force - column axis D positive
By
[knm] [knm] [kn] [knm] its 203 0.20 48 197 1.00 [kNm] [kN] [kN] 236 135
Jos 207 0.16 39 270
201 0.33
0.36 107
its
101
266
247
283
0.16
0.44
0.4450
36 itsJos
243
332
335
0.36
0.33
0.28
111 Jos
132 0.39
288 135 88 106147
130188
150200
133189
its 386 0.28 128 126
430 318
0.370.39
193
347Jos
154
0.46
388
343its0.37
0.49
464 174
0.34
Jos0.46
322
432
190JOS
0.49
0.34
154465
its
0.32
177
364 199 190 198 191 214 522
7
180 367 0.43 His200
484349
0.32
399
1870.41
154jos
154 490
66 385
6370.41
402sus
1.00
490 0.31 99 99
6
118 118
5
140 140
4
162 162
3
162 162
2
162 162
1
307 349
1
P
Table E 5.1.61. Determination of the transverse reinforcement - pillar ax A VRd,max Øneccalcul
Level VEd Øconstructive Øeff
[kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] 8
7 135 5.6
6 99 4.8 8
5 118 5.2 8
4 140 5.7 8
7.2
3 162 1136 6.1 8
2 162 6.1 8
1 162 6.1 8
P their 349 9.0 10
P base 349 9.0 9.4 10
Table E 5.1.62. Determination of transverse reinforcement - column ax B VRd,max Øneccalcul
[kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] 8
7 154 6.0
6 174 6.3 8
5 230 7.3 8
1136 7.2
4 245 7.5 8
3 312 8.5 10
2 293 8.2 10
1 299 8.3 10
P their 426 9.9 10
P base 426 9.9 9.4 10
Table E 5.1.63. Determination of transverse reinforcement - column ax C VRd,max Øneccalcul
7 154 6.0 8
6 174 6.3 8
5 230 7.3 8
4 245 7.5 8
1136 7.2
3 312 8.5 10
2 293 8.2 10
1 299 8.3 10
P their 426 9.9 10
P base 426 9.9 9.4 10

Machine
368
Table E 5.1.64. Determination of transverse reinforcement - column ax D VRd,max

Level Øneccalcul VEd Øconstructive Øeff

7 135 5.6 8
6 99 4.8 8
5 118 5.2 8
4 140 5.7 8
7.2
3 162 1136 6.1 8
2 162 6.1 8
1 162 6.1 8
P their 349 9.0 10
P base 349 9.0 9.4 10
It is 5.1.8.5. Checking frame nodes
The nodes are designed in such a way that they can take over and transmit the torsional forces that act on them in
the horizontal and vertical planes.
The design shear force in the node is established according to the state of plasticity of the beams entering the node,
for the most unfavorable direction of action of the seismic action.
Determine the design value of the torsional force in the node, Vjhd: - for central nodes:
VfAAV
century 21cydssRd
- for catch knots:
VfAV
century cydsRd1
where,
AAss21, the areas of reinforcement stretched from the upper and lower part of the beams entering the
node in the considered direction of the seismic action
Vc shear force from the pole above the node corresponding to the considered situation
Rd steel overstrength factor, equal to 1.1
It is checked whether the inclined compression force produced in the node by the compressed diagonal mechanism
will not exceed the compressive strength of the transversely stressed concrete in tension:
- for central nodes:

3,0 fhbV
century cdc
- for catch knots:

25,0 fhbV
century cdc
where,
coefficient of reduction of the resistance of the cracked concrete to the drill

information; ,0)250/1(6,0 54 fck
d normalized axial force in the column above the node
bj node design file; 5.0;min( ) hbbbb

j wc c
If the inequalities are not satisfied, the dimensions must be increased

of the node (by increasing the dimensions of the column) and/or the quality of the concrete.
Determine the necessary transverse reinforcement from the node, Ash , necessary
to ensure its integrity after inclined cracking:
- for central nodes:
ydss d ( 8,0f
fAA )8,01()
21 nec
A sh
ywd
- for catch knots:
nor fA )8.01(8.0
2 yds d
A sh
f ywd
where,
AA21, ss the areas of reinforcement stretched from the upper and lower part of the beams
entering the node in the considered direction of the seismic action
d normalized axial force in the lower column
If there are no beams entering the node in the transverse direction of the seismic action, on both sides
of the node, the reinforcement resulting from the calculation, Ash, is increased by 25%.
It is checked if the vertical reinforcement passing through the node is sufficient:
2
/ hhAA
sv jwjcsh
3
where,
hjw the center distance between the reinforcements on the upper and lower sides of the
beams
hjc interaxial distance between the marginal reinforcements of the columns
The horizontal reinforcement of the node shall not be less than the transverse reinforcement
thick from the critical areas of the pole.
The verification of nodes is presented synthetically in tables E 5.1.65 to 80.

Nivel
Nod
ax
A
Table
E
5.1.65.
Design
forces
in
node
associated
with
the
positive
direction
[kN]
Nivel
Nod
ax
A
P 17
6
5
4
3
2
P
-413
2454
166 7
6 As,b
15
4
3
2
As,b
Vc
-680
1140
-416
1140
83
-416
1742
87
-415
1742
114
-415
2454
138
-414
2454
166
-414
2454
166
left
right
top
Vc
763
680
416
1140
415
1140
106
415
1742
127
414
1742
150
414
1742
150
413
1742
150
left
right
top
0
91
123
0
Vjhd
Vjhd As,b
476
1448
763
266
1448
763
423
408
1963
1140
248
584
2233
1473
228
561
2233
1473
308
561
2233
1473
265
561
2233
1473
279
Nod
ax
B
1963
1140
218
left
right
top
Transverse
pillar
reinforcement
-inner
frame
Vc
0
153
Vjhd
Vjhd
As,b
730
577
806
776
995
2233
1742
236
1075
2454
-415
915
2233
1742
330
982
2454
-414
958
2233
1742
284
1028
2454
-414
944
2233
1742
299
1013
2454
-413
Nod
ax
C
Vc
Vjhd
As,b
1448
763
1448
763
1963
1140
218
806
1742
-416
1963
1140
248
776
1742
-415
left
right
top
Nod
ax
D
0
730
1140
-680
156
573
1140
-416
left
right
up
Nod
ax
D
VC
680
Left
Right
Sus
0730
763
VC
VJHD
AS,
B
763
1448
153
577
763
416
NOD
AX
C
AS,
B
RIGHT
730
763
1448
573
806
1140
1963
218
806
1140
416
776
1140
1963
248
776
1140
415
982
1473
2233
308
915
1742
414
1075
1473
2233
228
995
1742
415
1028
1473
2233
265
958
1742
414
1013
1473
2233
279
944
1742
413
0
VC
763
1448
763
1448
156
RIGHT
AX
B
AS,
B
152
156
350
114
535
1742
2233
236
507
1742
2233
330
507
1742
2233
284
507
1742
2233
299
Table
E5.1.66.
Design
forces
in
node
associated
with
the
negative
direction
[kN]
Vc
114
138
0166
166
166
83
87
0
Vjhd
Vjhd 152
156
350
324
535
507
476
423
561
91
123
266
106
408
127
584
150
150
150
370
P
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Spindle
node
B
Spindle
node
A
dVRd,ma
Vjhd
Check
Table
E
5.1.68.
Checking
the
connecting
rod
compressed
in
the
knot;
negative
sense
Level VRd,ma
Vjhd
Check
Table
E
5.1.67.
Checking
the
connecting
rod
compressed
in
the
knot;
positive
sense
Level
P
1032
0.20
1260
561
OK
1933
0.38
1513
944
OK
1759
0.35
1513
1013
OK
2166
0.4
1260
507
OK 1 2 3 4
575
0.11
1260
408
OK
758
0.15
1513
776
OK
785
0.16
1513
776
OK
805
0.1
1260
324
OK 5
409
0.08
1260
423
OK
490
0.10
1513
806
OK
526
0.10
1513
806
OK
510
0.1
1260
350
OK 6
214
0.04
1260
266
OK
233
0.05
1513
577
OK
259
0.05
1513
573
OK
239
0.0
1260
156
OK 7
2166
0.43
1260
507
OK
1759
0.35
1513
1013
OK
1933
0.38
1513
944
OK
1032
0.2
1260
561
OK 1809
0.36
1260
507
OK
1522
0.30
1513
1028
OK
1624
0.32
1513
958
OK
941
0.1
1260
561
OK 1123
0.22
1260
535
OK
1036
0.21
1513
1075
OK
1036
0.21
1513
995
OK
717
0.1
1260
584
OK
1459
0.29
1260
507
OK
1282
0.25
1513
982
OK
1324
0.26
1513
915
OK
838
0.1
1260
561 0.16
1260
324
OK
785
0.16
OK 8051513
776
OK
758
0.15
1513
776
OK
575
0.1
1260
408
OK 510
0.10
1260
350
OK
526
0.10
1513
806
OK
490
0.10
1513
806
OK
409
0.0
1260
423
OK 239
0.05
1260
156
OK
259
0.05
1513
573
OK
233
0.05
1513
577
OK
214
0.0
1260
266
OK [kN]
0
Down 941
0.19
1260
561
OK
1624
0.32
1513
958
OK
1522
0.30
1513
1028
OK
1809
0.3
1260
507
OK 838
0.17
1260
561
OK
1324
0.26
1513
915
OK
1282
0.25
1513
982
OK
1459
0.2
1260
507
OK 717
0.14
1260
584
OK
1036
0.21
1513
995
OK
1036
0.21
1513
1075
OK
1123
0.2
1260
535
OK
0
[kN] Down
0.00
1260
152
OK
0
0.00
1260
476
OK
0
Axis
node
A
d
[kN]
[kN] [kN]
[kN]
care care
Down Down
0.00
1513
730
OK
0
0.00
1513
730
OK
0
0.0
1260
152
OK
Nod
ax
B
[kN]
re re
NEd
d
VRd,ma
Vjhd
Verifica
NEd
d
VRd,ma
Vjhd
Verifica
[kN]
[kN]
d
VRd,max
Vjhd
Verifica
0.00
1513
730
OK
0 NEd
d
VRd,ma
Vjhd
Verifica
[kN]
d
VRd,max
Vjhd
Verifica
0.00
1513
730
OK
0
Nod
ax
C Nod
ax
C
[kN]
[kN] [kN]
re re
NEd
d
VRd,ma
Vjhd
Verifica
[kN]
0.0
1260
476
OK
Nod
ax
D
Nod
ax
D
[kN] [kN]
371
Spindle
node
B
Spindle
node
A
Table
E
5.1.70.
Determination
of
the
required
transverse
reinforcement
from
the
node
-negative
direction. Spindle
node
B
Spindle
node
A
Table
E
5.1.69.
Determination
of
the
transverse
reinforcement
required
from
the
node
-positive
direction
Level Level
P 17
6
5
4
3
2 P 17
6
5
4
3
2
Ash Ash
As,b
left
right
911
1448
763
0.05
0.00
1155
1448
763
0.00
nor nor
As,b
763
1448
0.00
763
1448
0.05
left
right
Ash Ash
1769
763
1696
763 As,b
left
right
1769
1448
763
1703
1448
763
nor nor
As,b
left
right
Nod
ax
C Nod
ax
C
right
0.00
1769
-680
0.05
1696
1140
-416
AS,
B
680
416
763
0.04
416
1140
0.08
1164
1963
1140
2289
1963
1140
0.10
2275
1742
-416
415
1140
0.11
1131
1963
1140
0.15
2184
1963
1173
1742
-415
415
1742
0.14
1529
2233
1473
0.21
2477
2233
1742
0.21
2657
2454
-415
414
1742
0.17
1496
2233
1473
0.26
2342
2233
1742
0.25
2533
2454
-414
414
1742
0.19
1467
2233
1473
032
012
0
1442
2233
1473
0.38
2055
2233
1742
0.35
2293
2454
-413
left
right
Ash Ash
nor nor
AS,
left
416
AS,
R
left
right
1448
0.00
1769
763
680
1448
0.05
1703
763
AS,
B
-680
1140
0.416
1140
0.05
557
-416
1742
0.10
975
1140
1963
0.10
2275
1140
1963
0.10
2289
1140
416
-415
1742
0.16
926
1140
19
0.16
2173
1140
1963
0.15
2184
1140
415
-415
2454
0.22
1340
1742
2233
0.21
2657
1473
2233
0.21
2477
1742
415
-414
2454
0.29
1254
1742
2233
0.25
2533
1473
2233
0.26
2342
1742
414
-1742
414
-2201
1742
414
-413
2454
0.43
1071
1742
2233
0.35
2293
1473
2233
0.38
2055
1742
413
left
right
Nod
ax
D Nod
ax
D
0.00
1155
0.04
911
0.08
1164
0.11
1131
0.14
1529
0.17
1496
0.19
1467
0.20
1442 0.00
368
0.05
557
0.10
975
0.16
926
0.22
1340
0.29
1254
0.36
1164
0.43
1071
nor nor
372
Table E 5.1.71. The choice of transverse reinforcement in the node
Level Nod ax A i D
A nor s ønec island eff

Ash eff A nor A eff Check
7 1155 100 8.6 10 1571 984 3054 ok
6 911 100 7.6 8 1005 630 3054 ok
5 1164 100 8.6 10 1571 984 3054 ok
4 1131 100 8.5 10 1571 984 3054 ok
3 1529 100 9.9 12 2262 1417 3054 ok
2 1496 100 9.8 10 1571 984 3054 ok
1 1467 100 9.7 10 1571 984 3054 ok
P 1442 100 9.6 10 1571 984 3054 ok
Table E 5.1.72. The choice of transverse reinforcement from the Node

axis B and C node
Level A nor s
ønec island eff
7 1769 100 10.6 12 2262 1417 3054 ok
6 1703 100 10.4 12 2262 1417 5889 ok
5 2289 75 10.2 12 3167 1984 5889 ok
4 2184 75 10.0 12 3167 1984 3768 ok
3 2657 75 11.0 12 3167 1984 5889 ok
2 2533 75 10.7 12 3167 1984 3768 ok
1 2412 75 10.5 12 3167 1984 3768 ok
P 2293 75 10.2 12 3167 1984 3768 ok

P
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Nivel
Nod
ax
A Axis
node
C
Table
E
5.1.74.
Design
forces
in
node
associated
with
the
negative
direction
[kN] Spindle
node
B
Spindle
node
A
Table
E
5.1.73.
Design
forces
in
node
associated
with
the
positive
direction
[kN] Transversal
pillar
reinforcement
-outer
frame
Level
P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
680 680 680 680 679 679 680 1057
663 As,b
left
right
top
Ace,
1057
663
left
top
right
680
1742
162
637
2233
1362
271 680
1742
162
637
2233
1362
265 680
1742
162
637
2233
1362
282 680
1742
140
660
2233
1362
223 679
1140
118 679
1140 680
1742
162 1742
162 1742
162 1742
140
660
3 1140
118 1140
99 663
663
135 0 Vc
135 Vc
99
0
637
P 637 637
2 483
4 502 308 Vjhd
568
483 502
1742
914 308 568 Vjhd
1 5 6 1057
663
left
right
top
7 As,b Nod
ax
B
1742
914
212 1140
663 Ace,
1140
663
left
right
top
680 680 680 680 679 679 680
1742
162 1742
162 1742
162 1742
140 1140
118 1140
99 663 Vc
165 150 Vc
0
135 0 Vjhd
915
2233
1742
299
1013
2454
-680 921
2233
1742
293
1019
2454
-680 904
2233
1742
312
999
2454
-680 963
2233
1742
245
1067
2454
-680 665
1742
1140
230
721
1742
-679 711 445
1140
663
154
441
914
-680 595
1140
663 Vjhd
637
P 637
1 637
2 660
3 483
4 502
5 308
6 As,b
Vjhd
As,b
left
right
top
568
7
Vc
Ace,
left
right
up
1742
1140
174
777
1742
-679
Nod
ax
C
680
1742
162
637
P 680
1742
162
637
1 680
1742
162
637
2 680
1742
140
660
3 679
1140
118 679
1140
99 680
663
135 1057
663
0
Vc
Ace,
left
right
0
595
914
-1057
Vjhd
568
left
right
top Nod
ax
D
483 502
5 308
Nod
ax
D
4 6 7 Vc
154 154 154 126 101 their Vc
66 36
0
680 680 680 680 679 679 680 1057 Vjhd
431 431 431 460 250 285 -47 Vjhd
41
374
Spindle
node
B
Spindle
node
A
Table
E
5.1.76.
Checking
the
connecting
rod
compressed
in
the
knot;
negative
meaning Table
E
5.1.75.
Checking
the
connecting
rod
compressed
in
the
knot;
positive
meaning
P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Level P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Level
2211
0.44
1260
431
OK
1432
0.28
1260
1013
OK
17660.35
1260
915
OK
1129
0.221260
637
OK 270
0.05
1260
41
OK
242
0.05
1260
441
OK
211
0.04
1260
445
OK
245
0.051260
308
OK 898
0.18
1260
637
OK
1205
0.24
1260
904
OK
109
0.22
1260
999
OK
1492
0.301260
431
OK 765
0.15
1260
660
OK
938
0.19
1260
963
OK
902
0.18
1260
1067
OK
1154
0.231260
460
OK 613
0.12
1260
483
OK
683
0.14
1260
665
OK
697
0.14
1260
721
OK
835
0.171260
250
OK 440
0.09
1260
502
OK
440
0.09
1260
711
OK
478
0.09
1260
777
OK
538
0.111260
285
OK 245
0.05
1260
308
OK
211
0.04
1260
445
OK
242
0.05
1260
441
OK
270
0.051260
41
OK Nod
ax
A
1846
0.37
1260
431
OK
1269
0.25
1260
1019
OK
14810.29
1260
921
OK
1018
0.201260
637
OK 1492
0.30
1260
431
OK
1092
0.22
1260
999
OK
12050.24
1260
904
OK
898 1260
0.181260
637
OK 1154
0.23
460
OK
902
0.18
1260
1067
OK
938
0.19
1260
963
OK
765 835
0.17
1260
250
0.151260
660
OK OK
697
0.14
1260
721
OK
683
0.14
1260
665
OK
613 538
0.121260
483
OK 0.11
1260
285
OK
478
0.09
1260
777
OK
440
0.09
1260
711
OK
440
0.091260
502
OK [kN]
0 1129
0.22
1260
637
OK
1766
0.35
1260
915
OK
143
0.28
1260
1013
OK
2211
0.441260
431
OK 1018
0.20
1260
637
OK
1481
0.29
1260
921
OK
126
0.25
1260
1019
OK
1846
0.371260
431
OK 0 [kN]
Down Down
which
0.00
1260
568
OK
0
Verifi
[kN]
dVRd,ma
Vjhd
0.00
1260
-47
OK
0 d
VRd,
in
Vjhd
[kN]
check
care
Nod
ax
B
[kN] [kN]
Down Down
0.00
1260
595
OK
0
0.00
1260
595
OK
0
0.00
1260
595
OK
0
0.00
1260
595
OK
0
0.001260
568
OK
Verifi
[kN]
dVRd,max
Vjhd
Verifi
[kN]
dVRd,max
Vjhd
car
car
Nod
ax
C
[kN] NEd
d
VRd,ma
Vjhd
Nod
ax
C
NEd
d
VRd,
in
Vjhd
[kN]
[kN]
Verification
[kN]
re Verify
re
Nod
ax
D
[kN]
NEd
d
VRd,ma
Vjhd
Nod
ax
D
NEd
d
VRd,
in
Vjhd
[kN]
0.001260
-47
OK
Verification
[kN]
Verification
[kN]
375
re
re
Spindle
node
C
Spindle
node
BTable
E
5.1.78.
Determination
of
the
required
transverse
reinforcement
from
the
node
-negative
direction
Level
Node
axis
A Spindle
node
C
Spindle
node
BTable
E
5.1.77.
Determination
of
the
required
transverse
reinforcement
from
the
node
-positive
direction
Level
Node
axis
A
P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
As,b As,b
-1057
914
left
right Left
Right
-680
2454
0.44 -680
2454
0.37
1003
1742
2233
0.25 -680
2454
0.30
1083
1742
2233
0.22 737
1140
1742
0.14
-679
1742
0.17
-680
2454
0.23
1160
1742
2233
0.18 -679
1742
0.11 -680
914 1057
663
680
1742
0.22
1591
2233
1362
0.35 680
1742
0.20
1625
2233
1362
0.29 680
1742
0.18 680
1742
0.15
1702
2233
1362
0.19 679 679 680
663
1140
0.12
1314
1742
914
0.14 1140
0.09
1354
1742
914
0.09
0.05 0.00
-114 0.05
1033
1140
663 0.00
1376
1140
663
Anecsh
As,b
1661
2233
1362
0.24
921
1742
2233
0.28 778
1140
1742
0.09 179
663
1140
0.00
left
right
Annex
As,b Left
Right
663
1140
0.05
0.04 0.00
Anecsh
As,b Anecsh
As,b
2457
1362 2540
1362 2629
1362 2050
914
2725
1362 2131
914 2070
2233 2200
2233 2326
2233 2448
2233
1387
663 1442
663 1895
1742 1977
1742 1394
1140 1442
1140
114
0.00
1442
663
left
right left
right
223
0.35
2070
1742
680 223
0.29
2200
1742
680 223
0.24
2326
1742
680 174
0.14
1895
1140
679
223
0.19
2448
1742
680 174
0.09
1977
1140
679 114
0.04
1394
663 174
0.28
2457
2454
-680 174
0.25
2540
2454
-680 174
0.22
2629
2454
-680 174
0.18
2725
2454
-680 114
0.14
2050
1742
-679 114
0.09
2131
1742
-679
663
0.05
1387
914 663
0.00
1442
914
-1057
Anecsh
As,b Anecsh
As,b
Nod
ax
D Nod
ax
D
1057
left
right Left
Right
-680
680
0.22
1591 0.20
1625 0.18
1661 0.12
1314
0.15
1702 0.09
1354 0.05
1033 0.00
1376 0.44
921 0.37
1003 0.30
1083 0.23
1160 0.17
737 0.11
778 0.05
179 0.00
-114
anecsh anecsh
376
Table E 5.1.79. The choice of the transverse reinforcement from the

Node axis A i D Ash eff
Level A nec s
ønec island eff
A nor A eff To verify
7 1720 100 10.5 12 2262 1417 3054 ok
6 1291 100 9.1 10 1571 984 3054 ok
5 1692 100 10.4 12 2262 1417 3054 ok
4 1642 100 10.2 12 2262 1417 3054 ok
3 2128 100 11.6 12 2262 1417 3054 ok
2 2077 100 11.5 12 2262 1417 3054 ok
1 2031 100 11.4 12 2262 1417 3054 2262 1417 3054 ok
P 1988 100 11.3 12 ok
Table E 5.1.80. The choice of transverse reinforcement from the Node

axis B and C node
Level A nor s
ønec island eff
7 1803 100 10.7 12 2262 1417 3054 ok
6 1743 100 10.5 12 2262 1417 3768 ok
5 2663 75 11.0 12 3167 1984 4560 ok
4 2563 75 10.8 12 3167 1984 3768 ok
3 3406 75 12.4 14 4310 2701 4560 ok
2 3286 75 12.2 14 4310 2701 3768 ok
1 3175 75 12.0 14 4310 2701 3768 ok
P 3072 75 11.8 12 3167 1984 3768 ok

Machine
378
E 5.2 Designing a structure with reinforced concrete structural walls
And 5.2.1. Construction description
- Location: Bucharest; - Upstairs:

3S+D+14 floors; current floor
height: 3.0m;
Ground floor height: 6.0m; - In
plan: Five openings D=8m;
Four spans t=7m and a central span of 4m;

Function: Offices.
Figure 1 contains, for information purposes, the formwork plan of a current level of the building.
Used materials:
-
Beton C30/37: fck=30 MPa, fcd=20 MPa, E=33x103 MPa;
-
Oel S500: fyk=500 MPa, fyd =435 MPa, E=2x105 MPa;
Site characterization:
- Maximum ground acceleration (IMR=100 years): ag=0.30g; - Lap

period: Tc=1.6 sec.
The design of the structure was made for ductility class H and importance class III (I=1.0).
And 5.2.2. Pre-dimensioning of structural elements
The pre-dimensioning of the structural elements is the first step in their calculation. In the case of
reinforced concrete structures, the mass of the structural elements represents a large part of the
gravity loads. For this reason, simplified formulas derived from stiffness, ductility, architectural or
technological criteria are used to obtain the preliminary dimensions for the structural elements.
AND
Figure E 5.2.1. Formwork plan current floor plan

Machine
380
And 5.2.2.1. Pre-dimensioning of beams

Pre-sizing based on stiffness criteria and architectural criteria
Opening L=8.0m; Span t=7.0m.
Longitudinal grid
1 1 1 1
L =
hw= 00.8 = 1.00 ÷ 0.66 m hw=0.70 m;
8 12 8 12
1 1 1 1
=
bw= 70.0 = 0.35 ÷ 0.23 m bw=0.30 m;
hw
2 3 2 3
Transverse beam
1 1 1 1
=
hw= t 00.7 = 0.875 ÷ 0.583 m hw=0.60 m;
8 12 8 12
1 1 1 1
bw= hw = 60.0 = 0.30 ÷ 0.20 m bw=0.30 m.

2 3 2 3
And 5.2.2.2. Presizing boards
Pre-dimensioning based on rigidity and sound insulation criteria In the pre-dimensioning phase, the light is considered to
be approximately equal to the interaxle opening. The typical frame is 8 x 7m, the slab being reinforced in two directions. The following conditions can be used to
limit the vertical beams and obtain some economical reinforcement percentages :
P
hsl= + 20 mm; 180
L0 = L-bw = 8.00-0.30 = 7.70 m; t0 = t-bw = 7.00-0.30 =
6.70 m; P = 2(L0+ t0) = 2(7.70+6.70) = 28.80 m; L0 and t0
- the calculation openings in the two directions; P - board perimeter;
hsl>130 mm, for sound insulation reasons
Choose hsl=18cm.
The evaluation of gravity loads in the earthquake design situation The

grouping of the actions, respectively the grouping of the structural effects of the actions,
which contain the seismic action, is detailed .
n
Gk,j + Ie AEk + 2,i Qk,i unde:

j1
Gk,j - the effect of the permanent action j , taken with the characteristic value;
Qk, i - the effect on the structure of the variable action i, taken with the characteristic value;
AE - the characteristic value of the seismic action corresponding to the average recurrence
interval for the Ultimate Limit State (ULS);
2,i - coefficient for determining the quasi-permanent value of variable action i ;

Ie - coefficient of importance and exposure of the building.
The characteristic values Gk and Qk are the normalized values of the actions according
to the loading standards. For loads from snow and those due to exploitation 2= 0.4.
Table E 5.2.1 Evaluation of loads on the plane plate of the current level
qn qld qsd
charging nld nsd
(kN/m2 ) (kN/m2 ) (kN/m2 )
Own weight of the board

4.5 1.0 1.35 4.5 6.075
Useful load Load
from compartments and 2.5 0.4 1.5 1 3.75
floor
2.07 1.0 1.35 2.07 2.79
7.57 12.615
Table E 5.2.2 Evaluation of the loads on the perimeter beams at the current level
qn qld qsd
charging nld nsd
(kN/m2 ) (kN/m2 ) (kN/m2 )
Loading from closures
3.0 1.0 1.35 3.0 4.05
Table E 5.2.3 Evaluation of loads on the plane plate of the last level
qn qld qsd
charging nld nsd
(kN/m2 ) (kN/m2 ) (kN/m2 )
Own weight plate Loading

4.5 1.0 1.35 4.5 6.075
from
3.85 1.0 1.35 3.85 5.2

Thermo-Hydroizolaie
Payload Load from 0.75 0.4 1.5 0.3 1.125
snow 2 0.4 1.5 0.8 3.0
9.45 15.4
Machine
382
And 5.2.2.3. Pre-dimensioning of pillars
Since the pillars of the structure are not elements that participate in taking over the lateral force, this role
being fulfilled by the structural walls, they will be designed as secondary elements. The criteria related to
the relative height of the compressed area are less restrictive, accepting a higher level of compression in
the columns than in the case of those that make up the structures in reinforced concrete frames, with the
main role in taking over the seismic actions. Thus, according to paragraph 5.6.2.4 of [1], the dimensionless
axial force in the columns is recommended not to exceed the value of 0.7.
1. Marginal post
Area related to the marginal pillar: Loading: - own
Aaf=weight
8·3.5=of28m2
the
pillar Ngp=0.50·0.50·25·(14·3+6)
Ngp=300 kN
- beam weight Ngr=15·0.30·0.70·8·25+15·0.30·0.60·3.50·25
Ngr=866.30 kN Ntot=
300+866.3+(14·28·7.57+1·28·9.45)+13·8·3+8·5.07 = 4751 kN rec=0.7
3
104751
b= =682 mm
7.020
2. Column post
Area related to the corner post: Aaf= 4.0·3.5= 14.0 m2 Ntot=
300+15·25·(0.3·0.7·4+0.3·0.6·3.5)+(14·14·7.57+1·14·9.45)+ 3·7.5+5.07·7.5 = 2528 kN
3
102528
bcm=hcm = =425mm
7.020
3. Internal pillar
Area related to the internal pillar: Aaf= 8·7= 56 m2
Ntot=300+12·25·(0.3·0.7·8+0.3·0.6·7)+14·56·7.57+56·9.45 = 7867 kN
rec=0.7
3
107867
bcc=hcc = =750 mm.
7.020
Choose: - for marginal and corner posts: bc=70 cm; - for internal
pillars: bc=75 cm.
And 5.2.3. Calculation of the structure according to CR 2-1-1.1
And 5.2.3.1. Evaluation of seismic loads:
The basic torsional forces corresponding to the fundamental eigenmode, for each main
direction, are determined with the relation:
Fb = 1·Sd(T1) · m·
in which:
1 and - the important factor – earthquake exposure of the construction; for ordinary buildings
and = 1; 1
a. In the Y direction (the direction of the coupled walls):
Sd(T1) - the ordinate of the design spectrum corresponding to the fundamental period of vibration T1.
For the city of Bucharest and the period T1<Tc :
Tag )(
Sd(T1)=
q
qy - the behavior factor of the structure; for redundant structures with reinforced concrete
coupled walls, regular in plan and elevation, for class H of
in
ductility, it is taken: a. q= q0 = 5.0 ·1.25 = 6.25, for DCH;
1
in
b. q= q0 = 3.5 ·1.25 = 4.375, for DCM.
1
b. In the X direction (the direction of the insulated walls):
Sd(T1) - the ordinate of the design spectrum corresponding to the fundamental proper period of
vibration T1. For the city of Bucharest and the period T1<Tc : Tag )( Sd(T1)=
qx - the behavior factor of the structure; for redundant structures in reinforced concrete frames,
regular in plan and elevation, for ductility class H,
calculate: a. q=q0
in
= 4.0 ·1.15 = 4.60, for DCH;
1
in
b. q=q0 = 3.0 ·1.15 = 3.45, for DCM;
1
at - the maximum horizontal acceleration of the terrain, for Bucharest ag = 0.30 g; -
(T) normalized spectrum of elastic response;
T1 - the proper vibration period of the structure;
m - total mass of the building calculated as the sum of the level masses;
n n G
mm i 1 i
i i1 ;g
Machine
384
- correction factor that takes into account the contribution of the fundamental natural mode to the
seismic response of the structure:
=0.85 for T1<Tc and the building has more than 2 levels;
=1.0 for the rest of the constructions.
Calculation of the seismic coefficient "c":
c= 1·Sd(T1) ·/ g = FTb/ G a. In
the direction of the coupled walls: 1. DCH cy = 1·0.12·0.85 = 0.102
2. DCM cy= 1·0.171·0.85 = 0.146 b. In the
direction of the insulated walls: 1. DCH cx= 1·0.163·0.85 = 0.139
2. DCM cx= 1·0.217·0,85 =0.185
And 5.2.3.2. Verification of lateral movements
E 5.2.3.2.1. Service limit state (SLS) check
The aim of this check is to ensure the continuity of the building's operation after a low-intensity earthquake,
with a high probability of occurrence during the life of the construction (IMR= 30 years). This objective is
achieved by limiting the degradation of non-structural elements and components of construction installations.

SLS SLS
dr = qdre dr,a
SLS
dr - the relative level shift under the seismic action associated with SLS;
- reduction factor that takes into account the recurrence interval of the seismic action associated
with SLS checks. The value of the factor is 0.5;.
q - the behavior factor specific to the type of structure;
dre - the relative displacement of the same level, determined by static elastic calculation under seismic
design loads; - the admissible value of the relative level displacement: dr,a SLS=0.005.
SLS
dr,a
E 5.2.3.2.2. Ultimate Limit State (ULS) Verification
The ultimate limit state is also found in the bibliography as the life safety limit state. It is therefore easy to
understand that this check aims to avoid the loss of human life in the event of a major earthquake. For this
purpose, the limitation of lateral movements has the effect of preventing the occurrence of degradations
large enough to cause the total collapse of non-structural elements.
The check when moving is done based on the expression: =

ULS ULS
dr cqdre dr,a
ULS
dr - the relative level shift under the seismic action associated with ULS;
q - the behavior factor specific to the type of structure;

dre - the relative displacement of the same level, determined by static elastic calculation
under seismic design loads;
c - displacement amplification coefficient, which takes into account that for T<Tc (Tc is
the control period of the response spectrum) the seismic displacements calculated in
the inelastic field are greater than those corresponding to the elastic seismic response.
The c values are chosen according to the relationship:
T qT
C ;
3,231
c
TC 7.1
ULS
dr,a - admissible value of the relative level displacement, equal to 0.025h (where h is the
level height).
Table E 5.2.4 Behavior factors and reduction coefficients
direct Class q c cmax
DCH 4.60 1.60

Long.
DCM 3.45 1.38
1.56
DCH 6.25 1.86
Trans.
DCM 4.38 1.56
Table
E
5.2.6
Verification
of
lateral
movements
in
the
transverse
direction Table
E
5.2.5
Verification
of
lateral
movements
in
the
longitudinal
direction
Direct
Level Direct
Level
E10 E11 E12 E13 E14 E10 E11 E12 E13 E14
P E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9
P
Transversal Longitudinal
(m)
dre, (m)
dre,
0.0012
0.0011
0.0009
0.0008
0.0004 0.0014
0.0013 0.0012
0.0013
0.0014
0.0014 0.0010
0.0005 0.0016
0.0014
0.0012 0.0018
0.0018
0.0016 0.0016
0.0017
DCH
DCH
0.0038
0.0033
0.0029
0.0024
0.0013 0.0043
0.0041 0.0039
0.0041
0.0043
0.0044 0.0022
0.0012 0.0036
0.0032
0.0028 0.0041
0.0042
0.0041
0.0038 0.0037
0.0039
0.0040
(m)
drSLS (m)
drSLS
0.005
0.005 DCH
(m)
draSLS
DCH
(m)
draSLS
0.0069
0.0038 0.0113
0.0101
0.0086 0.0127
0.0132
0.0129
0.0127
0.0117 0.0115
0.0122
0.0125
0.0117
0.0104
0.0091
0.0075
0.0039 0.0133
0.0127 0.0120
0.0127
0.0133
0.0137 r(m) d
r(m) d ULS
ULS
(m)
draULS
0.025
(m)
draULS
0.025
Verif
Verif. ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
(m)
dre,
0.0012
0.0007 0.0020
0.0018
0.0015 0.0024
0.0024
0.0023
0.0022 0.0021
0.0022
0.0023
(m)
dre,
0.0011
0.0006 0.0018
0.0015
0.0014 0.0021
0.0020
0.0019 0.0019
0.0020
0.0021 DCM
DCM
0.0021
0.0012 0.0035
0.0031
0.0026 0.0041
0.0041
0.0039
0.0038 0.0037
0.0039
(m)
drSLS
0.0023
0.0012 0.0039
0.0034
0.0030 0.0045
0.0044
0.0042 0.0041
0.0042
0.0044
0.0046
0.0045
(m)
drSLS
0.005
DCM
(m)
draSLS
0.005
DCM
(m)
draSLS
0.0078
0.0042 0.0127
0.0114
0.0097 0.0150
0.0153
0.0150
0.0144
0.0140 0.0136
0.0142
0.0144
r(m) d
ULS
0.0065
0.0034 0.0109
0.0093
0.0083 0.0125
0.0121
0.0115 0.0113
0.0117
0.0121
0.0123
0.0127
0.0125
r(m) d
ULS
(m)
draULS
0.025
(m)
draULS
0.025
Verif.
Verif.
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
386
And 5.2.3.3. Dimensioning of structural elements - calculation of walls
The design of the structure according to the principle of hierarchization of resistance capacities
implies the establishment of areas where the plastic deformations will be concentrated during the
exercise of an intense seismic action. These areas, called critical areas, benefit from a special
detailing, in order to endow them with the deformation capacity necessary for the hysteretic dissipation
of a large amount of energy. The critical area, in the case of structural walls, isolated or coupled, is
the area at their base (located above the upper level of the infrastructure or foundations), having the
length:
hcr = max {lw, Hw/ 6} hs, for buildings with at most 6 levels
2hs, for buildings with more than 6 levels

in which:
Hw - wall height
lw - the length of the wall section.
In order to obtain a reduction of the seismic force, the structural walls were designed to have a variable
thickness per height. The wall thicknesses on the height of the structure are presented in the table
below:
Table E 5.2.7 Structural wall thicknesses
Pear thickness (cm)
Wall
Longitudinally isolated Transversely coupled
Alternative DCH DCM DCH DCM
E10…E14 25 25 25 25
E4...E9 30 30 35 40
P…E3 35 40 45 55
E 5.2.3.3.2. Calculation of isolated walls at bending moment
The dimensioning values, M, of the bending moments in the horizontal sections of the structural walls
are determined with the relations:
a) in the superstructure, for area A:
MEd = M'Ed,o
b) in the superstructure, on the height of area B:
MEd= kM MyEd < MyEd,o
M'Ed - the bending moment from the design seismic loads, including any corrections resulting from
the redistribution of efforts between the beams.
kM - a coefficient of correction of the bending moments in the beam:

- in area A:
kM = 1,0;
- in area B:
Machine
388
kM = 1.30 for DCH ductility class;

kM = 1.15 for DCM ductility class.
For isolated mountaineers:
- the ratio between the value of the overturning moment, MRd, calculated at the base of
the superstructure (at the base of zone A), associated with the plasticizing mechanism of
the individual structural wall, and the value of the overturning moment, MEd, corresponding
to the design seismic loads.
Establishing the need for a ductility calculation is done depending on the relative height of the
compressed area. If the maximum values exceed:
0.100 (+ 2), in the case of design for DCH class i
0.135 (+ 2), in the case of design for the DCM class,
special containment measures are required for concrete confined areas.
Example of the calculation in the case of the isolated longitudinal wall
1. Class H of ductility lw =
8.85 m; Hw = 48 m; hcr =
max{lw, Hw/ 6} = max{8.85; 8} hcr = 8.85
m Therefore, zone A will extend over the
height of the ground floor and the first floor (9.0 m).
The longitudinal reinforcement calculation is presented in tables 5.2.8...5.2.20 for isolated walls. In
these tables the meaning of the terms is:
P - axial force determined after the analysis;

MRd - the capable moment for the proposed reinforcement;
The reinforcements obtained are shown in Figure 2.
Armare vertical:
In bulb: 1828 + 625
On the heart: 212/200
Table E 5.2.8 Longitudinal reinforcement zone A, level 1
P MEd MRd
Level Wall Comb. Place
(kN) (kNm) (kNm)
1 GSSXENN If -18281 -123724 128500 1.04
1 GSSXENP If -17116 124050 125400 1.01 -121956
P8
1 GSSXEPN If -18362 128700 1.06
1 GSSXEPP If -17035 122282 125200 1.02
P MEd MRd
Level Wall Comb. Place
(kN) (kNm) (kNm)
2 GSSXENN If -16755 -90013 124400
2 GSSXENP If -15624 90338 121200
P8
2 GSSXEPN If -16832 -88706 124700
2 GSSXEPP If -15547 89031 121000
Table E 5.2.10 Verification of the need for additional reinforcement for containment
NA xu Comb. in max <lim
226 167 GSSXENN 0.214 0.304 AND
243 150 GSSXENP 0.192 0.301 AND
225 168 GSSXEPN 0.215 0.306 AND
244 148 GSSXEPP 0.190 0.302 AND
Table E 5.2.11 Longitudinal reinforcement area B
P M’Ed MEd MRd Reinforcement

Wall Level Comb. Place
(kN) (kNm) (kNm) (kNm) Bulb Inim
15 -1317 3784 5108 30680
14 -2472 4863 6566 35340
13 -3628 4415 5962 39960
12 -4785 2349 3172 44550
11 -5944 -1124 -1517 49010

210/
10 If -7134 -6099 -8234 53570 2016
200
1.039
9 P8 GSSXENN -8325 -12373 -16706 58060
8 -9517 -19929 -26908 62490
7 -10710 -28701 -38751 66840
6 -11903 -38672 -52214 71110
5 -13096 -49699 -67103 75230
4 -14317 -62035 -83758 100100 212/

2422
3 -15537 -75460 -101885 103800 200
Machine
390
Table E 5.2.12 Longitudinal reinforcement zone B

15 -1228 -3820 -5020 30310
14 -2296 -4850 -6374 34650
13 -3362 -4376 -5751 38950
12 -4430 -2285 -3003 43170
11 -5499 1214 1596 47340

210/
10
If -6598 6226 8182 51560 2016
200
9 P8
GSSXENP -7700 12528 1.011 16464 55720
8 -8804 20112 26430 59880
7 -9911 28910 37992 63970
6 -11023 38908 51131 68020
5
-12141 49966 65663 72000
4 -13294 62344 81929 96840 212/

2422
99594 100500 200
3
-14455 75786
Reinforcement
P M’Ed MEd MRd
15 -1319 3743 5135 30690
14 -2480 4802 6588 35380
13 -3642 4360 5981 40050
12 -4805 2325 3190 44610
11 -5969 -1096 -1504 49120

210/
10
If -7165 -6001 -8232 53680 2016
200
9 P8 GSSXEPN -8363 -12185 1.055 -16716 58210
8
-9561 -19630 -26930 62640
7 -10760 -28270 -38784 67010
6 -11960 -38092 -52258 71310
5
-13159 -48955 -67161 75440
4 -14386 -61114 -83842 100300 212/

2422
-101997 104000 200
3
-15610 -74348

15 -1225 -3779 -5030 30320
14 -2287 -4789 -6375 34600
13 -3349 -4321 -5751 38890
12 -4411 -2261 -3009 43100
11 -5474 1187 1579 47250

210/
10
If -6567 6128 8157 51420 2016
200
9 P8 GSSXEPP -7662 12340 1.024 16425 55590
8 -8760 19812 26370 59720
7 -9861 28480 37907 63790
6 -10967 38328 51016 67800
5 -12079 49222 65515 71770
4 -13226 61424 81756 96610 212/

2422
3 -14382 74674 99393 100300 200
2. Ductility class M
Effective arming:
In bulb: 1232 + 2428
On the heart: 216/200
P MEd MRd
Wall level Comb. Place
(kN) (kNm) (kNm)
1
GSSXENN If -18637 -168203 172900 1.028
1
GSSXENP If -17120 168554 169200 1.004
P8
1
GSSXEPN If -18741 -165702 173200 1.045
1
GSSXEPP If -17016 166054 169000 1.018
P With MRd
Wall level Comb. Place
(kN) (kNm) (kNm) -17046
-122828
2 GSSXENN If 169100
2 GSSXENP If -15573 123175 165200

P8
2
GSSXEPN If -17146 -120952 169300
2
GSSXEPP If -15473 121299 164900
Table E 5.2.17 Verification of the need for additional reinforcement for confinement
THAT xu Comb. in lim <lim
209.7 183 GSSXENN 0.207 0.409 AND
228.3 164 GSSXENP 0.186 0.406 AND
208.4 184 GSSXEPN 0.208 0.411 AND
229.5 163 GSSXEPP 0.184 0.407 AND

Machine
392
Longitudinal reinforcement area B

15 -1333 4950 5852 30810
14 -2503 6286 7431 35540
13 -3676 5577 6593 40170
12 -4849 2702 3194 44740
210/
11 -6023 -2066 -2442 49260 2016
200
10 If -7229 -8845 -8436 -10456 53840
9 P8GSSXENN -17381 1.028 -20546 58370
8 -9644 -27650 -10852 -32685 62830
7 -39559 -46763 67250
6 -12060 -53112 -13266 -62785 82330 212/
2418
5 -67984 -80365 86290 200
4 -14530 -84839 -15790 -100289 121800 1828+ 125500 214/
3 -103069 -121840 625 200

15 -1216 -4989 -5759 30330
14 -2272 -6275 -7244 34600
13 -3328 -5538 -6393 38810
12 -4384 -2636 -3043 42930
210/
11 -5441 2160 2494 47050 2016
200
10 If -6528 8976 10362 51200
9 P8GSSXENP -7618 17541 1.004 20249 55330
8 -8711 27837 32135 59400
7 -9809 39773 45914 63440
6 -10911 53352 61590 78370 212/
2418
5 -12021 68256 78795 82200 200
4 -13195 85165 98315 117700 1828+ 625 214/
3 -16329 95400 119384 121400 200

15 -1336 4897 5887 30810
14 -2514 6213 7468 35560
13 -3693 5519 6634 40230
12 -4874 2694 3238 44840

210/
11 -6056 -1992 -2395 49400 2016
200
10 -7270 -8671 -10423 54000
If
9 P8 -8485 -17079 1.045 -20530 58560
GSSXEPN
8 -9701 -27192 -32686 63050
7 -10917 -38921 -46784 67470
6 -12133 -52270 -62830 82570 212/

2418
5 -13347 -66921 -80441 86540 200
4 -14618 -83515 -100388 122100 1828+ 214/
3 -15885 -101469 -121970 125700 625 200

(kN) (kNm) (kNm) (kNm) Bulb Human
15 -1213 -4936 -5777 30300
14 -2262 -6202 -7258 34550
13 -3310 -5480 -6414 38750
12 -4359 -2628 -3076 42840
11 -5408 2086 2442 46910 2016 210/200
10 -6487 8802 10302 51030

If
9 P8GSSXEPP -7569 17239 1.018 20177 55130
8 -8654 27380 32045 59180
7 -9743 39134 45803 63210
6 -10838 52509 61457 78140

2418 212/200
5 -11939 67192 78642 81940
4 -13107 83841 98128 108600 1828+ 625

214/200
3 -14285 101816 119166 121100
Machine
394
Figure E 5.2.2. Longitudinal reinforcement of longitudinal insulated wall P8..P11, ductility class H
Figure E 5.2.3. Longitudinal reinforcement of longitudinal isolated wall P8..P11, ductility class M
Machine
396
E 5.2.3.3.3. Calculation of walls coupled to bending moment
E 5.2.3.3.3.1. Longitudinal reinforcement of coupling beams
Reinforcement of coupling beams can be done in two ways: with orthogonal bars or with inclined shells. Most of
the time, the dimensions of the beams being dictated by those of the gaps, the conditions in the code regarding
the concrete section of the beams imply, in fact, the choice of one of the two methods of detailing, the second
being the one recommended in the case of structures that are part from class H. In the case of coupling beams
with inclined shells, the area of the inclined reinforcement se
determine with the relation:
VEd 2Asi world, to sin
Example:
1. Ductility class H
a. First floor coupling rule (400x45 cm)
Vmax = 2373 kN < 0.1bw hfcd = 3600 kN; for this beam, the reinforcement option with orthogonal bars can be
adopted.
Table E 5.2.21 Ground floor coupling beam reinforcement
nor if
Med+ Med- As1 As1 MRb+
(kNm) (kNm) (mm2 ) (mm2 ) (kNm)
225 +
2950 -3131 1735 1900 3232
322
nor if
As2 As2 MRb-
(mm2 ) (mm2 ) (kNm) Force (kN)
225 +
1841 2121 3608 2714
322
b. Current floor coupling rule (150x40/25 cm)

Table E 5.2.22 Current floor coupling beam reinforcement
nor if
Place MEd At As As Force Reinforcement
Qcap
Wall Level Comb.
(m) (kNm) (kN) (mm2 ) (mm2 ) (kN) (kN) a carcass
14 0.4 -789
483 1368
14 3.6 757
13 0.4 -813
498 1410
13 3.6 781
1608 568 710 816
12 0.4 -837
513 1453
12 3.6 805
11 0.4 -862
528 1496
11 3.6 829
10 0.4 -1207
742 2102
10 3.6 1169
9 0.4 -1223
752 2130
9 3.6 1184
8 0.4 -1226
B48 754 2134 2035 719 899 818
GSSYENN
8 3.6 1186
7 0.4 -1211
744 2108
7 3.6 1171
6 0.4 -1175
722 2043
6 3.6 1134
5 0.4 -1113
683 1932
5 3.6 1071
2035 719 899 818
4 0.4 -1284
788 2232
4 3.6 1238
3 0.4 -1132
692 1960
3 3.6 1083 418 + 416
1821 643 804
2 0.4 -942
574 1624
2 3.6 893
c. Coupling ruler top floor (50x25cm)

Table E 5.2.23 Reinforcement of last level coupling beam
nor if
Med+ With- As1 As1 MRb+
(kNm) 18 (kNm) -50 (mm2 ) (mm2 ) (kNm)
99 615 418 110
nor if
As2 As2 MRb- Force
(mm2 ) (mm2 ) (kNm) (kN)
278 615 418 110 86

Machine
398
2. Class M of ductility
Table E 5.2.24 Current floor coupling beam reinforcement
nor if
Place MEd At As As Qcap Reinforcement
Wall Level Comb.
(m) (kNm) (kN) (mm2 ) (mm2 ) (kN) Force (kN) a carcass
14 0.4 -931
572 1619
14 3.6 899
13 0.4 -955
587 1661
13 3.6 923
1608 568 710 816
12 0.4 -979
602 1703
12 3.6 946
11 0.4 -1001
616 1743
11 3.6 969
10 0.4 -1401
864 2445
10 3.6 1363
9 0.4 -1409
869 2459
9 3.6 1370
8 0.4 -1402
B48 GSSYENN
864 2446 2513 888 1110 818

8 3.6 1363
7 0.4 -1375
847 2398
7 3.6 1335
6 0.4 -1323
815 2306
6 3.6 1283
5 0.4 -1242
764 2162
5 3.6 1201
2273 803 1004 818
4 0.4 -1428
878 2486
4 3.6 1382
3 0.4 -1249
766 2169
3 3.6 1203 418 +
2035 719 899
2 0.4 -1031 416
630 1783
2 3.6 984
E 5.2.3.3.4. Longitudinal reinforcement of coupled walls
In the case of coupled walls, for each upright the overresistance, , with
calculate as follows:
l r r
M LVLV85.0
Rd 0, iEdb ,
that iEdb , i
l l r r
q
LVLVM
Ed 0, iEdb ,
i iEdb ,
i
in which:
MRd,0 - the capable moment at the base of the upright considered
V'Edb,i - as the force produced in beam "i" on the left (V'l Edb,i) or right
(V'r Edb,i) of the upright, under the seismic design loads
VEdb,i - torsional force from beam "i" on the left (Vl Edb,i) or right (Vr Edb,i) of the upright, associated
with reaching the capable moment, including the effect of overresistance;
That - the distance measured from the axis of the beam "i" to the center of gravity of the section of
the upright considered.
The calculation axial force in the upright is obtained starting from the force given by the gravity loads
in the special grouping, adding or subtracting, as the case may be, an axial force associated with the
plasticization of the coupling rods, equal to the sum of the torsional forces associated with the capable
bending moments. It is considered that not all the rulers plasticize and, therefore, this amount is
amplified with a subunit coefficient equal to 0.85. A redistribution of the bending moment is allowed
between the two mounts, because in the analysis both were predicted with the same stiffness. In
reality, the stiffnesses of the two mountains are very different, one being stretched and the other
compressed. If this aspect had been taken into account in the modeling of the walls, they would have
been automatically loaded with bending moments with different values.
The redistribution of moments between the two mounts has the effect of an equivalent redistribution of the
torque force that must be taken into account in the calculation of the transverse reinforcement.
Armare vertical
In bulb: 1928 hcr= 8.00 Red%=
On the heart: 312/200 28.82
Table E 5.2.25 Longitudinal reinforcement area A - stretched upright
Ng1 Vedb,ir 0.85Vedb,ir Nc1 MS1 M'Ed1 V'edb,ir Mrd1

Pier Level Loc 1
(kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kNm) (kNm) (kN) (kNm)

2 Your 11145 10823 9200 1945 45229 59550 2271 60302 60620 587 49486
2 If 11471 10823 9200 55050 1239 80392 57220 10957 57220 1.026
P4
1 Your 12093 13537 11507
1 If 12745 13537 11507
Table E 5.2.26 Longitudinal reinforcement area A - compressed upright
l l
By 2 Vedb,i 0.85Vedb,ir M'Ed2

Nc2 MS2 Mrd2 (kN) (kNm) (kNm) 20472 45731 109300
V'edb,i
Pier Level Loc 2
(kN) (kN) (kN) 9200 20798 60568
103640
109800
9832 (kNm)
23771
115600
49508
1.134 (kN)24423 80468
114600
2 Your 11272 10823 9200
2 Bot 11598 10823 11507
P3
1 Your 12264 13537 11507
1 Bot 12916 13537
Table E 5.2.27 The need to provide additional confining reinforcement
Amount lim xlim x in x<xlim
Stretched out
0.303 236 38
0.048 YES 0.363
0.313 244 284 NO
Tablet
Red %= 28.8 1= 1.026 MSo1= 80392 1MSo1*= 58692
kM= 1.3 2= 1.134 MSo2 = 80468 2MSo2*= 117550

Machine
400
Longitudinal reinforcement area B - stretched upright
0.85 Reinforcement
MS1 M*S1 MEd1 Ng1 Nc1 MRd1
Floor Wall Place Vedb,ir
(kNm) (kNm) (kNm) (kN) (kN) (kNm) Bulb Inim
(kN)
15 Their 1549 1102 1470 641 568 20410
73
15 If 1270 904 1206 864 791 21210
14 Their 5293 3767 5024 1404 727 20990

676
14 If 2434 1733 2310 1627 950 21790
13 Their 6560 4669 6226 2166 886 21560 210/

1280 1616
13 If 1785 2381 1109 22360 200
2509 2389
12 Their 6748 4803 6404 2929 1046 22130

1883
12 If 1379 981 1308 3152 1269 22920
11 Their 5729 4078 5437 3692 1205 22680

2487
11 If -765 -545 726 3915 1428 23480
10 Their 4745 3377 4503 4458 1119 25580

3340
10 If -3535 -2516 3355 4733 1393 26550
9 Their 2036 1449 1932 5277 1084 25460

P4 4193
9 If -7205 -5128 6838 5551 1358 26420
212/
8 His -1630 -1160 1547 6096 1050 25340 1616
5046 200
8 If -11841 -8428 11238 6370 1324 26300
7 Its -6338 -4511 6015 6915 1016 25220

5899
7
If -17422 -12400 16535 7190 1291 26170
6 Sus -12084 -8601 11469 7736 984 29230

6752
6 If -23988 -17074 22767 8010 1258 30200
722+ 212/
5 Its -18930 -13474 17967 8557 1041 29440
7516 916+ 200
5
If -31508 -22426 29904 8832 1316 30400
4 Its -25996 -18503 24673 9384 1105 44890

8279
4 If -39890 -28392 37859 9710 1431 45980 525+ 312/
1422 200
3 Its -35023 -24928 33240 10264 1301 45560
8963
3 If -49297 -35088 46788 10590 1627 46640
Table E 5.2.28 Longitudinal reinforcement area B - compressed upright
MS2 M*S2 MEd2 Ng2 Nc2 MRd2

Floor Wall Place
(kNm) (kNm) (kNm) (kN) (kN) (kNm)
15 Their 838 1285 1894 620 693 20860
15 If 1278 1645 2425 843 916 21660
14 Their 4845 6371 9393 1390 2066 25770
14 If 2521 3223 4752 1613 2289 26570
13 Their 6180 8071 11900 2160 3440 30540
13 If 2632 3355 4947 2383 3663 31320
12 Their 6395 8340 12298 2930 4813 35210
12 If 1499 1897 2797 3153 5036 35960
11 Their 5361 7012 10339 3700 3700 31430 6410
11 If -695 -915 1350 3923 40520 7823
10 Their 4376 5744 8469 4483 48010 8097 48870
10 If -3387 -4406 6496 4757 9510 53300 9784
9 Their 1730 2316 3415 5317 54130 6150 11196
P3
9 If -7019 -9095 13411 5591 58310 6425 11471
8 Their -1912 -2382 3512 59080 6984 12882 62980
8 If -11642 -15055 22199 7258 13157 63690
7 Their -6621 -8448 12456
7 If -17231 -22253 32811
6 Their -12390 -15873 23405 7816 14568 71380

6 If -23832 -30746 45335 8091 14843 72040
5 Their -19286 -24742 36482 8648 16164 75080

5 If -31433 -40515 59738 8923 16439 75690 9490 17770
4 Their -26380 -33874 49946 92360 9816 18096 93040
4 If -39825 -51323 75675 -35431 -45526 67127 10382
3 Their 19345 95510 -49324 -63533 93678 10708 19671 96140
3 If
Machine
402
Armare vertical:
In bulb: 2632 Red%
On the heart: 316/200 27.42
Table E 5.2.29 Longitudinal reinforcement area A - stretched upright
0.85
Ng1 Vedb,ir Nc1 MS1 M'Ed1 V'edb,ir Mrd1
Floor Wall Place Vedb,ir 1
(kN) (kN) (kN) (kNm) (kNm) (kN) (kNm)

(kN)
2 Your 11490 12278 10436 1054 74369 53976 95790
2 If 11867 12278 10436 1431 96133 69771 96950

P4
1 Your 12495 15141 12870 -375 83162 60357 91220
1 If 13250 15141 12870 380 129019 93640 12508 93640 1.012
Table E 5.2.30 Longitudinal reinforcement area A - compressed upright
l 0.85 l
Ng2 Vedb,i Nc2 MS2 M'Ed2 V'edb,i Mrd2

2
(kN) (kN) (kN) (kNm) (kNm) (kN) (kNm)
(kN)
2 Its 11540 12278 10436 21976 74901 95295 Jos 11917 12278 10436 22353 96385 147700
2 122746 its 12581 15141 12870 25450 83222 106026 JOS 13336 15141 12870 26205 148300
P3
1 129094 164474 11383 154000 153000
1
Red %= 27.4 1= 1.012 MS01= 129019 1MSo1*= 94787
kM= 1.15 2= 0.990 MS02= 129094 2MSo2*= 162810

Table E 5.2.31 Longitudinal reinforcement area B - stretched upright
0.85 Reinforcement
MS1 M*S1 MC1 Ng1 Nc1 Mrd1
(kNm) (kNm) (kNm) (kN) (kN) (kNm) Bulb Inim
(kN)
15 Their 2100 1524 1774 645 572 20000

73
15 If 2277 1652 1923 868 795 20800
14 Their 7348 5333 6208 1415 739 20610

676
14 If 3816 2769 3224 1638 962 21420
13 Their 8999 6531 7603 2185 905 21210

210/
1280 2014
13 If 2733 3181 1128 22010 200
3765 2408
12 Their 9072 6584 7665 2955 1071 21810

1883
12 If 1969 1429 1664 3178 1294 22620
11 Their 7390 5364 6244 3725 1238 22410

2487
11 If -1249 -906 1055 3948 1461 23210
10 Their 5521 4007 4665 4499 1069 25040

3430
10 If -5898 -4281 4983 4799 1370 26090
9 Their 903 655 763 5351 978 24700

P4 4373
9
If -11890 -8630 10046 5651 1278 25770 212/
2014
8 Their -3721 4332 887 24370 200
-5127 6203
5316
8 If -19361 -14052 16357 6503 1187 25460
7
Its -12730 -9239 10755 7055 796 24050
6259
7
If -28274 -20521 23888 7355 1096 25130
6
Its -21890 -15888 18495 7907 705 44950
7202
6
If -38706 -28092 32702 8207 1005 45950
212/
2622
5 704 44950 200
Its -32707 -23738 27633 8760
8055
5
If -50585 -36714 42738 9060 1004 45950
4
Its -44138 -32034 37291 9618 710 66940
8908
4
If -64113 -46532 54167 9995 -42427 49389 1087 68150
728+ 314/
3 881 67490 1925 200

Its -58458 10554 -57380 66796 10931
9672
3
If -79059 1259 68710
Machine
404
Table E 5.2.32 Longitudinal reinforcement area B - compressed upright
MS2 M*S2 MC2 Ng2 Nc2 Mrd2

Floor Wall Place
(kNm) (kNm) (kNm) (kN) (kN) (kNm)
15 Their 1319 1895 2157 624 697 20460
15 If 2299 2923 3328 847 920 21280
14 Their 6839 8854 10079 1395 2071 25390
14 If 3918 4964 5651 1618 2294 26180
13 Their 8558 11026 12552 2166 3446 30180
13 If 3899 4932 5614 2389 3669 30920
12 Their 8653 11141 12682 2937 4820 34850
12 If 2087 2627 2990 3160 5043 35600
11 Their 6940 8967 10207 3708 3708 31070
11 If -1209 -1551 1766 3931 6418 40160
10 Their 5043 6557 7465 4492 7921 47930
10 If -5747 -7364 8383 4792 8222 48880
9 Their 520 768 874 5352 9725 53560

P3
9 If -11689 -14949 17018 5652 10025 54460
8 Their -5472 -6878 7829 6212 11528 58890
8 If -19142 -24451 27834 6512 11828 59720
7 Its -13069 -16560 18851 7071 13330 63850
7 If -28066 -35819 40775 7371 13630 64640
6 Its -22251 -28253 32163 7930 15132 88960
6 If -38539 -49153 55954 8230 15432 89690
5 Its -33119 -42087 47911 8788 16843 92970
5 If -50513 -64384 73293 9088 17143 93630
4 Its -44585 -56689 64532 9655 18564 116100
4 If -64037 -81618 92911 10033 18941 116900
3
Its -58907 -74937 85306 10598 20271 119500
3 If -79072 -100752 114693 10976 20648 120200

Figure E 5.2.4. Longitudinal reinforcement of transversely coupled wall P1, P2, P5,
P6, ductility class H
Machine
406
Figure E 5.2.5. Longitudinal reinforcement of transversely coupled wall P1, P2, P5,
P6, ductility class M
E 5.2.3.3.5. The calculation of the force
(1) The calculation at the fortiator consists of performing three checks:
-
Checking the concrete section for bearing capacity
main compressive stresses; Checking the transverse

-
reinforcements in the heart; Checking horizontal joints.
-
(2) a) Checking the diagonal compressed by concrete

The design values VEd of the shear forces in the beam are calculated as follows:
VEd = kV V'Ed
with 1.5 kV q, where:

kV = 1.2 for the DCH ductility class and kV = 1.0 for the
DCM ductility class.
Maximum torque:
VEd 0.15 bwo lw fcd, for DCH i

VEd 0.18 bwo lw fcd, in case of DCM,
where:
bw, lw - thickness and length (horizontally) of the heart of the wall and fcd
- the design value of the compressive strength of the concrete.
(3) b) Checking the transverse reinforcements in the heart

For walls where Hw / lw, 1, the dimensioning of the reinforcements is done as follows:
- in area A it is considered that the torsional force is taken only by the reinforcements
horizontal lines in the heart of the wall intersected by a crack inclined at 45°:
VEd Ash world,h;

- in area B, the contribution of the concrete from the compressed area is also considered in taking over the
shear force:
VRd,c = 0,5cpbwolw.
cp represent the average unit compressive stress in the wall, cp=NEd/ Ac; is the number of horizontal
it is bars in the heart of the wall.
1.
Ductility
class
H
Table
E5.2.33
Transverse
reinforcement
of
longitudinal
insulated
wall,
DCH
Lvl
Per.
Comb.
10 11 12 13 14 15 Lvl
Per.
Comb.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1
P8 P8
GSSXENP GSSXENN
-18473
-5891 -16887
-5500 -15638
-5256 -14386
-5029 -13132
-4619 -11936
-4352 -10740
-3990
-17327
5898 -15773
5503 -14571
5264 -13377
5043 -12190
4624 -11067
4351 -9543 -8348 -7153 -5961 -4799 -3638 -2479 NEd
(kN)
-1320
-9951 -8838 -7730
3186 -6624
2754 -5520
2236 -4447 -3375 -2304 NEd
(kN)
-1232
-3610 -3193 -2760 -2247 -1760 -1200 V'Ed
(kN)
283.7
3987 3605 665.3 V'Ed -672
1748 1188 (kN)
-314
1.011 1.039
(kN)
-391
kVV'Ed 354
(kN)
kVV'Ed
-7342 -6855 -6551 -6268 -5757 -5424 -4972 -4499 -3980 -3440 -2800 -2194 -1495
-837
7351 6859 6561 6286 5763 5423 4969 4493 3971 3432 2787 2179 1480
829
1.5V'Ed
-8837 -8251 -7885 -7544 -6929 -6528 -5984 -5415 -4790 -4140 -3370 -2640 -1799 -1008
(kN)
-471
1.5V'Ed
Table
E
5.2.34
Transverse
reinforcement
of
longitudinal
insulated
wall,
DCH 426
(kN)
8847 8255 7896 7565 6936 6527 5980 5408 4780 4131 3355 2622 1781
998
11852
8372 5401 3475 3024 3024 3024 3024 2673 2304 1935 1935 1935 1312 656
(kN) VRd,
s
11852 VRd,
s
8372 5401 3475 3024
4508
3.396
6936 3024
4092
3.083
6527 3024
3680
2.772
5980 3024
3268
2.462
5408 2673
2858
2.153
4780 2304
2449
1.845
4131 1935 1935 1935 1312 656
(kN)
6135
3.961
-7885 5644
3.644
-7544 4856
3.658
-6929 4414
3.325
-6528 3971
2.992
-5984 3529
2.658
-5415 3087
2.325
-4790 2645
1.993
-4140 2040
1.844
-3370 1642
1.484
-2640 1245
1.125
-1799 452
0.408
(kN) VRd,c
5717
3.691
7896
11118 5248
3.389
7565 VRd,c 848
0.767
-1008
1889
1.708
3355 1522
1.376
2622 1155
1.044 422
0.381
(kN)
788
0.713
- -
- -
4.680
-8837 4.278
-8251
4.389
8847
11852 3.996
8255
cp
cp
VEd
426
(kN)
1781 VEd
(kN)
-471
998
11852 11537 4949
8372 9119 7879 7437 6995 6553 5760 3975 3577 3180 2160 VRd
(kN)
1108
8372 8723 7531 7116 6703 6292 5531 4753 3824 3457 3090 2100 VRd
(kN)
1078
Ash
(mm2)
(mm)
153.9 153.9 113.1 113.1
78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 50.3 50.3 50.3 50.3 50.3
153.9 153.9 113.1 113.1 ne=2,
0.15bw0lwfcd=9293kN
78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 50.3 50.3 50.3 50.3 8
Ash
50.3
(mm2)
(mm)
14 14 12 12 10 10 10 10 10 10 8 8 8 8 8
14 14 12 12 10 10 10 10 10 10 8 8 8 8
200
(mm)
100 100 100 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
200
(mm) s
100 100 100 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
s
At<VRd
At<VRd
Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok
408
Table
E
5.2.36
Transverse
reinforcement
of
longitudinal
insulated
wall,
DCH Table
E
5.2.35
Transverse
reinforcement
of
longitudinal
insulated
wall,
DCH
Lvl
Per.
Comb.
Lvl
Per.
Comb.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
10 11 12 13 14 15
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
P8
P8
GSSXEPN
GSSXEPP
-18555 -16965 -15712 -14455 -13195 -11993 -10791
-17245
5808 -15695
5416 -14497
5174 -13308
4954 -12127
4544 -11010
4274 -9588 -8386 -7185 -5986 -4818 -3652 -2487 NEd
(kN)
-1323
-9900
3914 -8794
3538 -7692
3126 -6592
2700 -5494
2189 -4427 -3361 -2296 -1229
DOWN
(kN)
1708 1157 -326 (kN) V'Ed -5801 -5413 -5166 -4939 -4539 -4274 -3917 -3543 -3133 -2706 -2199 -1720 -1169 V'Ed
295.8
643 -650 (kN)
1.024
1.055
(kN)
kVV'Ed
369
(kN)
kVV'Ed
7239 6750 6448 6174 5663 5327 4878 4410 3896 3365 2728 2129 1441 -406
801 -7230 -6747 -6438 -6156 -5657 -5327 -4882 -4416 -3904 -3373 -2741 -2144 -1456
-810
1.5V'Ed
1.5V'Ed
8712 8124 7760 7431 6815 6411 5871 5307 4689 4050 3283 2562 1735 -489 (kN) -8701 -8120 -7749 -7409 -6808 -6411 -5876 -5315 -4699 -4059 -3299 -2580 -1753
964 -974 444
(kN)
11852 s
8372 5401 3475
5221
3.371
7431 3024
4484
3.378
6815
7508 3024
4071
3.067
6411 3024
3661
2.758
5871 3024
3252
2.450
5307
6275 2673
2844
2.143
4689
5517 2304
2438
1.836
4050
4742 1935
1880
1.700
3283
3815 1935
1515
1.370
2562
3450 1935
1150
1.040
1735
3085 1312 (kN) VRd,
656 11852 VRd,
s
8372 5401 3475 3024
4879
3.676
-6808
7903 3024
4435
3.341
-6411 3024
3990
3.006
-5876
7014 3024
3545
2.671
-5315 2673 2304
2657
2.001
-4059
4961 1935
2049
1.852
-3299
3984 1935 1935 1312 656
(kN)
5688
3.673
7760
11089 (kN) VRd,c
786
0.710
964
2098 421 VRd,c
6164
3.980
-7749
11566 5671
3.662
-7409
9146 3101
2.336
-4699
5774 1649
1.491
-2580
3584 1250
1.130
-1753 453
(kN)
- - 851
- -
4.369
8712
11852 3.976
8124
8372 0.380
-489
4.701
-8701
11852 4.298
-8120
8372 0.769 0.409
cp
cp
VEd
(kN)
-974 VEd
(kN)
444
8696 7095 6684 1077 VRd
(kN)
7458 6569 3185 2163 VRd
(kN)
1109
Ash
(mm2)
(mm)
153.9 153.9 113.1 113.1
78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 50.3 50.3 50.3 50.3 50.3
Ash
(mm2)
(mm)
153.9 153.9 113.1 113.1
78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 78.5 50.3 50.3 50.3 50.3 50.3
14 14 12 12 10 10 10 10 10 10 8 8 8 8 8
14 14 12 12 10 10 10 10 10 10 8 8 8 8 8
(mm)
100 100 100 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
s 200
(mm)
100 100 100 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
s
At<VRd
At<VRd
409
Table
E
5.2.38
Transverse
reinforcement
coupled
transverse
wall,
DCH Table
E
5.2.37
Transverse
reinforcement
coupled
transverse
wall,
DCH
P..E3
ne=
E4..14
ne=
0.15blwfcd=
10530
0.15blwfcd= P..E3
ne=
E4..14
ne= Red
%
28.82
Red
%
28.82 kQ=
kQ= =
=
1.026
kN
10530 1.134 1.2
3
2
1.2
3
2
Level
Per.
Level
Per. 2 4 10 11 14
13
12 15
1 3 5 6 7 9
8
2 3 4 5 6 7 9
8 10 11 13
12 14 15
1
P4
P2
1226
5153
3667
5502
10446 5035
3584
5376
9844
10446 2258 1615
4763
3390
5085
8933 1419
4629
3294
4942
6520
5908 1305
4204
2992
4488
4887
4370 1249
3980
2833 1282
3707
2639
3958
4345 1974
1387
2773
1352
3093
2202
3302
3651
1317
3417
2432
3648
4088 1423
2175 962
948
1106
1360
1265
1800 NEd1
(kN)
790
24403 20780
4955
6406.4
9610
9844 19654
4634
6006
9009
16711
8236
8475
4.829 18080
4477
5811
8716
13704
5908
7796
4.442 16424
4058
5270
7905
10869
4370
6498
4.761 14829
3824
4971
7457
9705
3837
5867
4.298 2598
3397
5096
5865
2665
3201
2.345
2926
3818
5727
6983
3116
3867
2.833
8089
9775
11460
3254
4238
6358
8101
3567
4534
3.322
13145
3547
4615
6923
9038
3837
5201
3.810
3659
5031
6403 2287 NEd2
(kN)
915
101
(kN) V'Ed1
(kN) V'Ed2
5161
6646.8
9970
10446
10446 1.293
1.778
1190
1582
2373
2966
1706
1261
1639
2158
3237
3808
2074
1733
2026
2653
3980
4650
2443
2206
2.263
-142
-113
781
1059
1588
2100
1312
788
V*Ed1
1548
2322
2934
2443 1281 72
(kN)
685
968
V*Ed2
(kN)
4249
4331 3116
2961
3214
2665 1027
1639
1312
1452
2087
1706
1921
2510
2074 VEd1
(kN)
108
-153 VEd2
(kN)
VRd
(kN)
928
VRd
(kN)
971
8236 3837 3837 3567 VRd,s
(kN)
656
VRd,s
(kN)
656
VRd,c
(kN)
(kN) VRd,c 696 612 516 494 507 521 549
535 490 327
381
436 272
315
- -
- -
(Mpa) 0.279
(Mpa)
0.808 0.323 0.397 0.349 0.378 0.362 0.372 0.402
0.392
0.382 0.503 0.335
0.391
0.447
- - -
- cp cp
Aso
(mm2)
(mm)
153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 113.1 78.5
113.1
113.1
113.1
Aso
(mm2)
(mm)
50.3
78.5 50.3 50.3 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 113.1 113.1 78.5
113.1
113.1
78.5 50.3
78.5 50.3
14 14 14 14 14 12 12 10
12
12 8
10
10 8 8 14 14 14 14 14 12 12 12 10
12 10 810 8
(mm)
150 150 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
(mm)
s 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
s
VEd1<VRd
VEd1<VRd
410
Lvl
Per.
Comb.
Lvl
Per.
Comb. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1
P8
P8
GSSXENN
GSSXENP
-18637
-7857 -17046
-7372 -15790
-7032 -14530
-6721 -13266
-6175 -12060
-5823 -10852
-5336
-9644 -8436 -7229 -6023 -4849 -3676 -2503 NEd
(kN)
-1333
-17120
7863 -15573 -14380
7034 -13195
6729 -12021
6174 -10911
5816
-9809 -8711 -7618
4253 -6528 -5441 -4384 -3328 -2272 NEd
(kN)
-1216
-4827 -4268 -3686 -3002 -2351 -1603 V'Ed
(kN)
379.7
-900
7371 5326 4814 3670 2983 2330 1582 (kN)
-421 V'Ed
884
1.028
1.004
-8076 -7578 -7228 -6909 -6347 -5986 -5485 -4962 -4387 -3789 -3086 -2416 -1648
-925
1.5V'Ed
390
(kN)
kVV'Ed
2.
Ductility
class
M
Table
E
5.2.39
Transverse
reinforcement
longitudinal
insulated
wall,
DCM
8083 7577 7231 6917 6346 5978 5475 4949 4371 3773 3067 2395 1626
909
-11786 -11058 -10548 -10082
-9262 -8735 -8004 -7241 -6402 -5529 -4503 -3526 -2404 -1350
569
(kN)
(kN)
-632
1.5V'Ed
(kN)
-433
kVV'Ed
Table
E
5.2.40
Transverse
reinforcement
of
longitudinal
insulated
wall,
DCM
11795 11057 10551 10093
9261 8724 7989 7221 6379 5505 4475 3495 2373 1326
15481 11174 VRd,
s
7935
6492
3.668
-10548
14427 5926
5974
3.375
-10082
11900 5926
4906
3.695
-9262
10832 5420
4459
3.359
-8735
9879 4887
4013
3.023
-8004 4354
3566
2.686
-7241
7920 3926
3119
2.350
-6402
7045 3475
2673
2.014
-5529
6148 2673 2304
1659
1.500
-3526
3963 1935
1258
1.137
-2404
3193 1312 656
(kN)
15481 11174 VRd,
s
7935 5926
5425
3.065
10093
11352 5926
4445
3.348
9261
10371 5420
4035
3.039
8724
9455 4887 4354
3221 3926
2817
2.122
6379
6743 3475 2673 2304
1500
1.356
3495
3804 1935 1312 656
(kN)
2061
1.863
-4503
4734 456
0.412
(kN)
VRd,c
857
0.774
-1350
2169
- -
5912
3.340
10551
13847 3627
2.732
7989
8514 2414
1.818
5505
5889 1862
1.683
4475
4535 1139
1.029
2373
3074 416
(kN) VRd,c
778
- -
4.329
-11786
15481 3.960
-11058
11174
3.977
11795
15481 3.617
11057
11174 2.427
7221
7575 0.703
1326
2090 VEd
(kN)
0.376
-632 cp
cp
569
VEd
(kN)
8900 VRd
(kN)
1112
VRd
(kN)
1072
Ash
(mm2)
(mm)
201.1 201.1 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 113.1 113.1 113.1
78.5 78.5 50.3 50.3 50.3
Ash
(mm2)
(mm)
201.1 201.1 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 113.1 113.1 113.1
78.5 78.5 50.3 50.3 50.3
ne=2,
0.18bw0lwfcd=12744kN
16 16 14 14 14 14 14 12 12 12 10 10 8 8 8
16 16 14 14 14 14 14 12 12 12 10 10 8 8 8
200
(mm)
200
(mm) 100 100 100 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
100 100 100 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
s
s
At<VRd
At<VRd
411
Table
E
5.2.42
Transverse
reinforcement
of
longitudinal
insulated
wall,
DCM Table
E
5.2.41
Transverse
reinforcement
of
longitudinal
insulated
wall,
DCM
Lvl
Per.
Comb.
Lvl
Per.
Comb.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1 10 11 12 13 14 15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
P8
P8
GSSXEPP GSSXEPN
-17016
7751 -15473
7258 -14285
6917 -13107
6612 -11939
6067 -10838
5712
-9743 -8654 -7569 -6487 -5408 -4359 -3310 -2262 NEd
(kN)
-1213
-18741 -17146
-7259 -15885 -14618
-6605 -13347
-6068 -12133 -10917
-5239
-9701 -8485 -7270 -6056 -4874 -3693 -2514 NEd
(kN)
-1336
5228 4724 4171 3597 2917 2274 852.8 V'Ed
(kN)
1539 -437
-7745 -6914 -5720 -4737 -4186 -3613 -2936 -2295 -1560 V'Ed
(kN)
395.4
-869
1.018
1.045
-449
(kN)
kVV'Ed
7968 7461 7110 6797 6237 5872 5374 4856 4287 3698 2998 2338 406
(kN)
kVV'Ed
1582
877
-7961 -7462 -7107 -6789 -6238 -5879 -5385 -4869 -4303 -3714 -3018 -2359 -1603
-893
(kN)
-655
1.5V'Ed
11627 10887 10375 -11618
15481 -10889
11174 -10371
7935
6531
3.690
-10371
14466 1.5V'Ed
9918 9101 8568 7842 7086 6256 5396 4375 3411 2308 1279 -9907 -9103 -8579 -7858 -7106 -6280 -5420 -4404 -3443 -2340 -1303
593
(kN)
15481 11174 VRd,
s
7935 5926
5389
3.045
9918
11315 5926
4415
3.326
9101
10341 5420
4008
3.019
8568
9427 4887
3603
2.714
7842
8490 4354
3200
2.411
7086
7554 3926
2799
2.108
6256
6725 3475
2399
1.807
5396
5873 2673 2304
1492
1.348
3411
3796 1935 1312 656
(kN) 4887
4037
3.041
-7858 4354
3587
2.702
-7106 3926
3138
2.363
-6280 3475
2688
2.025
-5420 2673
2073
1.874
-4404 2304
1668
1.508
-3443 VRd,
s
5926
6010
3.396
-9907 5926
4936
3.718
-9103 5420
4487
3.380
-8579 1935 1312
860
0.778
-1303 656
(kN)
VRd,c 1264
1.142
-2340 457
0.413
(kN)
VRd,c
5873
3.318
10375
13808 1851
1.673
4375
4524 1133
1.024
2308
3068 415
(kN)
774
0.700
1279
2086
- -
- -
4.353
-11618
15481 3.983
-10889
11174
201.1
3.953
11627
15481 3.594
10887
11174 VEd
(kN)
0.375
-655
cp
cp
593
VEd
(kN)
VRd
1071
(kN)
11936 10862
9906 8924 7941 7063 6163 4746 3972 3199 2172 VRd
(kN)
1113
Ash
(mm2)
(mm)
201.1 201.1 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 113.1 113.1 113.1
78.5 78.5 50.3 50.3 50.3 Ash
(mm2)
(mm)
201.1 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 113.1 113.1 113.1
78.5 78.5 50.3 50.3 50.3
16 16 14 14 14 14 14 12 12 12 10 10 8 8 8 16 16 14 14 14 14 14 12 12 12 10 10 8 8 8
(mm)
200
mm
Ok
200
(mm)
100 100 100 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
100 100 100 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
s s
At<VRd
At<VRd
Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok
412
Table
E
5.2.44
Transverse
reinforcement
coupled
transverse
wall-
compressed
upright,
DCM Table
E
5.2.43
Transverse
reinforcement
coupled
transverse
wall-
extended
monatnt,
DCM
P..E3
ne=
0.18blwfcd=
E4..14
ne=
P..E3
ne=
0.18blwfcd=
15444
kN
E4..14
ne=
Red
%
Red
%
kQ=
kQ=
=
=
15444
kN
1.012
0.990 27.4
27.4
2 2 3 1
3 1
Level
Per.
St.
Pier
10 11 12 13 14 15 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1
P3 P4
26205
7653 22353
7166 20648
6728 18941
6492 17143
5805 15432
5437 13630
5008 11828
4567 10025
4081 NEd2
(kN)
8222
3609 6418
2725 5043
2198 3669
1563 2294 NEd2
920 1431 1259 1087 1004 1005 1096 1187
4755 1278
4276 1370 1461
2888 1294
2377 1128 795
(kN)
380 962
(kN) V'Ed2
-315 7651 7259 6874 6666 5966 5613 5190 3819 V'Ed2
984 1754 1188 -48
(kN)
V*Ed2
9751
14627
15669
15669 9156
13735
14464
14464 7441
11162
13675
6562
7113
4.559 6977
10465
12295
5893
6403
4.104 6431 5871 5254 4656 3517 2850 2044
(kN) V*Ed2
8613
12919
21223
11652
9444
4.403 8320
12479
18509
8303 1310 -328
5553 5269 4989 4838 4330 4074 3767 3451 3103 2772 2096 1725 1273 -35
(kN)
862
9647
10878
5223
5655
3.625 7880
9063
4903
4159
2.666 6985
7511
4100
3411
2.187 4275
4402
2665 3066
3707
2443
VEd2
(kN)
8806
10130
5223
4907
3.146 5275
5327
3116
2211
2.268 1965
2840
2050 -325
8329
15669
15669 7903
14464
14464 7483
12227
11652 7257
8801
8303 6495
6979
6562
417 6111
6310
5893 5651
5678
5223 5176
5716
5223 4655
5434
4903 4158
4668
4100 3144
3619
3116 2588
3111
2665 1910
2832
2443 1293
2381
2050 -35
(kN) VEd2
VRd
(kN)
973 VRd
(kN)
930
(kN) VRd,
s
656 656
(kN) VRd,
s
(kN) VRd,c
8663
4.039 1737
1.782 1264
1.296
790 317 274
(kN) VRd,c
576 497 417 455 492 530 568 503 446 389 331
- -
- -
0.811 0.325
0.281
(MPa)
0.268 0.232 0.267 0.267 0.291 0.316 0.340 0.364 0.516 0.457 0.399 0.340
- -
cp
- -
cp
Aso
(mm2)
(mm)
153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 113.1
78.5 78.5 78.5 50.3
Area
(mm2)
153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 153.9 113.1
78.5 78.5 78.5 50.3
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 12 10 10 10 8 8
(mm)
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 12 10 10 10
(mm)
100 100 100 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
s 200
(mm)
100 100 100 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
s
413
Machine
414
c) Checking the horizontal joints
The check is only necessary in zone A of the walls, where the following relationship
must be observed:
VEd VRd, p
VRd,s represents the design value of the sliding resistance:

VRd,s = f (Asv fyd ,v + 0,7 NEd) + Asv fyd ,i (cos + f sin)
Asv - active vertical connecting reinforcements,
Asi - the sum of the sections of reinforcement inclined at an angle to the potential shear plane,
required in tension by lateral forces,
NEd - the design value of the axial force in the considered horizontal section, in the combination
of loads that includes the seismic action,
f
- the concrete-on-concrete friction coefficient under cyclic actions: f = 0.6 for
DCH and 0.7 for DCM. In the case of coupled walls, the inequality
is written for the entire assembly, the length of the joint being equal to the sum of the
lengths of the wall sections. The calculation is exemplified in tables 45 – 48.
Table E 5.2.45 Checking along the isolated wall-joint
P VEd Ace, As,bulb US VRd,s

Niv. Comb. For. location
(kN) (kN) heart (mm2 ) (mm2 ) (mm2 ) (kN)
2 GSSXENN -16755 -8251 12765
1
GSSXENN -18281 -8837 12924
2 GSSXENP -15624 8255 11808
1
GSSXENP If -17116 8847 12435
P8 7917 14030 21947
2 GSSXEPN -16832 -8120 12316
1
GSSXEPN -18362 -8701 12958
2 GSSXEPP -15547 8124 11776

GSSXEPP -17035 8712 12401
1
Table E 5.2.46 Check along the joint - coupled wall
P VEd1 P VEd2 VEd Ace, As,bub US VRd,s

Level Per. Per.
(kN) (kN) 2271
5376 (kN) (kN) (kN) heart (mm2 ) (mm2 ) (mm2 ) (kN)
2 20798 9610 14986 10179 11700 43758 21110
P4 P3
1 1239 5502 24423 9970 15472 10179 11700 43758 22199
Table E 5.2.47 Checking along the joint - insulated wall, DCM
P VEd Ace, As,bulb US VRd,s

Niv. Comb. For. location
(kN) (kN) heart (mm2 ) (mm2 ) (mm2 ) (kN)
2 GSSXENN -17046 -11058 17209
1 GSSXENN -18637 -11786 15089
2 GSSXENP -15573 11057 13802
1 GSSXENP -17120 11795 14452

If
P8 14077 24430 38507
2 GSSXEPN -17146 -10889 14462
1 GSSXEPN -18741 -11618 15133
2 GSSXEPP -15473 10887 13760

1 GSSXEPP -17016 11627 14408
Table E 5.2.48 Check along the joint - coupled wall, DCM
P VEd1 P VEd2 VEd Ace, As,bulb US VRd,s

Level Per. Per.
(kN) (kN) 1431
7903 (kN) (kN) (kN) heart (mm2 ) (mm2 ) (mm2 ) (kN)
2 22353 13735 21638 18099 20909 78016 35410
P4 P3
1 380 8329 26205 14627 22956 18099 20909 78016 36783
E 5.2.3.3.6. Calculation of the confining reinforcement of the compressed areas
The check is not necessary if the condition (7.7) of CR 2-1-1.1 is met:
=u xu / lw max
where xmax=0.100 ( + 2), in the case of design for the DCH class and xmax=0.135 ( + 2) in
the case of DCM. If this condition is not met, the reinforcement required to confine the
compressed areas is calculated.
Ductility calculation for coupled transverse wall, DCH, compressed strut
Considering the design resistances of the materials, the height of the compressed area is:
xu=343 cm, u= 343/ 780 =0.440
max=0,100 ( + 2)= 0,100 (1.13 + 2)=0.313
in
> max
It is necessary to perform a calculation of the ductility, taking into account the confinement
effect of the concrete.
Establishing the requirement, u,nec
ULS
= cqe
I won't
It is - rope rotation determined by elastic calculation under design seismic actions:
e= of/ Lv.
Machine
416
the inflection
- thepoint,
lengthor of
thethe
point
force
where
arm. the
In the
value
calculation,
of the bending
this is moment
considered
is zero.
equal to Lv the height of
Figure E 5.2.6. Determination of the inflection point
In this case, Lv=34 m. di

- lateral displacement of the inflection point:
diameter=3.62
cm; e=0.00106 rad;
c - the coefficient from annex E of code P 100-1
c=3-2.3T/Tc;
c=1.56;
00106.025.656.1 ;
I won't
0103.0 rad.
I won't
Calculation of deformation capacity

It is proposed to dispose of the minimum amount of confining reinforcement:
Figure E 5.2.7. Minimum transverse reinforcement, coupled wall, ductility class M
The value of the transverse reinforcement volumetric coefficient is checked:
3.2873024.5035027306 435
In 2
12.0121.0
100730 20
To establish the characteristics of confined concrete, the confinement model from SR EN 1992-1-1 is used.
3.2813.504
00287.0 ;
, esq
100800
3.2813.502
xsw
,
00161.0 ;
100800
,, yswxsw
sw
00224.0 ;
2
b0=h0=73 cm ;
2
bi s s
1 1 1 .73.0
6 hp 2b 2h
00 0 0
Result:
Machine
418
2
= 0.73·0.00224·575;
2 = 0.94 MPa < 0.05fcm=1.90 MPa.
It is calculated:
a. strength of confined concrete:
ffckcck ,
94.0 513051 f 2
;
ck
30
f .34 7MPa.
,cck
b. the specific characteristic deformation of confined concrete:

2
2
f cck ,
002.0
7.34
;
,
ccc
f ck
30
,cc
00268.0 .
c. ultimate specific deformation of confined concrete:
2
94.0
2.00035.02.0 ; f
cuckoo,
30
ck
0098.0 .
,ccu
After performing a sectional calculation, it is observed that the failure occurs by crushing the unconfined concrete
from the heart.Therefore, the confined area is extended by placing stirrups in the heart of the wall. The calculation
considers only the transverse reinforcement coefficient in the short direction of the heart of the wall.
3.282
00283.0 ;
xsw,
100200
= 0.727;
2 = 0.727·0.0015·575=1.183 ;
2 < 0.05fcm =1.90 MPa.
The characteristics of the confined concrete from the core are calculated:
183.1
5130 92.35 MPa;
cck f ,
30
92.35
002.0 00286.0 ;
cc,
30
183.1
2.00035.0 0114.0 .
,ccu
30
Following the placement of the confined concrete in the heart over a length of 40 cm (2 stirrups), failure occurs by
crushing the unconfined concrete in the heart of the wall. The following curve values are obtained:
Curvature, and , to flow:
y= 0.000533 m-1
Ultimate Curvature:
u= 0.00624 m-1
The evaluation of the ultimate capable rotation of the section can be done as follows:
1 5.0 L
pl
in plyuy 1)( L
he L in
and
represent the rotation of the chord when reaching the yield moment at the base of the wall.
A procedure for approximating this value is presented below.
The bending moment diagram, during flow, up to the point of inflection is approximated with a
linear one. Thus, the cantilever has a bending moment equal to My at the base, which varies linearly up to
0, near the inflection point.
According to the sectional calculation, My= 116700 kNm.
Calculate the concentrated force which, applied at the tip of the bracket, produces the bending
moment My:
P=My/Lv=116700/34
P= 3432 kN.
The displacement at the tip of the cantilever produced by this force is calculated:
3
Pl
you ,where:
NO
E= modulus of elasticity of the concrete considered in the calculation, E=26.4106 kNm; I =
moment of inertia of the wall section, I=24.67m4 .
Carrying out the calculation, the result is a displacement at the top of the console of 0.069 m. You can
calculate, by dividing by the height of the console, the rotation of the chord during flow:
d and
002.0 rad..
and
L in
Safety factor EN 1992-1. takes the value 2 when using the containment model from SR
Lp represents the theoretical length of the plastic joint and is calculated with the formula:
fdybl
hLL 24.017.01.0 ;
p in
f c
Lp .5716.0326.14.3 44 m.
Substituting in the formula for the calculation of the last rotation, we get:
in
0153.0 rad.
Machine
420
It can be observed that the confining arm minimum satisfies the requirement of deformation induced
by the seismic action of the structure:
0153.0 0103.0 rad.

in I won't
Checking the deformations at ULS in the coupling rules

The total rotation requirement in the coupling bars is estimated in the same way as in the case of the walls,
starting from the elastic rotation. Thus, it is assumed that the elastic rotation is equal to the ratio between
the relative level displacement and the level height. Then, multiplying this value by the product of the
coefficient ci the behavior factor q, an approximate value of the total rotation requirement is obtained. Table
49 shows the results of this calculation for the coupling rules of
the studied structure.
Table E 5.2.49 Required rotations in coupling rods
UY dr It is uls
Comb Level
(m) (m) (rad) (rad)
15 -0.0546 0.0037 0.0012 0.012
14 -0.0509 0.0039 0.0013 0.013
13 -0.047 0.0039 0.0013 0.013
12 -0.0431 0.0041 0.0014 0.013
11 -0.039 0.0042 0.0014 0.014
10 -0.0348 0.0042 0.0014 0.014
9 -0.0306 0.0042 0.0014 0.014
8
GSSYENN
-0.0264 0.0041 0.0014 0.013
7 -0.0223 0.0041 0.0014 0.013
6 -0.0182 0.0039 0.0013 0.013
5 -0.0143 0.0036 0.0012 0.012
4 -0.0107 0.0032 0.0011 0.010
3 -0.0075 0.0028 0.0009 0.009
2 -0.0047 0.0023 0.0008 0.007
1 -0.0024 0.0024 0.0004 0.004
Base 0 - - -
It can be seen that, in the case of current coupling rules, the maximum rotation does not exceed
the value of 0.015 radians. The verification is also fulfilled in the case of the other two, beams reinforced
with orthogonal bars: the one on the ground floor and the one on the last level, the limit being in this case
0.015 radians.
E 6. PROVISIONS SPECIFIC TO OEL CONSTRUCTIONS
This chapter exemplifies the application of P 100-1 provisions for the design of three types of steel
structures:
-
Structure in unbraced frames
-
Structure in centrically braced inverted V frames
-
Structure in eccentric braced frames
The calculation examples present typical approaches and solutions for each individual problem, but which
are not the only possible ones.
It's 6.1. Structure in unbraced frames
And 6.1.1. General data about the structure
Location: Bucharest.
Function: office building.
Height regime: Ground floor + 3 floors (4 levels).

Height: H = 14 m
Size in plan: 2229 m.
The building falls into class III of importance and exposure according to Table 4.2 of P 100-1. The result
is the importance factor with the value I,e=1.0.
The spatial scheme of the structure is presented in Figure E 6.1.1. The reinforced concrete plane (ba) on
lost corrugated sheet formwork rests on a system of secondary and main articulated beams, made in a
steel-concrete composite solution. The system for taking lateral loads is composed of unbraced frames
with rigid nodes arranged around the perimeter in the X direction in axes 1 and 5 and in the Y direction in
axes A, B, C and D, see Figure E 6.1.2 and Figure E 6.1.3 .
Figure E 6.1.1 Spatial diagram of the structure.

Machine
422
Figure E 6.1.2 Plan of the structure.
Fall ax 1 yes 5 Cadre ax A, B, C, D
14,0
3,5
3,5
7,0 7,0 7,0 7,0 7,0 7,0 7,0
21,0 28,0
Figure E 6.1.3 Vertical sections through axes 1, 5 and A, B, C, D.
The elements of the resistance structure are made of European laminated steel profiles S235
(beams) and S355 (pillars).
The non-structural components are made of materials with deformation capacity

big.
And 6.1.2. The choice of the structure model and the calculation method
The structure has a compact shape in plan, the system for taking the lateral loads is arranged
symmetrically, and the plane in the bath has sufficient rigidity in its plane to ensure the effect of a
rigid beam. Consequently, the structure is regular in plan according to the requirements of
paragraph 4.4.3.2 of P 100-1.
The structure develops monotonously vertically, without discontinuities, having an insignificant

variation in stiffness and resistance vertically. The masses applied to the construction are
distributed relatively evenly, falling within the 50% limitation of the variation between adjacent
levels (see paragraph E 6.1.5.2). Consequently, the structure is vertically regular according to the
requirements of paragraph 4.4.3.3 of P 100-1.
According to Table 4.1 of P 100-1, for regular structures in the plane and vertically, it is
allowed to adopt separately plan models of the structure. The structure has a height
less than 30 m and the fundamental natural period T1 < 1.5 sec (see paragraph E
6.3.5.3). Consequently, the structural calculation can be performed using the method
of lateral forces.
However, the structure analysis was performed on a spatial model using a modal
calculation with response spectra, the default calculation method in P 100-1. This
approach is convenient if the structural analysis is performed using modern calculation
programs, leading at the same time to a more economical design.
And 6.1.3. Upload
E 6.1.3.1. Gravitational loads

Permanent load on current planes (finishing, bathroom plane on lost corrugated
sheet formwork, installations, false ceiling):
= k1kN m
5.0 / G 2
Permanent load on the roof (finishes, floor plan on lost corrugated sheet
formwork, installations, false ceiling):
2
Gk2= kN5,5
m/
Permanent loading on external walls:
2
G = kN1,0
m/
k3
The own weight of the metal structure was included in the automatic calculation by the calculation
program.
The useful load on the current planes (usage category B), including the equivalent load from
mobile dividing walls, according to SR EN 1991-1-1 and SR EN 1991-1-
1/NA:
222
Qk1= kN2,5m + kN/ m = kN
0,8m Useful
/
load3,3on the /
roof (passable terrace, use category I), according to
SR EN 1991-1-1 i SR EN 1991-1-1/NA:
2
Qk2= kN m 2,5 /
E 6.1.3.2. Seismic design action

Since the structure is not sensitive to the vertical component of the seismic action (see
paragraph 4.5.3.6.2 of P 100-1), only the two horizontal components are taken into
account. These are described by elastic response spectra for Se(T)=ag·(T) accelerations.
The peak ground acceleration for design ag is determined depending on the construction site
(Bucharest) in accordance with Figure 3.1 of P 100-1 or of Annex A of the code, Table A.1:
0,3
g
a= g
Machine
424
2.5
Sd,
s2
m/
1.5
0.5
0 1
2 3 4
T, s
Figure E 6.1.4 Design spectrum for horizontal components of seismic action.
The normalized spectrum of elastic response for accelerations (T) is defined by relations
(3.3)-(3.6) from P 100-1 depending on the dynamic amplification factor = 2.5 and
0
periods
the control
TB,
TC and TD (determined from Figure 3.2 from P 100-1 for the construction location and
Table 3.1 from P 100-1):
0.32 T= s 1.6 T= s 2.0 T= s The
B C D
concept of dissipative behavior is adopted, the high ductility class of the DCH structure,
see section 6.1.2 of P 100-1. The result is the behavior factor q = 6.5 for non-braced steel
frames, vertically regular and the ductility class of the DCH structure, according to P 100-1,
Table E 6.3.
The design spectrum for the horizontal components of the seismic movement is determined
according to relations (3.17)-(3.18) from P 100-1 and is presented in Figure E 6.1.4.
And 6.1.4. Load combinations in the seismic design situation

The combination of the effects of the actions in the seismic design situation, for the
verification at the ultimate limit state (ULS), according to section 3.3 of P 100-1 and section
6.4.3.2 of CR 0 - 2012, is:
G+
k, j Q +A
2,i k,i Ed
(S-ULS-DIS)
The grouping factor is 2 = 0.3 for the useful load and office function, see table 7.1 of CR 0
- 2012, and AEd is the design value of the seismic action.
This combination of loads is directly applicable only for checking the dissipative elements
of the structure at ULS.
According to 6.6.3(2) of P 100-1, the calculation efforts for the verification of non-dissipative
elements (pillars) at ULS can be practically determined from the following combination of
loads:
G+ Q k,i+ A T is (S-ULS-NDIS)
k, j 2, i T Ed
where the value of the overresistance of the structural system.
taking into account the provisions of paragraph 4.5.4(3) of P 100-1, the movements of the structure for the
ULS check can be practically obtained from the relationship:
G+ Q k,i+cqA (S-ULS-DEP)
k, j 2, i Ed
taking into account the provisions of paragraph 4.5.4(2) of P 100-1, the displacements of the structure for
checking the service limit state (SLS) can be practically obtained from the relationship:
G+ Q k,i+qA (S-SLS)
k, j 2, i Ed
And 6.1.5. Structural calculation
And 6.1.5.1. The structure model
The structure was analyzed using a spatial model in a commercial computing program (see Figure E 6.1.5).
The rigid diaphragm effect provided by the reinforced concrete slabs was considered. The posts were
embedded at the base. The connections between the bars (rigid/articulated) were modeled according to the
data in Figure E 6.1.2 and Figure E 6.1.3. The sections of the structural elements for the system for taking
over lateral loads are presented in Figure E 6.1.6 and Figure E 6.1.7. Gravitational loads were applied to the
planes (the permanent and useful loads) and to the perimeter beams (the load from the outer wall). The
masses of the structure were automatically calculated from the gravity loads applied to the structure.
Figure E 6.1.5 Spatial model of the structure in the calculation program.

Machine
426
Figure E 6.1.6 Sections of the structural elements for the frames in

axes 1 and 5.
Figure E 6.1.7 Sections of the structural elements for the frames

in axes A, B, C and D.
And 6.1.5.2. The masses of the structure
The masses correspond to the gravitational loads in the seismic group. According to CR 0 - 2012, equation (6.11), the gravity loads in the
seismic group are calculated with the relation:
G+ Q
k, j 2, i k,i
The masses and moments of inertia of the masses were automatically calculated by the calculation program and are presented in Table E 6.1.1.
Table E 6.1.1: Level masses and moments of inertia of the masses.
Level Mass, tons The moment of inertia of the masses, tonnem2
4 452,4 56320,3
3 468,9 60593,9
2 469,1 60620,4
1 470,8 61101,3
And 6.1.5.3. The proper modes of vibration
6 own modes of vibration were taken into account. The natural vibration periods T and the effective modal masses Mn related to the total mass
*
of the structure are presented in Table E 6.1.2. It can be observed
vibration that
exceeds 90%theofsum
the of themass
total effective modal
of the masses
structure, theofrequirement
the first 6 proper modes
of section of of
4.5.3.3
P 100-1 being fulfilled. The deformation of the structure in the first three natural modes of vibration is presented in Figure E 6.1.8.
Table E 6.1.2: Natural periods of vibration and effective modal masses.

* * * *
T M Mn,x %
M
Mn,x % n, y n, y
Against
s
% %
1
0,734 81,0 0,0 81,0 0,0
2 0,688 0,0 79,2 81,0 79,2
3 0,510 0,0 0,0 81,0 79,2
4 0,241 12,3 0,0 93,3 79,2
5 0,224 0,0 13,4 93,3 92,6
6 0,169 0,0 0,0 93,3 92,6

Machine
428
Figure E 6.1.8 The first three natural vibration modes of the structure.
And 6.1.5.4. Modal calculation with response spectra
The effects of seismic action were determined using modal calculation with response spectra. The
design response spectra determined in section E 6.1.3.2, applied to the two horizontal directions
of the structure, were used. The modal responses were combined with the "complete quadratic
combination" rule, the effects of the seismic action components with the "radical sum of squares"
rule.
Accidental torsional effects were taken into account by applying at each level a torsional moment
equal to the product of the lateral force and the accidental eccentricity, for each horizontal
(see 4.5.3.3.3
direction
of P
100-1). The value of the accidental eccentricity was considered equal to 0.05 of the dimension of
the plane perpendicular to the considered direction of the seismic action (see 4.5.2.1 of P 100-1).
The calculation effects of the seismic action were noted with AEd and included the importance
factor I,e=1.0 (see relation 3.1 of P 100-1).
And 6.1.5.5. Global imperfections
According to paragraph 5.3.2(4) of SR EN 1993-1-1, the modeling of global imperfections in the

structural calculation is not necessary if:
HEd0,15VEd
where HEd is the calculated value of the horizontal reaction at the lower part of the level, and VEd
is the total value of the vertical loading at the lower part of the level.
The verification of the HEd0,15VEd relationship for each of the two horizontal directions in the
seismic design situation (S-ULS-DIS loading combination) is summarized in Table E 6.1.3.
Table E 6.1.3: Checking the HEd 0.15VEd relationship.
HEd,x Hey, y VEd 0,15VEd

level HEd,x0.15VEd HEd,y0.15VEd kN
kN kN kN
4 750 771 4541 681 AND AND
3 1241 1238 9155 1373 NOT NOT
2 1581 1562 13773 2066 NOT NOT
1 1762 1743 18406 2761 NOT NOT

It is observed that the HEd0.15VEd condition is not met on any of the two horizontal
directions, which implies the necessity of modeling the global imperfections for the
analysis of the structure. According to paragraph 5.3.2 of SR EN 1993-1-1 global
imperfections can be modeled by a system of equivalent lateral forces Hi.
0
=1/ 200
2
h
2 but 3
h
1,0 h = 0,667
H
m
=
0,5 1 + = 0,791
m
=
0hm = 0,002635
The equivalent lateral forces Hi from level i, calculated based on the total gravitational loads Pi from the
same level and the initial global imperfection result:
nivel Pi kN Hi
KN
4 4541 11,97
3 4613 12,16
2 4619 12,17
1 4633 12,21
According to paragraph 5.3.2 of SR EN 1993-1-1, in the case of spatial models, the global imperfections
must be modeled in each horizontal direction, but in independent loading assumptions.
Thus, for ULS related checks, the following load combinations result:
G+ (S-ULS-DIS-Ix)
k, j 2,i Q
k,i +A +I Ed x
G k,
+j (S-ULS-NDIS-Ix)
2,i Q
k,i + A +I T Ed x
G+ (S-ULS-DEP-Ix)
k, j 2,i Q
k,i +cqA + I Ed x
G k,
+j (S-ULS-DIS-Iy)
2,i Q
k,i +A +I Ed and
G+ (S-ULS-NDIS-Iy)
k, j 2,i Q
k,i + A +I T Ed and
G k,
+j (S-ULS-DEP-Iy)
2,i Q
k,i +cqA + I Ed and
And 6.1.5.6. Second order effects
The importance of the second-order effects is given by the value of the sensitivity coefficient of the
relative level displacement, determined
, according to 4.6.2.2(2) of P 100-1:
Palldr
Vhuntil
The calculation of the coefficients for each level of the structure and for each direction of the imperfections
is summarized in Table E 6.1.4 and Table E 6.1.5. The stresses were determined from the load
combinations S-ULS-DIS-Ix and S-ULS-DIS-Iy:
Machine
430
G+ (S-ULS-DIS-Ix)
k, j 2,i Q
k,i +A +I Ed x
G+ (S-ULS-DIS-Iy)
k, j 2,i Q
k,i +A +I Ed and
and the trips from S-ULS-DEP-Ix, respectively S-ULS-DEP-Iy:
G+ (S-ULS-DEP-Ix)
k, j 2,i Q
k,i +cqA + I Ed x
G k,
+j (S-ULS-DEP-Iy)
2,i Q
k,i +cqA + I Ed and
Table E 6.1.4: Calculation of the coefficient in load combinations with imperfections in

the X direction.
Ptot Vtot,X Vtot,Y

level Dr,X/ h Dr,Y/ h X AND
kN kN kN
4 4541 762 771 0,0146 0,0144 0,087 0,085
3 9155 1265 1238 0,0179 0,0159 0,130 0,117
2 13773 1617 1562 0,0196 0,0165 0,167 0,145
1 18406 1811 1743 0,0132 0,0104 0,134 0,110
Table E 6.1.5: Calculation of the coefficient in load combinations with imperfections in

the Y direction.
Ptot Vtot,X Vtot,Y

kN kN kN
4 4541 750 782 0,0145 0,0145 0,088 0,084
3 9155 1241 1262 0,0179 0,0159 0,132 0,115
2 13773 1581 1598 0,0196 0,0165 0,170 0,142
1 18406 1762 1791 0,0131 0,0105 0,137 0,108
The maximum value of the coefficient of sensitivity to second-order effects:
= 0,170
For 0.1 < 0.2, second-order effects must be taken into account, multiplying the calculated values of seismic action effects by the
factor:
1
= =
1,205
1
For simplicity, the verification factor at was included in the charging combinations for
ULS:
G + k, j Q +A + EdI
2,i k,i x
(S-ULS-DIS-Ix)
G + k, j Q + A + TI Ed x
2,i k,i
(S-ULS-NDIS-Ix)
G + k, j Q +cqA + EdI
2,i k,i x
(S-ULS-DEP-Ix)
G + k, j Q +A + EdI
2,i k,i and
(S-ULS-DIS-Iy)
G+ Q + A + Iyou ed and (S-ULS-NDIS-Iy)

k, j 2,i k,i
G+ Q +cqA + IEd and (S-ULS-DEP-Iy)

k, j 2,i k,i
And 6.1.6. Verification of structural components at ULS
According to paragraph 6.1.3(1) of P 100-1, the following values of the partial safety coefficients for
the material are used:
= 1,1
M0
= 1,1
M1
= 1,25
M2
According to paragraph 6.2(5) of P 100-1, the material overstrength factor for S235 (from which the
dissipative elements are made) is:
= 1,4
ov
And 6.1.6.1. Checking the beams
The verification at ULS is exemplified for the

most requested beam, located in the framework
of axis 1 and highlighted in the attached figure.
The maximum stresses resulted from the S-ULS-

DIS-Ix loading combination:
577,7
Ed
M= kNm
0 N = kN
Ed
2
Seciune: IPE 750x173 ( h = mm 267 b = mm 762
b b = mm fb 21,6 t A= mm 22100
4
I = 205800 10 b,y
4
mm
4
6218000 W = mm pl,y
3
11600 A = mm 2
I = 2740000 mm
in t
55,7 zi = mm)
2
Oel: S235 ( 235 / Nf =mm )
and
Section class
The section is class 1 according to Table 5.3 of SR EN 1993-1-1. The section satisfies the
requirement of the section class (class 1) for dissipative elements subjected to bending in structures
of ductility class DCH.
Checking the dissipative zone at the end of the beam
According to paragraph 6.6.2(1) of P 100-1, unbraced frame beams must be checked according to
SR EN 1993-1-1 in the assumption that a plastic joint has formed at one of the ends. In addition,
according to paragraph 6.6.2(5) of P 100-1, in the area of the plastic joint, lateral connections must
be provided at both ends of the beam. These requirements involve checking the stable length of the
segments adjacent to the plastic joint according to 6.3.5 and BB.3 of SR EN 1993-1-1. The parts of
the beam where the plastic joints are not formed (included between two consecutive lateral supports)
are
Machine
432
checked in accordance with 6.3.2 of SR EN 1993-1-1 (see Figure E 6.1.9). The upper sole has
secured lateral connections through the connectors and the reinforced concrete slab. The
connectors are not placed in the area of the plastic joint along a length defined in section 7.7.5
of SR EN 1998-1 in order to prevent the increase of the capable moment of the beam as a
result of the cooperation with the reinforced concrete slab. On the lower sole, counterfoils are
arranged (see Figure E 6.1.10) at the end of the dissipative zones, according to the
requirements of P 100-1, paragraph 6.6.2(5).
Figure E 6.1.9 Unbraced frame beam with side ties.
Figure E 6.1.10 Counterfeit for securing the lateral connections to the lower sole of the
unbraced frame beam.
Interaxle length of the beam: 7000 L = mm
Beam length between column faces: 6380 L = mm

b
The position of the plastic joint was estimated according to the relationship (see ANSI/AISC 358-10.
"Prequalified Connections for Special and Intermediate Steel Moment Frames for Seismic
Applications", American Institute of Steel Construction, pentru îmbinri cu uruburi cu plac de capt):
L bb
= min h / 2 3 b = 0,3810 p m 0,38
p
L= m
Counters were arranged at both ends of the beam, at a distance of 2 760.0 L = inp front of mm of
the pillar (see Figure E 6.1.9).

The beam segment between the buttresses and the secondary beam has a length of 1,263
mm. The stable length Lm of the beam segment is determined according to paragraph
6.3.5.3(1)B or BB.3.1.1 of SR EN 1993-1-1.
C1 =1 (covering, approximately constant moment along the considered length).

38 i
L m=
With
=
2 303 mm
2
2
2
1 N mm
Ed N / 1 W
pl,y f and
+ 2 2
57,4 A 756 C AI 1 t
235 /mm
N
1 263 mm 2 303 L = mm i check

m
According to section 6.2 of SR EN 1993-1-1:
Wf
M = pl,Rd,b
pl,y y
= 1 328 kNm
M0
Of
N = = 4 721 pl,Rd kN
and
M0
A you
f /3
V= = 1 431 kN
pl,Rd
M0
In the potential plastic zones, check the relationships (6.2)-(6.4) from P 100-1:
M Ed =
0,4349 1.0 I check.
M
pl,Rd,b
N Ed =
0 0.15 check.
N
pl,Rd
79.65
Ed, G
V = kN (from gravitational loads in the seismic combination).
2M
pl,Rd,b
VEd,M
= = 416,4 kN
L
b
VEd=V +V
Ed, G
= 496,1
Ed,M
kN
INEd =
0,3467 0.5 I check.
V
pl, Rd
Verify counterfeits
The lateral supports (buttresses) adjacent to the potentially plastic areas were designed to take a lateral
force equal to
0.06 f t b = kN 113,8
ov y fb b
The counterfoil was placed between the lower sole of the main beam and the upper sole of the
perpendicular secondary beam, attached to the post.
The result was two L75x50x8 angle brackets made of S235 steel, attached to a 15 mm thick gusset made
of S355 steel.
Machine
434
Checking the central (elastic) segment of the beam

For the central segment of the beam with a length of 2 333 mm, contained between two
secondary beams, it results:
LT = 0,233 LT,0
=
0.4 In this situation the element is not sensitive to buckling by bending-twisting, see
6.3.2.2(4) of SR EN 1993-1-1. The maximum moments being at the ends of the bar,
no additional checks are necessary.
And 6.1.6.2. Calculation of the structural system overstrength
When calculating the efforts in the non-dissipative components, the overresistance of the structural system is used, determined with
the relation (see 6.6.3(1) of P 100-1):
= 1,1 M
T ov
where M M
= min(i M), iar i = Mpl,Rd,i / MEd,i.
For S235: = 1,400 .
ov
M
Calculation of the values i is summarized in Table E 6.1.6 for the X direction of structure i
in Table E 6.1.7 for the Y direction of the structure. As a result, covering, for the entire structure, an overstrength factor:
4,0 =T
Alternatively, overstrength factors can be used differentiated on the two main directions of the structure.
I
According to paragraph 6.6.3(2) of P 100-1, the maximum and minimum values of s differ by less than 25%. On need it
the X direction this difference is 24% 25%, and on the Y direction it is 15% 25%.
Table E 6.1.6: Calculation of the overstrength of the structural system of the T on the X direction a
structure.
M
=
With / M
Opening Level Section
i T
Mpl,Rd min(i M)
4 IPE550 0,380 2,63
3 IPE750X173 0,365 2,74

1
2 IPE750X173 0,434 2,30
1 IPE750X173 0,417 2,40
4 IPE550 0,378 2,65
3 IPE750X173 0,334 2,99

2 2,27 3,5
2 IPE750X173 0,396 2,53
1 IPE750X173 0,379 2,64
4 IPE550 0,377 2,65
3 IPE750X173 0,369 2,71

3
2 IPE750X173 0,440 2,27
1 IPE750X173 0,424 2,36

Table E 6.1.7: Calculation of the overresistance of the structural system of T the direction Y a
the structure.
M
With / M
=
Opening Level Section i T
Mpl,Rd min(i M)
4 IPE450 0,332 3,01
3 IPE750X134 0,339 2,95

A2
2 IPE750X134 0,380 2,63
1 IPE750X134 0,352 2,84
4 IPE450 0,345 2,90
3 IPE750X134 0,328 3,05

A3
2 IPE750X134 0,365 2,74
1 IPE750X134 0,336 2,98

2,59 4,0
4 IPE450 0,329 3,04
3 IPE750X134 0,344 2,91

B2
2 IPE750X134 0,386 2,59
1 IPE750X134 0,358 2,79
4 IPE450 0,342 2,92
3 IPE750X134 0,333 3,00

B3
2 IPE750X134 0,371 2,70
1 IPE750X134 0,342 2,92
And 6.1.6.3. Checking the pillars on the ground floor
The ULS verification of the pillars on the ground floor is

exemplified for the most requested element, located in the
framework of axis 1 and highlighted in the attached figure.
The calculation efforts for the pillars are determined according

to relations (6.6) from P 100-1. In this example, the respective
efforts were obtained directly from the load combinations S-
ULS-NDIS-Ix and S-ULS-NDIS-Iy.
However, it should be noted that paragraph 6.6.1(1) of P 100-1 allows the formation of plastic joints at the base of the pillars.
Consequently, the calculation moments at the base of the structure were taken from the load combinations used for the design
of the dissipative elements (S-ULS-DIS-Ix and S-ULS-DIS-Ix).
Machine
436
The following maximum efforts resulted:
733,3 M = kNm
and,Ed ,1
40,5 M = kNm
z,Ed ,1 (din combinaia S-ULS-DIS-Ix)
455,7 M = kNm y,Ed ,2 44,4 M = kNm

z,Ed ,2 (din combinaia S-ULS-NDIS-Ix)
1006.1
Ed N = kN (din combinaia S-ULS-NDIS-Ix)
1209,3
z,ed
V = kN 43.7 V = kN y,Ed (din combinaia S-ULS-NDIS-Ix)
Moments at the lower end were marked with index 1, and those at the upper end with index 2.
Section: HEM600
355 )N
2
Oel: S355 ( mm /f= and
Section class
The class of the section is 1 (according to Table 5.3 of SR EN 1993-1-1) the section satisfies the
requirement of the section class (class 1) for dissipative elements (column base) subjected to bending
in DCH ductility class structures.
Bending and compression testing

The columns are checked for the combined effect of axial forces and bending moments according to
relations (6.61) and (6.62) from SR EN 1993-1-1, as required by P 100-1, paragraph 6.6.3(1):
taking into account the fact that, on the one hand, second-order effects were explicitly taken into
account, and on the other hand, the column can form a plastic joint at the lower end, a buckling length
equal to the interaxle length kL = m was considered : 3.5 both for buckling by bending (along
axes)
,bothand
by bending-twisting (see paragraph 5.2.2(7)b of SR EN 1993-1-1).
For the pole in question, the most unfavorable relation is (6.61), as follows:
0,086 + 0,280 + 0,051 = 0,417 i check
Force checking
According to paragraph 6.6.3(3) of P 100-1, the torsional force in the pole must check the following
relationships:
INz,ed
= 0,433 i check
V
z,pl,Rd
IN
and,ed
= 0,009 i check
V
y,pl,Rd
Checking the pillar heart panel

Grinda: IPE 750x173
Pole: HEM 600 ( 620 h486

=c mm
d = mm t wp= mm 21 b = mm
c
305 40
cf t = mm
14970
vc
A= 2 mm
255,5 yi = mm 72,2 zi = mm 11747,3
pl,Rd,cN = kN )
Capable moment of the beam: 1 328 M = kNm

pl,Rd,b
The position of the plastic joint was estimated according to the relationship (see ANSI/AISC 358-10,
for butt plate bolted joints):
L bb
= min h / 2 3 b = 0,3810 p m
Beam length between column faces: 6,380

b
L= m
Torsion forces from gravitational loads in the seismic combination:
79,65
Ed, G
V = kN
Shear forces in the beam, related to the formation of plastic joints at the ends of the beam:
2M
pl,Rd,b =
VEd,M
= 472,8 kN
2 LLb p
Total torque in the plastic joint:

cor
VEd=V +V =
Ed, G
552,5Ed,M
kN
The bending moment from the face of the column related to the formation of the plastic joint at the
distance Lp:
cor
M = M + L V = 1538,5 kNm Ed
pl,Rd b pl,Rd,b
, p
The shear forces in the core panel of the column are determined according to paragraph 6.6.3(5) of P
100-1, relation (6.9).
cor
2M
pl,Rd,b =
Vwp,Ed
= 4 155 kN
ht b
fb
The shear strength of the heart panel of the pillar is determined according to SR EN 1993-1-8,
paragraph 6.2.6.1:
235 /mm
N 2
= =
0,8136
f and
dt = / 23,14 69 56,14 = i check

wp
The plastic bending resistance of a column top is:

2
f bt
y c cf
M = pl, = 39.37 kNm
fc,Rd
4
M0
The continuity stiffeners in the core panel of the column have a thickness of:
Machine
438
22 t = mm
st
and the total size (from both sides of the heart) of:
b = 2 142
st
mm = mm
284,0
The plastic bending strength of a continuity stiffener is:

2
fbty st st =
M= 11.09 kNm
pl,st,Rd
4 M0
The distance between the axes of the continuity stiffeners is:

d s= mm 740
The shear strength of the column heart panel is:
0.9 fAthe vc 4M
2 M +M pl, fc,Rd pl, fc,Rd 2
pl,st,Rd =
V = wp,Rd +min 2 647 kN
3 d s
ds
M0
The core panel of the pole is checked according to relation (6.8) of P 100-1:
INwp, Ed
=
1,570 I do NOT check. Doubling boards are required.
V
wp, Rd
There is a doubling plate with a thickness of 486.0 b = d = mm 22 st = mm and size of

s
.
b = 486,0 mm 40 716,0verific.
s s t = mm
The result is the capable shear force of the stiffened heart panel:
0,9 f A +b t
the vc s wp
4M
22 M +M d
fc,Rd pl,st,Rd pl, dfc,Rd pl,
V= +min = 4 358 kN
wp,Rd
3 M0
s s
V
wp,Ed
= 0,953 i check
V
wp, Rd
Column slenderness
In the plane of the frame in axis 1, the beams can form plastic joints (see paragraph 6.6.3(10) of P
100-1):
kL AND
=
and
==
13,70 0,7 53,49 i check
i and
f and
Outside the plane of the frame in axis 1, the beams can not form plastic joints (see paragraph
6.6.3(11) of P 100-1):
kL AND
== 48,48 1,3 = 99,33 i check
With
i With f and
And 6.1.6.4. Checking the pillars on the levels other than the ground floor
The ULS verification of the pillars from the

levels other than the ground floor is
exemplified for the most requested element,
located in the framework of axis 1 and
highlighted in the attached figure.
The calculation efforts for the pillars are
determined according to relations (6.6) from
P 100-1. In this example, the respective
efforts were obtained directly from the load
combinations S-ULS-NDIS-Ix and S-ULS-
NDIS-Iy.
The following maximum efforts resulted (from the S-ULS-NDIS-Ix combination):

2304,6
and,Ed ,1
M = kNm 24,7
z,Ed ,1M = kNm
1243,5
,2 M = kNm y,Ed 19,4
z,Ed ,2M = kNm
731,0
Ed N = kN
1293,2
z,ed V = kN 9.8 V = kN
y,Ed
Moments at the lower end were marked with index 1, and those at the upper end with index
2.
Section: HEM600
355 )N
2
Oel: S355 ( mm /f=
and

The columns are checked for the combined effect of axial forces and bending moments
according to relations (6.61) and (6.62) from SR EN 1993-1-1, as required by P 100-1,
paragraph 6.6.2(1):
taking into account the fact that second-order effects and global imperfections were
explicitly taken into account, a buckling length equal to the interaxle length kL = m : 3.5 was
considered both for buckling
paragraph
, by bending
5.2.2(7)b (along
of SR EN both axes) and by bending-twisting (see
1993-1-1).
0,062 + 0,831 + 0,040 = 0,934 i check
Machine
440
Force checking
According to paragraph 6.6.3(3) of P 100-1, the torsional force in the pole must check the
following relationships:
INz,ed
= 0,463 CHECK
V
z,pl,Rd
Vy , Ed CHECK
= 0,002
V
y,pl,Rd
Checking the pillar heart panel

Grinda: IPE 750x173
Pole: HEM 600 ( 620 h =d mm

c= mm
486 t wp= mm 21 b = mm
c
305 t = mm40cf
14970 A= 2 mm 11747,3 N = kN ) pl,Rd,c

vc
255,5 yi = mm 72,2 zi = mm
Capable moment of the beam: 1 328 M = kNm pl,Rd,b
The position of the plastic joint was estimated according to the relationship (see ANSI/AISC 358-10, for
butt plate bolted joints):
= min h / 2 3 b =
Lp bb 0,3810
m

b L= m
79,65
Ed, G V = kN
Shear forces in the beam, related to the formation of plastic joints at the ends of the beam:
2 M
pl,Rd,b
VEd,M
=2 =
472,8 kN
LL b p

cor
VEd=V +V =Ed,552,5
G
kN
Ed,M
The bending moment from the face of the column related to the formation of the plastic joint at the distance
Lp:
cor
M pl,Rd,b
= M, + L V = 1538,5
p
pl,Rd
Ed b kNm
The shear forces in the core panel of the column are determined according to paragraph 6.6.3(5) of P
100-1, relation (6.9).
cor
2 M
pl,Rd,b
Vwp,=Ed = 4 155 kN
hbt fb
The shear strength of the heart panel of the pillar is determined according to SR EN 1993-1-8, paragraph
6.2.6.1:
2
=
235 /mm
N
=
0,8136
f and
dt = wp
/ 23,14 69 56,14 = i check
The plastic bending resistance of a column top is:

2
f bt
y c cf
M = pl, = 39.37 kNm
fc,Rd 4
M0
The continuity stiffeners in the core panel of the column have a thickness of:
22 t = mm
st
and the total size (from both sides of the heart) of:
b = 2 142
st
284,0
mm = mm
The plastic bending strength of a continuity stiffener is:
2
fbty st st
M= = 11.09 kNm
pl,st,Rd 4
M0
The distance between the axes of the continuity stiffeners is:
d s= mm
740
The shear strength of the column heart panel is:
0.9 fAyvc 4M
2 M +M pl, fc,Rd pl, fc,Rd 2
pl,st,Rd d d = 2 647 kN
V = wp,Rd +min
3 M0 s s
V
wp,Ed
= 1,570 I do NOT check. Doubling boards are required.
V
wp, Rd
There is a plate for doubling the thickness 22 st = mm and size of
bs= d = mm
486,0 .
b = 486,0 mm 40 716,0verific.
s
s t = mm
The result is the capable shear force of the stiffened heart panel:
0,9 f A +b t vc s wp
4M
22fc,Rd
M pl,st,Rd
+M pl, fc,Rd pl,
V=
and
+min = 4 358 kN
wp,Rd 3 d s
ds
M0
INwp, Ed
= 0,953 i check
V
wp, Rd
Column slenderness
In the plane of the frame in axis 1, the beams can form plastic joints (see paragraph 6.6.3(10) of P 100-1):
kL AND
== 0,7 = 53,49 i check
and
13,70
i and
f and
Outside the plane of the frame in axis 1, the beams can not form plastic joints (see paragraph 6.6.3(11) of P
100-1):
Machine
442
kL AND
== = i check
With
48,48 1,3 99,33
i With
f and
And 6.1.6.5. Beam-column joints

He opted for a non-dissipative beam-column connection, with high-strength clamping plate and screws.
According to sections 6.6.4 and 6.5.5 of P 100-1, the joint must be designed to have an overstrength
of at least 1.1ov compared to the joint element (beam).
Computational efforts in merging

Capable moment of the beam: 1 328 M = kNm
pl,Rd,b
The position of the plastic joint was estimated according to the relationship (see ANSI/AISC 358-10,
for butt plate bolted joints):
Lp bb
= min h / 2 3 b = 0,3810 m

b
L= m
The capable moment of the beam in the plastic joints taking into account the overstrength:
M =* M = 2 1,1
046 ovkNm pl,Rd,b pl,Rd,b
79,65
Ed, G
V = kN
Shear force related to the formation of plastic joints at the ends of the beam:
2M
*
pl,Rd,b
VEd,M
= = 728,3 kN
2 LLb p
VEd*= V + V = 807.9 kN
Ed, G Ed,M
The bending moment and shear forces from the face of the column related to the formation of the
plastic joint at the distance Lp:
*
M =AndM
of
+ L V = 2 354 kNmEd* pl,Rd,b
p
*
VAnd=ofV = 807,9
Ed kN
Joint calculation
The joint was verified according to SR EN 1993-1-8 using the component method, with
the following changes:
- the "core panel of the column" component was not taken into account, this being checked
separately according to the provisions of P 100-1 and SR EN 1993-1-8, without the need for
over-strength against the beams;
- the components related to the beam were not taken into account - "the heart of the beam in
tension" and "the sole and the heart of the beam in compression" - because these components
correspond to the formation of the plastic joint in the beam.
The result was a 30 mm thick end plate made of S355 and 16 M36 screws gr 10.9 (see
Figure E 6.1.11).
16M36gr.10.9
B
115
10
10
762 135
120
120
120
60 995
120
120
10
118
140
60
B
60 180 60
300
Figure E 6.1.11 Beam-column connection.
2 354 M =
And of
kNm =2523
Rd, i
M kNm i check
807.9 V = ThekN
And of
=2581
Rd, i
V kN i check
welds on the soles were made with full penetration and level B acceptance of defects, and
the root of the weld was strengthened by a lap weld, thus ensuring an overstrength of the
weld against the sole. The weld on the heart was made with neck weld on both sides, to
develop a capacity equal to that of the heart.
And 6.1.7. Checking trips to SLS

The verification of trips to the SLS is carried out according to the provisions of paragraph
4.5.4(2) and section E.1 of P 100-1. For non-structural components made of materials with
high deformation capacity, the allowed value of the relative level displacement is 0.0075 d=
SLS
r,a h . Practically, the relative level displacement values at SLS have been determined
from the load combination:
G + k, j Q +qA
2,i k,i Ed (S-SLS)
unde = 0,5 i q = 6,5 q= 3,250
The relative level shifts at SLS are presented in Table E 6.1.8. The most unfavorable situation
is found at level 2 in the X direction:
SLS SLS
d= h
r 0,0063 d=
r,a h check.
0.0075
Machine
444
Table E 6.1.8: Relative level displacements at SLS.
/ drSLS
Level
X-direction Y-direction
4 0,0047 0,0046
3 0,0058 0,0051
2 0,0063 0,0053
1 0,0042 0,0034
And 6.1.8. Verification of trips to ULS
The verification of trips to the ULS is carried out according to the provisions of paragraph 4.5.4(3)
and section E.2 of P 100-1. The allowed value of the relative level displacement is d= h 0.025.
SLU
Practically, the values of relative level shifts at ULS have been determined
r,a
from load combinations:
Gk, +
j
Q +cqA
2,i k,i
+I Ed x (S-ULS-DEP-Ix)
G + k, j Q +cqA + EdI and

2,i k,i
(S-ULS-DEP-Iy)
Calculation of the factor c on the X direction of the structure:
Overstrength of the structural system: 3,5 =T
Behavior factor: q = 6.5
The factor for multiplying the effects of the seismic action due to the effects of the 2nd order:
=1,205
TC
T= s
1: 0,73 1,600 T= s
C
c= q+ T
/ 1 T
/ 1,550 q = 3
T
1
c q= 12,14
Calculation of the factor c on the Y direction of the structure:
Overstrength of the structural system: 4 =T
=1,205
TC
T=
1 s 0,69 1,600
C T= s c= q+ T
/ 1 T
/ 1,507 q = 3
T
1
c q= 11,80
Calculation of trips to ULS
Covering, the same value of the product cq= 12.14 was considered for both horizontal directions of
the structure.
The values of relative level displacements at ULS determined from the combinations S-ULS DEP-Ix and S-
ULS-DEP-Iy are presented in Table E 6.1.9. The most unfavorable situation is found at level 2 in the X direction:
ULS ULS
d
r 024,0dh with , 025.0verified .
Table E 6.1.9: Relative level shifts at ULS.

ULS
/ hd
r
Level
X direction Y-direction
4 0,018 0,017
3 0,022 0,019
2 0,024 0,020
1 0,016 0,013
Machine
446
It's 6.2. Structure in centrally braced frames

Height regime: Ground floor + 3 floors (4

levels). Height: H = 14 m

The building falls into class III of importance and exposure according to Table 4.2 of P
100-1. The result is the importance factor with the value I,e=1.0.
The spatial scheme of the structure is presented in Figure E 6.2.1. The reinforced concrete
plane (ba) on lost corrugated sheet formwork rests on a system of secondary and main
articulated beams, made in a steel-concrete composite solution. The system for taking
lateral loads is composed of centrally braced frames in an inverted V arranged around the
perimeter on the X direction in axes 1 andFigure
5 and on
E 6.2.2
the Yand
direction
FigureinEaxes
6.2.3.A and D, see
Figure E 6.2.1 Spatial scheme of the structure.

Fall ax 1 yes 5 Cadre ax A si D
14,0
3,5
3,5
7,0 7,0 7,0 7,0 7,0 7,0 7,0
21,0 28,0
Figure E 6.2.3 Vertical sections through axes 1, 5 and A, B, C, D.
The elements of the resistance structure are made of double T laminated profiles of S355
steel (beams and columns) and hollow rectangular profiles of S355 steel (braces).

big.
The structure has a compact shape in plan, the system for taking the lateral loads is
arranged symmetrically, and the plane in the bath has sufficient rigidity in its plane to
ensure the effect of a rigid beam. Consequently, the structure is regular in plan according
to the requirements of paragraph 4.4.3.2 of P 100-1.
The structure develops monotonously vertically, without discontinuities, having an
insignificant variation in stiffness and resistance vertically. The masses applied to the
construction are distributed relatively evenly, falling within the 50% limitation of the
variation between adjacent levels (see paragraph E 6.2.5.2). Consequently, the structure
is vertically regular according to the requirements of paragraph 4.4.3.3 of P 100-1.
allowed to adopt separately plan models of the structure. The structure has a height less
than 30 m and the fundamental natural period T1 < 1.5 sec (see paragraph E 6.2.5.3).
Consequently, the structural calculation can be performed using the method of lateral
forces.
And 6.2.3. Upload
E 6.2.3.1. Gravitational loads Permanent

load on current planes (finishing, bathroom plane on lost corrugated sheet formwork,
installations, false ceiling):
/ G = kN m 5.0 2
k1
Permanent load on the roof (finishing, floor plan on lost corrugated sheet formwork,
Machine
448
2
G = kN m 5.5 /
k2
Permanent load on external walls:

2
Gk3= kN1,0
m/
program.
1/NA:
222
0,8m Useful
/
load3,3on the /
SR EN 1991-1-1 i SR EN 1991-1-1/NA:
2
Qk2= kN2,5
m/
E 6.2.3.2. Seismic design action As the structure is
not sensitive to the vertical component of the seismic action (see paragraph 4.5.3.6.2 of P 100-1),
only the two horizontal components are taken into account. These are described by elastic
response spectra for Se(T)=ag·(T) accelerations.
0,3
g
a= g
2.5
Sd,
s2
m/
1.5
0.5
0 1 2 3 4
T, s
The normalized elastic response spectrum for accelerations (T) is defined by relations (3.3)-(3.6)
from P 100-1 depending on the dynamic amplification factor =: 2.5 and the control periods
0 TC andTB,
TD
(determined from Figure 3.2 of P 100-1 for the location of the construction and Table 3.1 of P
100-1):
0,32 T= s
B
1,6 T= s
C
2,0
D
T= s
The concept of dissipative behavior is adopted, the high ductility class of the DCH
structure, see section 6.1.2 of P 100-1. The result is the behavior factor q = 2.5 for
steel frames centrically braced in inverted V, vertically regular and the ductility
class of the DCH structure, according to P 100-1, Table E 6.3.
The design spectrum for the horizontal components of the seismic movement is
determined according to relations (3.17)-(3.18) from P 100-1 and is presented in
Figure E 6.2.4.
The combination of the effects of the actions in the seismic design situation, for the verification at the ultimate
limit state (ULS), according to section 3.3 of P 100-1 and section 6.4.3.2 of CR 0 - 2012, is:
G+ Q +A (S-ULS-DIS)
k, j 2,i k,i Ed
The grouping factor is 2 = 0.3 for the useful load and office function, see table 7.1 of CR 0 - 2012, and AEd is
the design value of the seismic action.
This combination of loads is directly applicable only for checking the dissipative elements of the structure at
ULS.
According to 6.7.4(2) of P 100-1, the calculation efforts for the verification of non-dissipative elements (pillars)
at ULS can be practically determined from the following combination of loads:
G+ Q+A (S-ULS-NDIS)
k, j 2,i k,i T Ed
where T is the value of the overresistance of the structural system.
the ULS check can practically be obtained from the relationship:
G+ Q +cqA (S-ULS-DEP)
k, j 2,i k,i Ed
the verification at the service limit state (SLS) can practically be obtained from the relationship:
G+ Q +qA (S-SLS)
k, j 2,i k,i Ed
The rigid diaphragm effect provided by the reinforced concrete slabs was considered. The posts were
embedded at the base. The connections between the bars (rigid/hinged) were modeled according to the data
in Figure E 6.2.2 and Figure E 6.2.3. The sections of the structural elements for the system for taking over
lateral loads are shown in Figure E 6.2.6 and Figure E 6.2.7. Gravitational loads were applied to the planes
(the permanent and useful loads) and to the perimeter beams (the load from the outer wall). The masses of
the structure were automatically calculated from the gravity loads applied to the structure.
Machine
450
Figure E 6.2.6 Sections of the structural elements for the frames in axes 1 and 5.

in axes A, B, C and D.
The masses correspond to the gravitational loads in the seismic group. According to CR 0 - 2012, equation (6.11),
the gravity loads in the seismic group are calculated with the relation:
G+ Q
k, j 2, i k,i
The masses and moments of inertia of the masses were automatically calculated by the calculation program and
are presented in Table E 6.2.1.
4 448,2 55774,0
3 455,7 58636,5
2 458,8 59155,8
1
462,8 60036,1
6 own modes of vibration were taken into account. The natural vibration periods T and the effective modal masses
*
Mn related to the total mass of the structure are presented
effective in Table
modal masses E 6.2.2.
of the first 6Itproper
can bemodes
observed that the exceeds
of vibration sum of the
90% of the total mass of the structure, the requirement of section 4.5.3.3 of P 100-1 being fulfilled. The deformation
of the structure in the first three natural modes of vibration is presented in Figure E 6.2.8.
Machine
452
* * * *
T Mn,x %
M n, y Mn,x %
M n, y
Against
s % %
1
0,545 80,8 0,0 80,8 0,0
2 0,544 0,0 80,7 80,8 80,7
3 0,353 0,0 0,0 80,8 80,7
4 0,200 13,5 0,0 94,3 80,7
5 0,200 0,0 13,6 94,3 94,3
6 0,131 0,0 0,0 94,3 94,3
The effects of seismic action were determined using modal calculation with response spectra. The design response spectra determined in section
E 6.2.3.2, applied to the two horizontal directions of the structure, were used. The modal responses were combined with the "complete quadratic
combination" rule, the effects of the seismic action components with the "radical sum of squares" rule.
Accidental torsional effects were taken into account by applying at each level a torsional moment equal to the product of the lateral force and the
accidental eccentricity, for each horizontal direction (see 4.5.3.3.3 of P 100-1). The value of the accidental eccentricity0.05
was of
considered
the dimension
equalofto
The calculation effects of the seismic action were noted with AEd and included the importance factor I,e=1.0 (see relation 3.1 of P 100-1).
According to paragraph 5.3.2(4) of SR EN 1993-1-1, the modeling of global imperfections in the structural calculation is not necessary if:
HEd0,15VEd
where HEd is the calculated value of the horizontal reaction at the lower part of the level, and VEd is the total value of the vertical loading at the
lower part of the level.
Checking the relationship HEd0.15VEd for each of the two horizontal directions in the seismic design situation (the S-ULS-DIS load combination)
is synthesized in
Table E 6.2.3. It is observed that the relationship HEd0.15VEd is checked in all cases, so global imperfections are not
taken into account.
Table E 6.2.3: Checking the HEd 0.15VEd relationship.
HEd,x Hey, y VEd 0,15VEd

level
HEd,x0.15VEd HEd,y0.15VEd kN
kN kN kN
4 1841 1841 4455 668 AND AND
3 3132 3131 8926 1339 AND AND
2 3980 3978 13450 2017 AND AND
1 4415 4411 17988 2698 AND AND
The importance of the second-order effects is given by the value of the sensitivity coefficient of the relative level
,
displacement, determined according to 4.6.2.2(2) of P 100-1:
P all
dr
=
V until
h
The calculation of the coefficients for each level of the structure is summarized in Table E 6.2.4. Efforts were determined
from S-ULS-DIS load combinations, and displacements from S-ULS-DEP.
Table E 6.2.4: Calculation of the coefficient
Ptot Vtot,X Vtot,Y

kN kN kN
4 4455 1841 1841 0,0084 0,0083 0,020 0,020
3 8926 3132 3131 0,0102 0,0100 0,029 0,029
2 13450 3980 3978 0,0095 0,0093 0,032 0,031
1 17988 4415 4411 0,0076 0,0073 0,031 0,030
= 0,032 0,1 2nd order effects can be neglected.
According to paragraph 6.1.3(1) of P 100-1, the following values of the partial safety coefficients for the material are used:
=
M0 1,1
=
M1 1,1
=
M2 1,25
According to paragraph 6.2(5) of P 100-1, the material overstrength factor for S355 (from which the dissipative elements
are made) is:
Machine
454
=
ov 1,25
And 6.2.6.1. Bracing check
The verification at ULS is exemplified for the

bracing at level 3 of the frame in axis 1, highlighted
in the attached figure.
Calculation efforts in the seismic design situation

(combination of loads
S-ULS-DIS) are:
972.8
And of N = kN (tension)
1094,2
Ed, c N= kN (compression)
Seciune: SHHF 180x180x6,3
355 )N
Oel: S355 ( mm /f= and
2
Section class
The section is class 1 according to Table 5.3 of SR EN 1993-1-1. The section satisfies the requirement of
the section class (class 1) for dissipative elements subjected to compression in structures of ductility class
DCH (see 6.7.3(7) and Table E 6.4 of P 100-1).
Checking tension bracing
The design plastic resistance of the section to axial stress, according to SR EN 1993-1-1 is:
1397,4 N = kN pl,Rd
The resistance check of the section to the axial tensile stress, according to SR EN 1993-1-1 is:
N And of
=
0,6961 1.0 I check.
N
pl,Rd
Verification of compression bracing
The principle diagram of a braced panel is shown in Figure E 6.2.9. A joint with gusset was adopted,
which through its plasticization allows buckling of the bracing out of plane. Consequently, the buckling
length Lcr of the bracing was considered equal to the free length between the gusset sections that allow
it to bend out of plane (see Figure E 6.2.9).
For 3.8
cr L= m result 0,714 , and the calculation resistance of the bracing to
buckling by bending, according to SR EN 1993-1-1 is:
1175,5
b,Rd N = kN
Checking the compression bar, according to SR EN 1993-1-1, is:
N Ed, c
= 0,9308 1.0 I check.
N
b,Rd
2tg
Lcr =3,8m
2tg
Figure E 6.2.9 Principle diagram of a braced panel.
The slenderness of the bracing
According to paragraph 6.7.3(3) of P 100-1, for V-braced frames, the slenderness of the diagonal must verify the
condition:
0,714 i check
And 6.2.6.2. Calculation of the overresistance of the structural system
When calculating the efforts in the non-dissipative components, the overresistance of the structural system is
used, determined with the relation (see 6.7.4(1) of P 100-1):
= N
1,1
T ov
N N N
where = min(i ), again i = Npl,Rd,i / NEd,i.
For S355: = 1,25 .

ov
M
Calculation of the i is summarized in Table E 6.2.5 for the X direction of structure i
values in Table E 6.2.6 for the Y direction of the structure. As a result, covering, for the entire structure, an
overstrength factor:
1,8 =T
Machine
456
structure.
Level Section N N
NEd / Npl,Rd i
= T
N
my (i )
4 SHHF140X140X6,3 0,62 1,61

3 SHHF180X180X6,3 0,783 1,28
1,28 1,8
2 SHHF200X200X8 0,751 1,33
1 SHHF200X200X8 0,656 1,52
Table E 6.2.6: Calculation of the overstrength of the structural system of the T the direction Y a
structure.
N
N
=
Level Section
NEd / Npl,Rd i N T
my (i )
4 SHHF140X140X6,3 0,587 1,70

3 SHHF180X180X6,3 0,752 1,33
1,33 1,8
2 SHHF200X200X8 0,725 1,38
1 SHHF200X200X8 0,631 1,58
I
According to paragraph 6.7.4(2) of P 100-1, the maximum and minimum values of s differ by less need it
than 25%. On the X direction this difference is 21% 25%, and on the Y direction it is 22% 25%.
And 6.2.6.3. Checking the poles
The ULS verification of the pillars is exemplified for the

most requested element, located in the framework of
axis 1 and highlighted in the attached figure.
The calculation efforts for the pillars are determined

according to relations (6.14) from P 100-1. In this
example, the respective efforts were obtained directly
from the combination of S-ULS-NDIS loadings.
The following maximum efforts resulted:
1058,8 M = kNm
and,Ed ,1
371,7 M = kNm
z,Ed ,1
354,4 M = kNm
and,Ed ,2
54,7 M = kNm
z,Ed ,2
5184,6
Ed N = kN
402,9
z,ed
V = kN 120,4
and,ed
V = kN
Seciune: HD400421 ( 172,4 yi = mm )

Oel: S355 ( 355 / fN= mm )

2
and

The columns are checked for the combined effect of axial forces and bending moments according to
relations (6.61) and (6.62) from SR EN 1993-1-1, as required by P 100-1, paragraph 6.7.4(1):
taking into account the fact that the second-order effects are negligible, and the pillar is just that
embedded at the base, a buckling length equal to kL = m 0.7 3.5 was considered for buckling ,
by bending (along both axes) and by bending-twisting (see paragraph 5.2.2(7)b of SR EN 1993-1-1).
0,299 + 0,370 + 0,256 = 0,925 i check
Force checking
According to SR EN 1993-1-1, the bearing force in the pole must verify the following relationships:
V
z, Ed
= 0,172 i check
V
z,pl,Rd
Vy ,
Ed
= 0,015 i check
V
y,pl,Rd
taking into account the fact that the ratio between design forces and design shear strength of the
section is less than 0.5, it is not necessary to consider the interaction between bending and shear.
The slenderness of the pole
Column slenderness must verify the following condition (see paragraph 6.7.4(6) of P 100-1) in the
braced plan:
==
kL AND
14,21 = i check
and 1,3 99,33
i
and f and
Machine
458
And 6.2.6.4. Checking the beams of the braced frame
The ULS verification of braced frame beams is

exemplified for the beam on level 2 of the axis A
frame, highlighted in the attached figure.
Calculation efforts for braced frame beams are

determined
example, the respective efforts were obtained
directly from the combination of S-ULS-NDIS
loadings.
In addition, according to paragraph 6.7.4(3) of P 100-1, the beams of the centrally braced inverted V
frames must be designed to take the gravity loads from the seismic combination and the stresses
produced by the seismic action applied to the beam by the braces after the compressed diagonal
buckling. These efforts are calculated considering Npl,Rd for the stretched diagonal and 0.3Npl,Rd
for the compressed diagonal.
This situation was taken into account considering a plane model of the braced frame (but without
diagonals), on which the gravitational loads from the seismic load combination and the forces Npl,Rd,i
and 0.3Npl,Rd,i corresponding to the diagonals were applied stretched and compressed, respectively
(see Figure E 6.2.10).
Of the two situations (the S-ULS-NDIS combination and the effect of the unbalanced forces from the
bracing), the most unfavorable result was the last one.
The maximum stresses in the analyzed beam are:
883,8 M = kNm
and,Ed ,1
981,9 M = kNm
and,Ed ,2
901.9
Ed
N = kN
563.9
z,ed
V = kN The
moment at the end of the beam was marked with index 1, and the one in the middle with index 2.
Section: HEA550
355 )N
2
Oel: S355 ( mm /f=
and
Gk + 2Qk
Npl,Rd,4 0,3Npl,Rd,4
Figure E 6.2.10 Static scheme used for the calculation of efforts in the beams of
unbraced frames.
floor
lattice principals
lattice seconds
counterphyses
contradict
Figure E 6.2.11 Buttresses to ensure the lateral connection of the beam.
According to paragraph 6.7.4(5) of P 100-1, in the section of intersection with the diagonals,
the beam must be provided, both at the upper sole and at the lower sole, with lateral
connections. On the upper floor, the lateral connections are ensured by the reinforced
concrete plane and connectors, and on the lower floor, a counter-beam was arranged (see Figure E 6.2.11).

The beam is checked for the combined effect of axial stress and bending moment according
to relations (6.61) and (6.62) of SR EN 1993-1-1, as required by P 100-1, paragraph 6.7.4(1):
Machine
460
taking into account the lateral connection at the middle of the beam, the buckling length of the beam
for bending-twisting buckling and bending buckling was considered equal to half of its length.
For the analyzed beam, the most unfavorable relation is (6.62), as follows:
0,132 + 0,802 = 0,934 i check
Force checking
According to SR EN 1993-1-1, the force check is:
V
z, Ed
= 0,310 i check
V
z,pl,Rd
And 6.2.6.5. Joints of dissipative elements (braces)

Adopt a gusset-welded joint that allows out-of-plane buckling of the bracing by bending a portion of
the gusset with a thickness equal to twice its thickness tg (ANSI/AISC 341-10. "Seismic Provisions
for Structural Steel Buildings". American Institute of Steel Construction.), see Figure E 6.2.9. According
to sections 6.7.3 and 6.5.5 of P 100-1, the joint must be designed to have an overstrength of at least
1.1ov compared to the joint element (bracing). The joint will be dimensioned according to SR EN
1993-1-8 for axial stress:
N = N = 1 1,1
921 kN
Ed,imb ov pl,Rd
And 6.2.6.6. Joints of non-dissipative elements (columns and beams)
Joints of non-dissipative elements will be dimensioned according to SR EN 1993-1-8 for the calculation
efforts related to these elements. Practically, the efforts result from the combination of S-ULS-NDIS
loadings. For the beams of the centrally braced frame, the efforts produced by the seismic action
applied to the beam by the braces after the buckling of the compressed diagonal are also considered.

The verification of trips to the SLS is carried out according to the provisions of paragraph 4.5.4(2) and
section E.1 of P 100-1. For non-structural components made of materials with high deformation
capacity, the allowed value of the relative level displacement is d=h . Practically, the relative level
SLS
0,0075values at SLS have been determined
displacement
r,a

G+ Q +qA (S-SLS)
k, j 2, i k,i Ed
unde = 0,5 i q = 2,5 q= 1,25
The relative level shifts at SLS are presented in Table E 6.2.7. The most unfavorable situation is found at
level 3 in the X direction:
SLS SLS
d=r h 0,0033 d=r,a h check.
0.0075
/ dSLS
r
Level
4 0,0027 0,0027
3
0,0033 0,0032
2 0,0030 0,0030
1 0,0024 0,0023
The verification of trips to the ULS is carried out according to the provisions of paragraph 4.5.4(3) and
section E.2 of P 100-1. The allowed value of the relative level displacement is 0.025 d= h . Practically, the
SLU
r,a
values of the relative level displacements at ULS were determined from the load combinations:
k, j 2, i k,i Ed
TC
T=
1
s 0,545 1,600 T= s
C
c= q+ T
/
1 T
/ 1,542 q= 3
T
1
c q= 3,855
TC
T=
1
s 0,544 1,600 T= s
C
c= q+ T
/
1 T
/ 1,544 q= 3
T 1
c q= 3,859
Machine
462

The same value of the product cq= 3.9 was considered for both horizontal directions of
the structure.
The values of relative level shifts at ULS determined from the S-ULS-DEP combination
are presented in Table E 6.2.8. The most unfavorable situation is found at level 3 in the
X direction:
ULS ULS
d r 0102,0d with , 025.0 verified .

hdULS /
r
Level
4 0,0084 0,0083
3
0,0102 0,0100
2 0,0095 0,0093
1 0,0076 0,0073
It's 6.3. Structure in eccentric braced frames

Height regime: Ground floor + 3 floors (4

levels). Height: H = 14 m

The building falls into class III of importance and exposure according to Table 4.2 of P
100-1. The result is the importance factor with the value I,e=1.0.
The spatial scheme of the structure is presented in Figure E 6.3.1. The reinforced concrete
plane (ba) on lost corrugated sheet formwork rests on a system of secondary and main
articulated beams, made in a steel-concrete composite solution. The system for taking
lateral loads is composed of eccentrically braced frames arranged along the X direction in
axes 1 and 5 and in the Y direction in axes A and D, see Figure E 6.3.2 and Figure E 6.3.3.
Figure E 6.3.1 Spatial scheme of the structure.

Machine
464
Cadreax1si5 CadreaxAsiD
14,0
3,5
3,5
7,0 7,0 7,0 7,0 7,0 7,0 7,0
21,0 28,0
Figure E 6.3.3 Vertical sections through axes 1, 5 and A, D.
The elements of the resistance structure are made of double T laminated profiles made
of S355 steel (beams, columns and bracing).
big.
The structure has a compact shape in plan, the system for taking the lateral loads is
arranged symmetrically, and the plane in the bath has sufficient rigidity in its plane to
ensure the effect of a rigid beam. Consequently, the structure is regular in plan according
to the requirements of paragraph 4.4.3.2 of P 100-1.
The structure develops monotonously vertically, without discontinuities, having an
insignificant variation in stiffness and resistance vertically. The masses applied to the
construction are distributed relatively evenly, falling within the 50% limitation of the
variation between adjacent levels (see paragraph E 6.3.5.1). Consequently, the structure
is vertically regular according to the requirements of paragraph 4.4.3.3 of P 100-1.
allowed to adopt separately plan models of the structure. The structure has a height less
than 30 m and the fundamental natural period T1 < 1.5 sec (see paragraph E 6.3.5.3).
Consequently, the structural calculation can be performed using the method of forces
lateral.
And 6.3.3. Upload
E 6.3.3.1. Gravitational loads Permanent

load on current planes (finishing, bathroom plane on lost corrugated sheet formwork,
2
= k1
kN m
5.0 / G
Permanent load on the roof (finishes, floor plan on lost corrugated sheet formwork,
2
Gk2= kN
5,5m/
Permanent loading on external walls:

2
Gk3= kN1,0
m/
program.
1/NA:
222
0,8m Useful
/
load3,3on the /
SR EN 1991-1-1 i SR EN 1991-1-1/NA:
2
Qk2= kN2,5
m/
E 6.3.3.2. Seismic design action As the structure is
not sensitive to the vertical component of the seismic action (see paragraph 4.5.3.6.2 of P 100-1),
only the two horizontal components are taken into account. These are described by elastic
response spectra for Se(T)=ag·(T) accelerations.
0,3
g a= g
2.5
Sd,
s2
m/
1.5
0.5
0 1
2 3 4
T, s
The normalized spectrum of elastic response for accelerations (T) is defined by relations (3.3)-
(3.6) from P 100-1 depending on the dynamic amplification factor = 2.5 and the control
0 TB,periods
TC and
TD (determined from Figure 3.2 from P 100-1 for the construction location and Table 3.1 from P
100-1):
0.32 T= s 1.6 T= s 2.0 T= sD The

B C
concept of dissipative behavior is adopted, the high ductility class of the DCH structure, see
section 6.1.2 of P 100-1. The result is the behavior factor q = 6 for
Machine
466
eccentrically braced steel frames, vertically regular and the ductility class of the
DCH structure, according to P 100-1, Table E 6.3.
The design spectrum for the horizontal components of the seismic movement is
determined according to relations (3.17)-(3.18) from P 100-1 and is presented in
Figure E 6.3.4.
The combination of the effects of the actions in the seismic design situation, for the verification at the ultimate
limit state (ULS), according to section 3.3 of P 100-1 and section 6.4.3.2 of CR 0 - 2012, is:
Gk,+j Q +A 2,i k,i Ed

(S-ULS-DIS)
The grouping factor is 2 = 0.3 for the useful load and office function, see table 7.1 of CR 0 - 2012, and AEd is
the design value of the seismic action.
This combination of loads is directly applicable only for checking the dissipative elements of the structure at
ULS.
According to 6.8.3(1) of P 100-1, the calculation efforts for the verification of non-dissipative elements
(columns, bracing and beam segments outside the dissipative bars) at ULS can be practically determined
from the following combination of loads:
G+ Q + A T isT Ed (S-ULS-NDIS)
k, j 2,i k,i
where the value of the overresistance of the structural system.
the ULS check can practically be obtained from the relationship:
k, j 2,i k,i Ed
the verification at the service limit state (SLS) can practically be obtained from the relationship:
G+
2,i Q +qA
k, j k,i Ed
(S-SLS)
The rigid diaphragm effect provided by the reinforced concrete slabs was considered. However, the nodes
related to the dissipative bars were excluded from the definition of the diaphragms, so that the calculation
model correctly represents the axial forces from the dissipative bars and the beams that contain them. The
posts were embedded at the base.
The connections between the bars (rigid/hinged) were modeled according to the data in Figure E 6.3.2 and
Figure E 6.3.3. The sections of the structural elements for the system for taking over lateral loads are
presented in Figure E 6.3.6 and Figure E 6.3.7. Gravitational loads were applied to the planes (the permanent
and useful loads) and to the perimeter beams (the load from the outer wall). The masses of the structure were
automatically calculated from the gravity loads applied to the structure.
IPE400 HE240A IPE400
HE260B
HE280B HE300B
1,0
HE300B HE260B
HE280B
HE260B
HE280B HE300B
1,2
HE300B HE260B
HE280B
HE260B
HE340B HE340B
1,2
HE340B HE260B
HE340B
HE260B
HE340B HE340B 1,2 HE340B HE260B
HE340B
Figure E 6.3.6 Sections of the structural elements for the frames in axes 1 and 5.
IPE220 HE240A IPE220 IPE220
HE260B
HE280B HE300B
1,0 HE300B HE260B
HE280B
HE260B
HE280B HE300B
1,2 HE300B HE260B
HE280B
HE260B
HE340B HE340B
1,2 HE340B HE260B
HE340B
HE260B
HE340B HE340B 1,2 HE340B HE260B
HE260B HE260B
HE340B

in axes A and D.
Machine
468
a
It is
eccentricitateinterax
buckling
contravantuiri
eccentricity in the
calculation model
It is
Longebaradisipativa (a) (b)
Figure E 6.3.8 Modeling the length of the dissipative bar.
The behavior of a dissipative bar depends largely on its length. Ideally, the length of the dissipative bar (e)
measured between the bracing ends should be equal to the eccentricity formed by the intersection of the bracing
axes and the beam axis (ea). In reality, due to the size of the beam sections and the braces, the length of the
dissipative bar e, can be different from the interaxial eccentricity of the braces (ea), see Figure E 6.3.8a. A finite
element calculation model of the bar type in which the structural elements are arranged in the axis would
underestimate the bending moments in the beam segments outside the dissipative bar and in the bracing (when
it > e) or those in the dissipative bar (when it < e). A possible solution (used in this case) is to adopt a calculation
model in which the inclination of the braces is adjusted so that the theoretical eccentricity in the axis of the beam
formed by the axes of the braces is equal to the physical length of the dissipative bar (e), see Figure E 6.3 .8b.
The masses correspond to the gravitational loads in the seismic group. According to CR 0 - 2012, equation
(6.11), the gravity loads in the seismic group are calculated with the relation:
G+
k, j 2,i Q
k,i
The masses and moments of inertia of the masses were automatically calculated by the calculation program and
are presented in Table E 6.3.1.
4 439,3 54245,8
3 443,4 56525,0
2 443,8 56593,2
1
446,0 57169,8
6 own modes of vibration were taken into account. The natural vibration periods T and the effective modal
*
masses Mn related to the total mass of sum
the structure are presented
of the effective in TableofEthe
modal masses 6.3.2.
firstIt6can be observed
proper modes ofthat the
vibration
exceeds 90% of the total mass of the structure, the requirement of section 4.5.3.3 of P 100-1 being fulfilled. The
deformation of the structure in the first three natural modes of vibration is presented in Figure E 6.3.9.

* * * *
T Mn,x M n, y Mn,x M n, y
Against
s % % % %
1
0,663 79,4 0,0 79,4 0,0
2 0,662 0,0 79,3 79,4 79,3
3 0,427 0,0 0,0 79,4 79,3
4 0,239 15,3 0,0 94,8 79,3
5 0,238 0,0 15,4 94,8 94,7
6 0,156 0,0 0,0 94,8 94,7
The effects of seismic action were determined using modal calculation with response spectra. The design response spectra determined in section
E 6.3.3.2, applied to the two horizontal directions of the structure, were used. The modal responses were combined with the "complete quadratic
combination" rule, the effects of the seismic action components with the "radical sum of squares" rule.
Accidental torsional effects were taken into account by applying at each level a torsional moment equal to the product of the lateral force and the
accidental eccentricity, for each horizontal direction (see 4.5.3.3.3 of P 100-1). The value of the accidental eccentricity0.05
was of
considered
the dimension
equalofto
The calculation effects of the seismic action were noted with AEd and included the importance factor I,e=1.0 (see relation 3.1 of P 100-1).
According to paragraph 5.3.2(4) of SR EN 1993-1-1, the modeling of global imperfections in the structural calculation is not necessary if:
HEd0,15VEd
where HEd is the calculated value of the horizontal reaction at the lower part of the level, and VEd is the total value of the vertical loading at the
lower part of the level.
The verification of the HEd0,15VEd relationship for each of the two horizontal directions in the seismic design situation (S-ULS-DIS loading
combination) is summarized in Table E 6.3.3.

Machine
470
Table E 6.3.3: Verification of the HEd 0.15VEd relationship.
HEd,x HEd,y VEd 0,15VEd

level
kN kN kN HEd,x0.15VEd HEd,y0.15VEd kN
4 800 801 4418 663 AND AND
3 1304 1303 8855 1328 NOT NOT
2 1637 1636 13313 1997 NOT NOT
1 1832 1831 17785 2668 NOT NOT
It is observed that the HEd0.15VEd condition is not met on any of the two horizontal directions, which implies
the necessity of modeling the global imperfections for the analysis of the structure. According to paragraph
5.3.2 of SR EN 1993-1-1 global imperfections can be modeled by a system of equivalent lateral forces Hi.
0
=1/ 200
2
=h 2 but 3 h
1,0 h = 0,667
H
1
m
=
0,5 1 + = 0,791
m
= = 0.002635
0hm
The equivalent lateral forces Hi from level i, calculated based on the total gravitational loads Pi from
the same level and the initial global imperfection result:
nivel Pi kN Hi
KN
4 4418 11,64
3 4438 11,69
2 4458 11,75
1 4472 11,78
According to paragraph 5.3.2 of SR EN 1993-1-1, in the case of spatial models, the global
imperfections must be modeled in each horizontal direction, but in independent loading assumptions.
Thus, for ULS related checks, the following load combinations result:
G + k, j Q +A +I x
(S-ULS-DIS-Ix)
2,i k,i Ed
G + k, j Q + A +I
T Ed x
(S-ULS-NDIS-Ix)
2,i k,i
G + k, j Q +cqA +Ed I
2,i k,i x
(S-ULS-DEP-Ix)
G + k, j Q +A +I
2,i k,i Ed
(S-ULS-DIS-Iy)
and
G+ Q + A +I T Ed (S-ULS-NDIS-Iy)
k, j 2,i k,i and
G+ Q +cqA + I Ed (S-ULS-DEP-Iy)
k, j 2,i k,i and
The importance of the second-order effects is given by the value of the sensitivity coefficient of the relative level shift, determined
according to 4.6.2.2(2) of P 100-1:
Pd
= all r
Vh
until
The calculation of the coefficients for each level of the structure and for each direction of the imperfections is summarized in Table
E 6.3.4 and Table E 6.3.5. The stresses were determined from the load combinations S-ULS-DIS-Ix and S-ULS-DIS-Iy:
G+ Q +A +I (S-ULS-DIS-Ix)
k, j 2,i k,i Ed x
G+ Q +A +I (S-ULS-DIS-Iy)
k, j 2,i k,i Ed and
and the trips from S-ULS-DEP-Ix, respectively S-ULS-DEP-Iy:
G+ Q +cqA + I Ed (S-ULS-DEP-Ix)
k, j 2,i k,i x
G+ Q +cqA + I Ed (S-ULS-DEP-Iy)
k, j 2,i k,i and
Table E 6.3.4: Calculation of the coefficient in load combinations with imperfections in the
X direction.
Ptot Vtot,X Vtot,Y

kN kN kN
4 4418 812 801 0,0166 0,0163 0,090 0,090
3 8855 1327 1303 0,0202 0,0198 0,135 0,134
2 13313 1672 1636 0,0177 0,0173 0,141 0,141
1 17785 1879 1831 0,0132 0,0128 0,125 0,124
Table E 6.3.5: Calculation of the coefficient in load combinations with imperfections in the
Y direction
Ptot Vtot,X Vtot,Y

kN kN kN
4 4418 800 813 0,0165 0,0163 0,091 0,089
3 8855 1304 1327 0,0202 0,0198 0,137 0,132
2 13313 1637 1671 0,0177 0,0174 0,144 0,138
1 17785 1832 1877 0,0132 0,0128 0,128 0,121
= 0,144
For 0.1 < 0.2, second-order effects must be taken into account, multiplying the calculated values of seismic action effects by the
factor:
Machine
472
1
=
= 1,168
1
For simplicity, the verification was included in the charging combinations for
factor at ULS:
G+ Q +A + IEd (S-ULS-DIS-Ix)
k, j 2,i k,i x
G+ Q + A + IT Ed x (S-ULS-NDIS-Ix)
k, j 2,i k,i
G+ Q +cqA + IEd (S-ULS-DEP-Ix)

k, j 2,i k,i x
G+ Q +A + IEd (S-ULS-DIS-Iy)
k, j 2,i k,i and
G+ Q + A + Iyou ed and (S-ULS-NDIS-Iy)

k, j 2,i k,i
G+ Q +cqA + IEd and (S-ULS-DEP-Iy)

k, j 2,i k,i
According to paragraph 6.1.3(1) of P 100-1, the following values of the partial safety coefficients for the
material are used:
=
M0 1,1
=
M1 1,1
=
M2 1,25
According to paragraph 6.2(5) of P 100-1, the material overstrength factor for S355 (from which the
dissipative elements are made) is:
=
ov
1,25
And 6.3.6.1. Checking the dissipative bars
The verification at ULS is exemplified for the most

requested dissipative bar, located in the framework
of axis 1 and highlighted in the adjacent figure.
The maximum stresses resulted from the S-ULS-

DIS-Ix loading combination:
537.9 V= kN
Ed
335,7 kNm
Ed M =
8.32
Ed N = kN
Section: HEA340 ( 330 h = mm 300 b = mm t = mm

16,5
f 9,5 wt = mm
h In= h t = mm
2 ) 297,0
f
Oel: S355 ( 355 / N

f = mm ) and
2
Plastic resistance to axial stress: 4292,3

pl,Rd
N = kN
The length of the dissipative bar: e= m 1.2
Short dissipative bars were adopted, with the aim of reducing the relative level shifts at SLS
and ULS.
The configuration of the eccentrically braced frame corresponds to equal moments at the ends
of the dissipative bar (see Figure E 6.6a of P 100-1).
/ 0.001938
Ed pl,Rd
NN= bending the plastic resistances of the dissipative bar section at
and shearing are determined with relations (6.15) and (6.16) from P 100-1:
f bt
yf f
ht
M = pl,link = 500.8 kNm
M0
/ 3y wf
f t ht
V= = 554,9 kN
pl,link
M0
Dissipative bar type

For / N N pl,Rd
Ed
0.15, relations (6.23) – (6.25) from P 100-1 are used to classify
dissipative bars according to length:
e= m 1,2 1,6 M V= m
/ 1,444 pl,link pl,link the dissipative bar is short.
Checking the resistance of the dissipative bar
For pl, / NEd N

Rd 0.15, relations (6.17) – (6.18) from P 100-1 are used for
checking the resistance of the dissipative bars:
537,9
Ed
V = kN V=
pl,link 554,9 kN i check
335,7
Ed
M = kNm 500,8
pl,link
M = kNm i check
Section class
The section is class 1 according to Table 5.3 of SR EN 1993-1-1. The section satisfies the
section class (class 1) requirement for dissipative bars imposed by paragraph 6.8.2(14) of P
100-1.
Dissipative bar stiffeners

The stiffeners of the dissipative bar are established according to paragraphs 6.8.2(10)-(11) of P
100-1 and Annex F.3.
Machine
474
200 200 200 200 200 200
10 10
1200
Figure E 6.3.10 Rigidizrile barei disipative.

At the ends of the dissipative bar, next to the bracing legs, stiffeners are placed over the entire
height of the heart on both sides of it. The stiffeners will have a total lime of
mm 2io281.0
In
thickness
bt = of
t = max
st 0,75 mm
10 10 t mm =
In
The intermediate stiffeners are placed over the entire height of the heart on one side of it (for h =
mm 330 600 mm). The intermediate stiffeners will have a total lime of
2 281 b t
= mm
In
io thickness of
10 t = max Int mm = mm
st
10
The intermediate stiffeners are placed at distances of:
a = 200 mm 30 t h In In / 5 225.6
mm check.
=
Lateral ties
According to paragraph 6.8.2(13) of P 100-1, lateral ties must be provided at the ends of the
dissipative bar, both at the upper and lower soles, having a compressive strength greater than or
equal to 0.06 fy b tf.
On the upper floor, these lateral connections are ensured by the reinforced concrete plane and the
connectors available on the beam segment outside the dissipative bar. The connectors are not
arranged along the length of the dissipative bar to reduce the effect of the cooperation between
steel and concrete on the strength and ductility of the dissipative bar.
On the lower sole, the lateral connections are secured by counterfoils (see Figure E 6.3.11).
Figure E 6.3.11 Counterfeit for securing the lateral connections at the end of the dissipative bar.
And 6.3.6.2. Calculation of the structural system overstrength
When calculating the efforts in the non-dissipative components, the overresistance of the structural system is used, determined with
the relation (see 6.8.3(1) of P 100-1):
IN
= 1,5
T ov
IN IN V
where = min(i ), again i = Vpl,link,i / VEd,i.
For S355: = 1,25 .
ov
V
Calculation of the values in i is summarized in Table E 6.3.6 for the X direction of structure i
Table E 6.3.7 for the Y direction of the structure. As a result, covering, for the entire structure, an overstrength factor:
2,0 =T
Alternatively, overstrength factors can be used differentiated on the two main directions of the structure.
V
According to paragraph 6.8.3(2) of P 100-1, the maximum and minimum values of must differ by less than 25%. On the iX direction
this difference is 11% 25%, and on the Y direction it is 10% 25%.
structure.
IN
V
=
Level Section i IN
VEd / Vpl,link T
my (i )
4 HE240A 0,86 1,17
3 HE300A 0,91 1,10

1,03 1,9
2 HE340A 0,97 1,03
1 HE340A 0,92 1,09
Table E 6.3.7: Calculation of the overstrength of the structural system of the T the direction Y a
structure.
IN
V
=
Level Section i IN
VEd / Vpl,link T
my (i )
4 HE240A 0,86 1,16
3 HE300A 0,90 1,11

1,04 2,0
2 HE340A 0,96 1,04
1 HE340A 0,90 1,11

Machine
476
And 6.3.6.3. Checking the poles
The ULS verification of the pillars is exemplified

for the most requested element, located in the
framework of axis 1 and highlighted in the attached
figure.
The calculation efforts for the pillars are determined

example, the respective efforts were obtained
directly from the combination of loads S-ULS-NDIS-
Ix and S-ULS-NDIS-Iy.
The following maximum stresses resulted in the S-ULS-NDIS-Ix loading combination:
152,0 M = kNm
and,Ed ,1
44,4 M = kNm
z,Ed ,1
42,23 M = kNm
and,Ed ,2
9,31 M = kNm
z,Ed ,2
2939.9
Ed N = kN
38,74
z,ed
V = kN 14,68
and,ed
V = kN
Seciune: HEB340 ( 146,5 yi = mm )
355 )N
2
Oel: S355 ( mm /f=
and
Bending and compression check The columns
are checked for the combined effect of axial forces and bending moments according to relations (6.61) and
(6.62) of SR EN 1993-1-1, as required by P 100-1, paragraph 6.8.3(1) :
taking into account the fact that the second-order effects were taken into account, and the pillar is just
embedded at the base, a buckling length equal to kL = m 0.7 3.5 was considered for buckling by that ,
bending (along both axes) and by bending-twisting (see paragraph 5.2.2(7)b of SR EN 1993-1-1).
0,533 + 0,198 + 0,140 = 0,870 i check

Force checking
According to SR EN 1993-1-1, the bearing force in the pole must verify the following
relationships:
IN
z,ed
= 0,037 i check
V
z,pl,Rd
Vy , Ed
= 0,006 i check
V
y,pl,Rd
taking into account the fact that the ratio between design forces and design shear strength of the section is
less than 0.5, it is not necessary to consider the interaction between bending and shear.
Column slenderness
Column slenderness must verify the following condition (see paragraph 6.8.3(3) of P 100-1) in the braced
plan:
==
kL AND
= i check
and 16,72 1,3 99,33
i and
f and
And 6.3.6.4. Checking the beam segments adjacent to the dissipative bars
The ULS verification of the beam segments adjacent

to the dissipative bars is exemplified for the beam
from level 2 in axis 1, highlighted in the attached
figure.
The calculation efforts are determined according to

of relations (6.29) from P 100-1. In this example, the
respective efforts were obtained directly from the
combination of loads S-ULS-NDIS-Ix and S-ULS-
NDIS-Iy.
337,0 M = kNm
and,Ed ,1
47,0 M = kNm
and,Ed ,2
199.7
Ed N = kN
181.5
z,ed
V = kN The
moment at the left end of the beam segment was marked with index 1, and the moment at the right end with
index 2.
Section: HEA340
Oel: S355 ( 355 / fN= mm ) and

Machine
478

The beam is checked for the combined effect of axial stress and bending moment
according to relations (6.61) and (6.62) of SR EN 1993-1-1, as required by P 100-1,
paragraph 6.8.3(1):
taking into account the lateral connections at the ends of the dissipative bar, the buckling length of
the beam for bending-twisting buckling and bending buckling was considered equal to the length of
the segment. The additional links given by the secondary beams were thus neglected.
0,020 + 0,584 = 0,604 i check
Force checking

V
z, Ed
= 0,219 i check
V
z,pl,Rd
And 6.3.6.5. Bracing check
ULS verification of bracing is exemplified for

bracing on level 2 of axis 1, highlighted in the
attached figure.
The calculation efforts are determined according to

of relations (6.29) from P 100-1. In this example,
the respective efforts were obtained directly from
the combination of loads S-ULS-NDIS-Ix and S-
ULS-NDIS-Iy.
100,5 M = kNm
and,Ed ,1 316,0 M = kNm
and,Ed ,2
1668.6
Ed N = kN
93.2
z,ed V = kN The
moment at the lower end of the bracing was marked with index 1, and the moment at the upper end
with index 2.
Section: HEB340
Oel: S355 ( 355 /Nf =mm )

2
and

Bracing is checked for the combined effect of axial stress and bending moment according to relations
(6.61) and (6.62) from SR EN 1993-1-1, as required by P 100-1, paragraph 6.8.3(1):
The buckling length for flexural-twist buckling and flexural buckling was assumed to be broadly equal
to the free length of the bracing.
0,318 + 0,540 = 0,858 i check
Force checking
V
z, Ed
= 0,086 i check
V
z,pl,Rd
And 6.3.6.6. Joints of non-dissipative elements (columns, beams and braces) Joints of non-
dissipative elements will be dimensioned according to SR EN 1993-1-8 for the calculation efforts
related to these elements. Practically, the efforts result from the combination of loads S-ULS-NDIS-Ix
and S-ULS-NDIS-Iy.

The verification of trips to the SLS is carried out according to the provisions of paragraph 4.5.4(2) and
section E.1 of P 100-1. For non-structural components made of materials with high deformation
capacity, the allowed value of the relative level displacement is 0.0075 d= h . Practically, the relative
SLS
r,a
level displacement values at SLS have been determined
G+ Q +qA (S-SLS)
k, j 2,i k,i Ed
unde =: 0,5 i q = 6,000 q= 3,000
The relative level shifts at SLS are presented in Table E 6.3.8. The most unfavorable situation is
found at level 3 in the X direction:
Machine
480
SLS SLS
d= h
r 0,0051 d=r,a h check.
0.0075
SLS
/ dr
Level
4 0,0042 0,0041
3 0,0051 0,0050
2 0,0045 0,0044
1 0,0033 0,0032
The verification of trips to the ULS is carried out according to the provisions of paragraph 4.5.4(3) and
section E.2 of P 100-1. The allowed value of the relative level displacement is d= h . Practically, the
SLU
values
r,a
of the relative level displacements at ULS were determined 0.025 from the load combinations:
G + k, j Q +cqA + IEd
2,i k,i x (S-ULS-DEP-Ix)
G + k, j Q +cqA + IEd and

2,i k,i (S-ULS-DEP-Iy)
Behavior factor: q = 6
=1,168
TC
T=
1 s 0,663 1,6 T= s
C c= q+ T
/ 1 T / 1,966 q = 3
T1
c q= 13,78
Behavior factor: q = 6
=1,168
TC
T=
1 s 0,662 1,6 T= s
C c= q+ T
/ 1 T / 1,945 q = 3
T
1
c q= 13,63

Covering, the same value of the product c q=13.8 was considered for both horizontal
directions of the structure.
The values of relative level displacements at ULS determined from the combinations
S-ULS DEP-Ix and S-ULS-DEP-Iy are presented in Table E 6.3.9. The most
unfavorable situation is found at level 3 in the X direction:
ULS ULS
d r 024,0d with , 025.0 verified .
hdULS /
r
Level
4 0,019 0,019
3
0,024 0,023
2 0,021 0,020
1 0,015 0,015
Machine
482
E 7. PROVISIONS SPECIFIC TO COMPOSITE BUILDINGS
It's 7.1. Calculation example data
Within a frame composite structure, the post and beams BAR are considered
example, which merge into a current node.
The frame structure has a period of T1=2.15s. The behavior factor considered in the structure
calculation is qo=5.
Data regarding the frame elements :
It is 7.1.1. BEAMS
concrete section
o bw = 400 mm o h
= 600 mm
the light between the beams of the

frames in the two directions is
o lcl = 5 m o
bcl = 5 m The
long-term load of the beam is 60kN/m. in the positive
moment zone, an effective layer of beff plate is mobilized, the plate thickness is hf = 0.15m, rigid
reinforcement: a tlpi, bf · tf = 150 · 20 mm, a heart, hw · tw = 360 · 12 mm,
a cover, ca = 100mm.
Longitudinal reinforcement S345:
o As1= 425 up o As2= 4 20
down o as1=as2=as=50mm
S235 stirrups - 2 etr. 12/100
It is 7.1.2. piling
concrete section
o bw = 400 mm o
h = 700 mm
free height, Hcl = 3.00m rigid
reinforcement: o tlpi bf1 · tf1 =
180 · 20 mm; bf2 · tf2 = 180 · 20 mm a heart hw1 · tw1 =
460 · 15 mm; hw2 · tw2 = 160 · 15 mm o cover, ca = 100 mm
Longitudinal reinforcement S345: o As1 - 425, o As2 - 225 o
as = 50 mm
Calipers S345 - 2 st. 12/100
It is 7.1.3. Used materials:
Beton C30/37 Oil

S345 - Armturi longitudinale:
fyd ,s = 300 N/ mm2

S235 – Cross Armturi:
fywd = 0.8·235 Nmm2 =188 N/ mm2

OL37 – Armtura rigid
fyd ,a=220 N/ mm2

Machine
484
It's 7.2. Calculation of the beam
Effective lime:
Determine from the moment diagram the length of the positive moment zone Lei = 3.5 m
E 7.2.1. Calculation of beams in bending
E 7.2.1.1. Determination of the positive design capable moment
It is assumed that the neutral axis passes through the concrete slab over the upper sole of
the rigid reinforcement x<100mm.
Moments on components:
The plastic center of the section facing the upper fiber
E 7.2.1.2. Determination of the negative design capable moment
It is assumed that the neutral axis passes through the heart of the rigid reinforcement as + tf = 120 mm < x
Machine
486
To divide the capable design moment between the components are determined
the plastic center of the calculation section on the bearing in front of the lower fiber.
It is 7.2.2. The calculation of the force
Splitting the design torque between components:
E 7.2.2.1. Capable forces and force verification
a. Armtura rigid
b. Beton armat
Machine
488
cw
= 1 without axial effort
1 = 45°
To verify:
It is 7.2.3. Calculation of the sliding beam
Determination of the calculation slide associated with the moments capable of design on its i
opening
E 7.2.3.1. Checking the slip on the upper floor
The average sliding effort considering the sliding surface (bw-bf) · lcl
Checking the concrete

If consider = 45°, = 0.6(1- fck/250) = 0.528
Checking the calipers when sliding
E 7.2.3.2. Checking the smoothness of the board in relation to the beam
The average sliding effort considering the sliding surface 2hf · lcl is
Checking the concrete

Machine
490
If considered = 45°
Checking the reinforcements of the sliding plate.
The plate reinforced with 10/100 top and bottom S345 is considered
The sliding surface along the beam on one side and on the other side of the plate thickness hf
It's 7.3. Pole calculation

E 7.3.1. Fora axial limit
The contribution index of the rigid reinforcement of the column is
in which,
= · is the efficiency factor of confinement

n s
bi - the distance between the bars bo, ho
- the dimensions of the concrete core between the axes of the stirrups
s - distance between stirrups
wd - is the mechanical volumetric reinforcement factor with stirrups

Machine
492
Vw and Vco represent the volume of the stirrups and the volume of the concrete core, respectively.
syd is the specific tensile strain of the steel during flow syd = fsdy / Es
– the required bending ductility index
qo is the behavior factor
E 7.3.2. Bending calculation for NEd = 1000 kN, MEd = 1400 kNm
Axial force checks
E 7.3.2.1. Determination of MRd
If NEd < bw · h · f'cd / 2 then x < h / 2
1000·103 N < 400·700·17/2 = 2380·103 N
It is assumed that the neutral axis passes through the heart and soles and is noted with the distance from
the plastic center to the neutral axis.

Determining the neutral axis
ÿ ’
ÿ
ÿ
ÿ
ÿ
result,
ÿ’ ’
ÿ
’
check hx < bf2 / 2, 27.48 mm < 180/2 = 90 mm and hx < ds2 / 2 = 100 mm
’
ÿ
ÿ’
ÿ
ÿ
Machine
494
E 7.3.2.2. Shear force calculation

VEd = 933 kN
Splitting the design shear force between components:
ÿ ÿ
ÿ ÿ
Capable shear forces and shear force check
a. Rigid reinforcement
ÿ ÿ
ÿ
b. Beton armat
Choose 2 calipers ÿ12/100 S345
ÿ ÿ
To verify:
It is 7.3.3. Bending calculation for NEd = 6500 kN, MEd = 1000 kNm
Axial force check
NEd < Nlim
6500 < 7151.5 kN
E 7.3.3.1. Determination of MRd
NEd > bw · h · f'cd / 2 then x > h / 2
It is assumed that the neutral axis cuts the heart and passes through the vertical soles
The distance from the center of the section to the neutral axis is noted
’
ÿ ÿ
ÿ
’
ÿ
’
Machine
496
ÿ ÿ ÿ
’
ÿ
’
ÿ
ÿ ÿ
ÿ ÿ
E 7.3.3.2 Shear force calculation

VEd = 650
kN Dividing the design shear force between the components:
ÿ
Capable shear forces and shear force verification
a. Armtura rigid
b. Beton armat
Choose 2 calipers 12/100 - S345
To verify:
Machine
498
It's 7.4. Frame node calculation
It is 7.4.1. Calculation of forces in the node:
In which :
Mb1,Rd,c, Mb2,Rd,c, Mb1,Rd,a, Mb2,Rd,a are the capable design moments of the 2 beams: right negative moment and left
positive moment for the two components: reinforced concrete and rigid reinforcement
The values of these moments are:
db,s, dbf,a distance between the reinforcements and the distance between the centers of the bases of the rigid reinforcement
of the beams
db,s = 500 mm hbf,a = 380 mm
Vc1,Ed,c , Vc1,Ed,a design shear forces of the column in the section above the node for the two
components.
The values of these forces are:
Vc1,Ed,c = 567.7 kN
Vc1,Ed,a = 365.3 kN
It is 7.4.2. Checking the node
E 7.4.2.1. Checking the concrete in the node
1094400N
Checking the total horizontal reinforcement in the node 2 calipers 12/100 – S345
Machine
500
E 7.4.2.2. Checking the rigid reinforcement in the node
hs,a, hb,a, tj,a are the height of the rigid reinforcement of the column, of the beam and the
thickness of the node panel.
1760 kN < 2028.71 kN

E 8. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS FOR MASONRY BUILDINGS
It's 8.1. Residential building with structural walls made of unreinforced masonry (ZNA)
with ceramic elements
It is 8.1.1. General description
Inlime P+2E
Perei exterior t = 37.5 cm (axai 25 cm/exterior i 12.5 cm/interior)
Perei interior t = 25 cm (axis)
Building dimensions in plan 16.70 × 10.70 m
Building area in plan (per level) Apl = 16.70 × 10.70 = 178.7 m2
Honeycomb structural
system Floor height het = 2.80 m Htot= 3 × 2.80 = 8.40 m
Location: -
Seismic zone ag = 0.10 g

The unreinforced Masonry structural system (ZNA) is accepted according
to table 8.8 of the Code
Figure E 8.1.1
Machine
502
It is 8.1.2. Calculation of own weight
E 8.1.2.1 Calculation of floor weight
- Area of the Apl planes = 4 × 4.85 × (3.65 + 3.95) = 147.44 m2 - Area of
the masonry in the Azid plane = 178.7 - 147.44 = 31.26 m2
It is 8.1.2.2. Calculation of the area of the masonry in elevation (on the height of one level)
Masonry with thickness t = 37.5 cm
- Ax A i ax C 2 ×(16.70 × 2.80 - 2 × 1.50 × 1.50 - 2 × 1.50 × 1.80) = 73.72

m2
- Ax 1 i ax 5 2 × [(10.70 - 1.00) × 2.80 - 1.0 × 2.10) = 50.12 m2
Total = 123.84m2
Masonry with a thickness of t = 25
cm - Axis B (16.70 × 2.80 - 2 × 1.00 × 2.10 = 42.56 m2
- Ax 2 i ax 4 2 × [ (10.7 - 1.00) × 2.80 - 2 × 1.00× 2.10] =45.92 m2
- Ax 3 ( 10.70 - 1.00) × 2.80 =27.16 m2

Total =115.64 m2
It is 8.1.2.3. Calculation of the weight of the masonry per level
Solid elements made of fired clay
Weight per 1 m2 plastered wall - Wall
t = 37.5 cm gzid = 0.375 × 1800 + 80.0 = 755 kg/m2 - Wall t = 25.0 cm gzid =
0.25 × 1800 + 80.0 = 530 kg/m2
Table E 8.1.1
Grosime t = 37.5 cm Grosime t = 25 cm Total weight Azid Gzid
Gzid Gzid/Aetaj
gzid m2
Gzid
t/m2
Azid
tone tone gzid
tone/m2154.8
123.84
0.866
0.755 93.5
tone m2 t/m2 115.64
0.530 61.3
It is 8.1.2.4. Calculation of the weight of the plane
The weight of the plane in the seismic grouping (on 1.0 m2 ) 325
- reinforced concrete slab 13 cm thick daN/m2
- the plastering of the soffit 40 daN/m2
- the floor (including water) 120 daN.m2
- easily split walls - useful load 120 daN /m2
(house) 0.3 x 150 daN/m2 45 daN/m2

650 daN/m2
The weight of the plane

147.44 x 650 = 95300 and 95.3 tones
It is 8.1.2.5. The total weight of the level
With the above values, the weight of the building for the calculation in the seismic design situation is given
in Table E 8.1.2 (rounded values).
Table E 8.1.2
Gzid Gpl Gtot, Gtot,et/Aetaj
tone tone and tone tone/m2
154.8 95.3 250.0 1.400
It is 8.1.2.6. Calculation of floor masses subject to seismic action
The entire mass of the floor (wall + plan) is considered concentrated at the level of the plan .
G that you
,
Floor table M i
Total mass of the building M Gn ,ettotniv

g
For the construction designed with level = 3, the total weight subjected to seismic action has the value
Gtot = 250.0 × 3 = 750.0 tone.
It is 8.1.3. Calculation of the equivalent static seismic force
The maximum ordinate of the elastic spectrum 0 = 2.50
The reduction factor for nniv > 2 = 0.85
The reduction factor for the fraction of 8% of the critical depreciation = 0.88
The importance factor Ie = 1.0
The overresistance factor u/1 = 1.10 (for law u producer) >> 1 communicated by
Behavior factor q = 1.75 × 1.10 = 1.925 (table 8.10 of the Code)
The global seismic coefficient
For basic information
Fb = c × Gtot = 0.097 × 750 = 72.8 tone

Machine
504
It is 8.1.4. Establishing planar models for seismic calculation
It is 8.1.4.1. Checking the conditions of geometric and structural regularity in plan and
elevation
The building has geometric and structural symmetry in plan in relation to both main axes and
meets the conditions of regularity in elevation. The calculation with equivalent static seismic forces
using two planar models can be used; the building falls into type 1 from table 5.1 of CR Code 6.
The two planar models are shown in Figure E 8.1.2.
Transversal (axa "y")
Longitudinal (axa "x")
Figure E 8.1.2. Planar models for structure calculation
It is 8.1.4.2. Checking the density of the structural walls
Transversal
- Ax 1 i ax 5 2 x (10.70 - 1.00) x 0.375 = 7.275 m2 2 x

- Ax 2 i ax 4 (10.70 - 2 x 1.00) x 0.25 = 4.350 m2 = 2.675
- Ax 3 10.70 × 0.25 m2
Total Azid = 14.30 m2 p = 8.00%
Longitudinal -
Ax A i ax C 2 × (16.70 - 2 × 1.50 - 2 × 1.80) × 0.375 = 7.575 m2 = 3.675 m2
- Ax B (16.70 - 2 × 1.00) × 0.25

Total Azid = 11.25 m2 p = 6.30 %

The condition in table 8.8 of the Code is satisfied.
It is 8.1.4.3. Verification of the ratio between the areas of voids and the areas of masonry fills
Check for each wall the ratio of masonry fills according between the length of the holes and the length
to table 8.11 of the Code
Transversal
- Ax 1i ax 5 lgol = 1.00 m lplin = 9.70 m = 0.10 < 1.50
- Ax 2 i ax 4 lgol = 2.00 m lplin = 8.70 m = 0.23 < 0.55
Longitudinal
- Ax A i ax C lgol = 6.60 m lplin = 10.1m - Ax B = 0.65 < 1.00
lgol = 2.00 m lplin = 14.7m = 0.14 < 0.55
The conditions of Code P 100-1, tab. 8.11 are satisfied.
It is 8.1.5. Distributes basic shear forces between structural walls
It is 8.1.5.1. The method of bound consoles at the last level
The method of cantilevers tied at the last level distributes the basic shear force between the structural
walls using the criterion of equality of the total lateral displacements (from translation and overall
twisting) of all walls, at the top of the construction.
The method is simple and can be applied manually but, in certain structural configurations, its results
have a relatively high degree of approximation in relation to other more accurate methods (as will be
seen in example no. 2).
It is 8.1.5.1.1. Relative level stiffness of structural walls and distribution factors
Since all the structural walls are made of the same material, for simplification, the geometric stiffness
expression was used (in the formulas the values of the elasticity modules Ez and Gz were omitted .
In the hypothesis of independent brackets, the relative level stiffness of the structural walls is
calculated with the formula
(E 8.1.1)
considering each element as a console with the height Htot = 3 × 2.80 = 8.40 m.
The distribution factors were calculated, for both directions, with the relation
Ri
i,V
(E 8.1.2)
Ri
The shear forces related to each wall were then calculated with the relationships
i
Machine
506
Perei transversal
Table E 8.1.3a
lw t Air RiT neRiT FiT

Element don't V,iT
(m) (m) (m2 ) (m) (m) (to)
T1 5.850 0.375 1.436 2.194 0.0232 2 3.850 0.375 2.182 0.0464 0.1668 12.14 0.0156
T2 1.444 0.0078 2 3.725
10.700 0.250
0.250 2.255
0.785 0.931
2.675 0.0047
0.0583 1 4 0.0561 4.08 0.0188 0.0338
T3 2.46 0.0583 0.4191 30.51
T4
RT = neRiT = 0.1391 m
I perished longitudinally
Table E 8.1.3b
lw t Air RiL neRiL FiL (m) (to) 0.0020
Element don't V,iL
(m) (m) 1.450 (m2 ) (m) 0.0076 0.55 0.0126 0.0321
2.34
L1 0.375 5.7932.400 0.375 0.544 0.0005 4 0.900 0.0032 0.0244 1.78 0.0477
L2 3.500 2.525 0.250 3.327 0.0021 6 0.631 0.0016 0.7282 53.0
L3 9.650 0.250 0.870 2 2.413 0.0477 1
L4
RL = neRiL = 0.0655 m
It is 8.1.5.1.2. Calculation of the position of the center of rigidity
Since the structure is symmetrical in plane with respect to both main axes, the center of gravity is in
the geometric center of the plane.
Regarding the axis system in Figure E 8.1.1. the coordinates of the center of rigidity are
xR = 8.35 m
yR = 5.35 m
It is 8.1.5.1.3. Calculation of the moment of torsional inertia
The moment of torsional inertia was calculated with the relation
(E 8.1.3)
The calculation is developed in Table E 8.1.4.
Table E 8.1.4
2 2
2 |xCR-xi| 2 |yCR-yi|
|xCR-xi| |xCR-xi| it is RiT |yCR-yi| |vCR-yi| it is RiL
× ne× Rit × ne × Rit
T1 8.1625 66.626 2 T2 8.1625 0.0232 3.0914 L1 5.1625 26.651 4 0.0078 1.0394 L2 0.0005 0.0533 0.0021
66.626 2 T3 4.20 17.640 4 T4 5.1625 26.651 6 0.0047 0.3316 L3 0.00 2 0.0583 0.00 0.3358 0.0016 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.00 L4 0.00 1 0.00 0.0477 0.00
0.00
4.4624 0.3891
J = 4.4624 + 0.3891 = 4.8515 m3

It is 8.1.5.1.4. The distribution of the basic shear force between the structural walls
It is 8.1.5.1.4.1. Calculation of structural eccentricity and accidental eccentricity
These eccentricities determine the overall twisting moment of the structure and consequently
the values of the respective components of the lateral displacements
Structural eccentricity
Since the center of rigidity coincides with the center of gravity of the plane, the structural
eccentricity is zero for both directions e0x = e0y = 0.00 m
Accidental eccentricity (accidental torsion)
It was calculated with relation (4.1) from the Code
e0x = ± 0.05 × 16.70 = ± 0.835 m

e0y = ± 0.05 × 10.70 = ± 0.535 m
Total eccentricity
It is equal to accidental eccentricity

Overall torques
For the seismic action parallel to the "y" axis
Mtx = ± 0.835 Fb
For the seismic action parallel to the "x" axis
Mty = ± 0.535 Fb
The values of eccentricities and twisting moments are given in Table E 8.1.5
Table E 8.1.5 Fb
(tonnes) of Mt
(m) (tm)
± 0.835 ± 60.8
72.8
± 0.535 ± 38.9
It is 8.1.5.1.4.2. Distribution of shear force
The values of the translational movement components (FiT) are proportional to the factors
.
The values of the components in the torsion of the assembly are calculated with the relation
)T(R)xx(F
iT iiCR
(E 8.1.4.a)
where
M t
(E 8.1.4.b)
KJ R
Machine
508
Transversal
t/m2
Table E 8.1.6a
FlT RiT |xCR-xi| RiT|xCR-xi| Fit FiT(tot) Spor
Not at all
2 tone m m m tone tons torsion
T1 2 0.1588 12.14 0.0232 8.1625 0.1894 0.0501 4.08 2.37 14.51 +12% 4.88
T2 2 0.0078 8.1625 0.06370.0197
0.03000.4621
2.46 0.0047
30.51 4.200 0.80 +12% 2.71
T3 4 0.0583 0.00 0.00 0.25 +10% 30.51
T4 1 0.00 ---
Note : Although the length of the section is small and there is no structural eccentricity, the contribution of
the twisting moment produced by the accidental eccentricity to the increase of the total value of the design
torsional force is relatively important for some walls (+12%) .
Longitudinal
There is no structural eccentricity, the twisting moment is small, and the L1 and L2 walls are at small
distances from the center of rigidity. The effect of the twisting moment can be neglected for the seismic
action parallel to the "x" axis (for longitudinal walls).
The total value of the design torsional force is the one that results from the application of the coefficients
(equality of translational displacements).
Table E 8.1.6b
FlL
Not at all Want
tone
L1 4 0.0076 0.55
L2 6 0.0321 2.34
L3 2 0.0244 1.78
L4 1 0.7282 53.0
The overturning moment at the base (ME,b) is calculated with the relation
(E 8.1.5)
where the seismic forces of level Fi acting on the plane from the day level are calculated with relation (4.5)
from the Code. Substituting the values of Fi in function of Fb and zi in function of Htot results in the formula
(E 8.1.6)
where the total height of the building is Htot = 3 × 2.80 = 8.40 m
The result was the MEb value = 6.53 × 72.8 = 475.6 tm
It is 8.1.6. Vertical loads on structural walls
It is 8.1.6.1. Plane loads (own weight and operating load)
They are calculated as uniformly distributed forces on the wall corresponding to the related plane areas.
I. The reactions of the planes on each wall line (p1 and p2) were determined with the relations
lq1tot l
p 1 2pp
12
1
(E 8.1.6')
4 l
2
where l1 and l2 , the short side and the long side of the respective plate, respectively, were noted.
II. For each wall area (E1÷E5 from figure E 8.1.3) the axial force given by the plane
was calculated by multiplying the reaction per unit length (p1/p2) by the length of
the related area (which includes 1/2 of the width of each gap adjacent to the masonry
fill).
Table E 8.1.7
Ax Wall qpl Ax Wall qpl

(tone/m) (tone)
A1-A2
1A-1B 0.74 0.59
A4-A5
Ax 1&5 Ax A
A2-A3
1B-1C 0.74 0.64
A3-A4
B1-B2
2A-2B 1.50 1.19
B4-B5
Ax2&$ Ax B
B2-B3
2B-2C 1.50 128
B3-B4
3A-3B 1.52 3B-3C
Ax3 Ax C Idem ax A
1.52
Figure E 8.1.3 Cooperating peer groups
It is 8.1.6.2. Total loads and unit compression efforts on groups of walls
Table E 8.1.8
Azid gzidrie Gplanee Gtotal G tone parter 0 Parties
group m2 tone
tone tone N/mm2
E1 3.13 E2 1.85 19.01 8.60 27.61 82.8 0.265
E3 1.74 E4&E5
7.14 11.45 4.10 15.55 46.7 0.252
11.68 7.40 19.08 57.2 0.329
44.56 41.6 86.16 258.5 0.362
Machine
510
It is 8.1.7. Calculation of the capable bending moments of the walls
It is 8.1.7.1. Capable moments for unreinforced masonry walls - MRd (ZNA)
The capable moments of the structural walls made of unreinforced masonry (ZNA) were calculated with
the relations:
(6.19a) din CR6
(6.20a) din CR 6
The materials were chosen to satisfy the minimum requirements in table 8.2 of the Code
- the compressive strength of the masonry must be at least fk = 2.5 N/mm2

(table 8.2);
- from table 4.2a of the CR Code 6 it follows that elements with fb = 5.0 N/mm2 and M7.5 mortar
can be chosen (for which fk = 2.50 N/mm2 ): for the M7.5 mortar we have fvk0= 0.250 N/
mm2 so that the requirement from table 8.4 of the Code is satisfied;
- the design resistance, with the safety coefficient for the situation of = 1.90 is fd = 1.32 N/mm2
M seismic design
Calculation of the axial force (NEd) on the active section of the wall:
NEd = 0EA (E 8.1.7)
where the unit compressive stress is taken from Table E 8.1.8 for the group of members to which it
belongs. In Tables E 8.1.9a and E 8.1.9b, the values of the torsional force associated with yielding
by eccentric compression (VEdu) were also calculated using the relation
(E 8.1.8)
where VE/ME = 1.0/6.53 = 0.153 m-1 was taken (from relation E 8.1.5)
Transversal
Table E 8.1.9a
t lw A 0E sd m-1 tone 1.382
xRd lc129.8
VE/ME19.9
MRd0.864
VEdu54.3
NEd8.3
tone
1.090
m
Wall
mm m2 N/mm2 --- 32.3 4.9 3.445 351.1 53.7 tm
T1 0.375 5.850 2.194 0.265 0.201 58.1 0.375 3.850 1.444
T2 0.252 0.191 36.4 0.250 3.725 0.745 0.329 0.249 24.5
0.153
T3 0.250 10.700 2.675 0.362 0.274 96.8
T4
Longitudinal
Table E 8.1.9b
t A 0 NEd xRd tone VE/ME MRd VEdu m-1 tm
Wall
lw mm m2 sd N/mm2 --- m tone
Long1 0.375 1.450 0.544 0.265 Long2 0.375 2.400 0.201 14.4 0.342 8.0
0.900 0.252 Long3 0.250 2.525 0.631 0.329 Long4 0.191 22.7 0.539 21.1 1.2
0.153
0.250 9.650 2.412 0.362 0.249 20.8 0.739 3.2 18.6 2.8
0.274 87.3 3.107 285.6 43.7
It is 8.1.8. Calculation of the design resistances to the forces of the structural walls
It is 8.1.8.1. The sliding failure mechanism in the horizontal joint
The calculation of the sliding resistance in the horizontal joint was done with the relay
(6.29b) din CR6
where the length on which the adhesion is active (the uncracked area under successive
seismic stress in both directions) was determined with the formula
(6.31a) from CR
6 where lad 0.0 for d 0.425fd = 0.425 × 1.32 = 0.561N/mm2
For the values of lad 0 (d 0.561N/mm2 ), the sliding resistance in the horizontal joint is ensured
only by friction (with "design" friction coefficient ÿ = 0.4) and was calculated with the relation
VRd,l () = 0.4 NEd

The value of fvk0 were taken for mortar (G) - de reet, M7.5 fvk0 = 0.25 N/mm2 (table 4.5 of
CR 6) therefore the design value is fvd0 = 0.25 /1.9 = 0.132 N/mm2
Transversal
Table E 8.1.10a
VRd,l
Element NEd t lw sd lad What
Element.
no. VRd,l () (ZNA)
tone m m --- m tone tone tone
T1 2 0.375 5.850 0.201 0.00 23.2 0.00 23.2 14.6 0.00 9.8
T2 2 58.1 36.4 0.375 3.850 0.191 0.00 14.6 0.00
T3 4 24.5 96.8 0.250
0.250 10.700
3.725 0.274
0.249 0.00
0.00 9.8
T4 1 38.7 0.00 38.7
Total 153.5tone
Longitudinal
Table E 8.1.10b
VRd,l
Element NEd t lw sd lad What
Element.
no. VRd,l () (ZNA)
tone m m --- m tone tone tone
L1 4 10.9 0.375 1.450 0.201 0.00 4.4 17.2 0.375 0.00 4.4
L2 6 2.400 0.191
0.000.00
6.3 6.9
66.115.7
0.250 0.250
9.650
2.525
0.274
0.249 0.00 6.9
L3 2 0.00 26.4 0.00 26.4 0.00 6.3
L4 1
Total 98.0 tone

Machine
512
It is 8.1.8.1.2. The yielding mechanism on the inclined section
The characteristic tensile strength of the fired clay masonry elements was taken according to
the relationship
(E 8.1.9)
The characteristic unit yield strength on inclined sections was calculated with the relation.
(And 8.1.10)
The design yield strength on the inclined section was calculated with the relation
(E 8.1.11)
The VRd,i values are given in Tables E 8.1.11a and E 8.1.1.11b.

Transversal
Table E 8.1.11a
Numberlw=
t elem. d fvd,i (N/mm2
Aria
) (N/mm2
VRd,i )
Element b
(cm) (cm)0.375
5.8501.43 (m2 ) tone 2.194 9.5 1.444 5.8
T1 2 0.265 3.850 0.375 1.50 0.252 0.0617 0.745 3.4
T2 2 3.725 0.250 1.50 0.329 10.700 0.0603 2.675 19.0
T3 4 0.250 1.00 0.362 0.0679
T4 1 0.0709
Total 63.2 tone
Longitudinal
Table E 8.1.11b
Number t d fvd,i Aria VRd, i
Element b
lw= elem.(cm) (cm) (N/mm2 ) (N/mm2 ) (m2 ) tone
L1 4 1.450 0.375 1.5 L2 6 2.400 0.265 0.0617 0.544 2.2
0.375 1.5 L3 2 2.525 0.250
9.650 1.5
0.250 L4 1
1.0 0.252 0.0603 0.900 4.0
0.329 0.0679 0.631 2.9
0.362 0.0709 2.412 17.1
Total 55.7 tone
It is 8.1.9. Checking the safety of the structure
It is 8.1.9.1. Safety in compression + bending
The safety condition for compression + bending, according to CR 6 for all elements is
MRd MEb (E 8.1.12)
The comparison of the respective values is given in Table E 8.1.12.
Table E 8.1.12
Numr MRd VEb Mb MRd VEb Mb
Element. Element.
elem. (tm) (to) (tm) (tm) (to) (tm)
T1 2 129.8 14.51 94.8 L1 4 54.3 4.88 8.0 0.55 3.6
T2 2 31.9 L2 6351.1
32.3 30.51
2.71 17.7 L3L4
199.2 2 1 21.1 2.34 15.3
T3 4 848.6 523.4 18.6 1.78 11.6
T4 1 285.6 53.0 346.1
481.4 475.5
Conclusion:
The safety condition is satisfied for the building assembly in both directions: MRd
> MEb . For wall L4 we have MRd = 0.825 MEb and the difference can therefore
be compensated by redistribution.
It is 8.1.9.2. Forced safety
The safety condition for the force is

RdV25.1V Success
(8.3) from P 100-1
where VEdu is calculated according to art. 4.4 of this example

Table E 8.1.13
No. VRd,l VRd,i No. VEdu 1.25VEdu VRd,l VEdu 1.25VEdu
Element. Elem.
element (tm) (tm)
19.9(tm)
24.9
(tm)
14.6
9.8 elem
3.4 5.8
4.923.2
8.3
6.1 10.4
9.5 19.0
38.7 VRd,i (tm) (tm) (tm)
T1 2 53.7 67.1 153.5 63.2 129.7 162.1L1 4 4.4 2.2 1.2 1.5 6.9
T2 2 L2 6 4.0 3.2 4.0 6.3 2.9
T3 4 L3 2 2.8 3.5 26.4 17.1
T4 1 L4 1 43.7 54.6 98.0 55.7
73.3 91.6
Conclusion:
the tensile strength for both failure mechanisms is not ensured for the
entire structure in the case of seismic stress in the transverse direction
the tensile strength corresponding to the failure mechanism on the inclined

section is insufficient in the case of longitudinal stress
E 8.1.10 Possibility of correction
Considering that the structure made with the materials (elements and mortar) that only satisfy
the requirement of unitary compression resistance - fk- (table 8.2) and unitary sliding resistance
- fvk0 - (table 8.4) does not satisfy the requirement of resistance on inclined sections must to
change the compressive strength of the masonry elements on which the characteristic tensile
strength of the fbt masonry elements directly depends.
This change has the following implications:
I. The values of the moments MRd and therefore the values of the torsional force are changed
Ours.
For fb = 10.0 N/mm2 and M7.5 from table 4.2a, the result is fk = 4.05 N/mm2 and fd=2.13 N/
mm2 As a result, Tables E 8.1.9a and E 8.1.9b become E 8.1.14a and E 8.1. 14b.
Machine
514
Transversal
Table E 8.1.14a
t lw A 0E sd 0.852 145.2 22.2
xRd0.533
lc VE/ME
60.4 MRd
9.2 VEdu
0.674 NEd
37.4 tone
5.7 m
2.137
m-1 414.4
tone
Wall
mm m2 N/mm2 --- 63.4 tm
T1 0.375 5.850 2.194 0.265 0.124 58.1 0.375 3.850
T2 1.444 0.252 0.118 36.4 0.250 3.725 0.745 0.329
0.153
T3 0.154 24.5 0.250 10.700 2.675 0.362 0.170 96.8
T4
Longitudinal
Table E 8.1.14b
t A 0 NEd xRd tone m VE/ME MRd VEdu m-1 tm tone
Wall
lw mm m2 sd N/mm2
--- Long1 0.375 1.450 0.544 0.265 Long2 0.3750.124 14.4 0.211 8.9 1.4
0.118 22.7
2.400 0.900 0.252 Long3 0.250 2.525 0.631 0.329 0.332 23.5 3.6
0.153
Long4 0.250 9.650 2.412 0.362 0.154 20.8 0.457 21.5 3.3
0.170 87.3 1.928 337.1 51.6
II. The fbt resistance values and therefore the fvk,i values are changed
The characteristic resistance when stretching the elements for brickwork from burnt clay
becomes:
(E 8.1.9cor)
The characteristic unit yield strength on inclined sections becomes:
(E 8.1.10cor)
The corrected values VRd,i are given in tables E 8.1.15a and E 8.1.15b.
Transversal
Table E 8.1.15a
Number lw= t d fvd,i Aria VRd, i
Element b
elem. (cm)
(cm) 5.850 (N/mm2 ) (N/mm2 ) (m2 ) tone
T1 2 0.375 1.43 0.265 3.850 0.375 0.0886 2.194 13.6
T2 2 1.50 0.252 3.725 0.250 1.50 0.0869 1.444 8.4
T3 4 0.329 10.700 0.250 1.00 0.362 0.0967 0.745 4.8
T4 1 0.1007 2.675 26.9
Total 90.1 tone
Longitudinal
Table E 8.1.15b
lw=
Registration number t d fvd,i Aria VRd, i
Element b
element. (cm) (cm) (N/mm2 ) (N/mm2 ) (m2 ) tone
L1 4 L2 6 1.450 0.375 1.5 0.265 0.0886 0.544 3.2
L3 2 L4 1 2.400 0.375 1.5 0.252 0.0869 0.900 5.2
2.525 0.250 1.5 0.329 0.0967 0.631 4.1
9.650 0.250 1.0 0.362 0.1007 2.412 22.3
Total 74.5 tone
It's 8.1.11. Checking the safety of the structure after changing the resistance of the elements
It is 8.1.11.1. Safety in compression + bending
The safety condition is satisfied for all elements.
Table E 8.1.16
Numr MRd VEb Mb MRd VEb Mb
Element. Element.
elem. (tm) (to) (tm) (tm) (to) (tm)
T1 2 145.2 14.51 94.8 L1 4 60.4 8.9 0.55 3.6
T2 2 4.88 31.9 L2 6 37.4 2.71 17.7 23.5 2.34 15.3
T3 4 L3 2 414.4 30.51 199.2 L4 1 21.5 1.78 11.6
T4 1 975.2 523.4 337.1 53.0 346.1
556.7 475.5
Conclusion:
Safety is satisfied for the building assembly in both directions: MRd > MEb .
For wall L4 MRd = 0.971 MEb and can therefore be compensated by redistribution.
It is 8.1.11.2. Forced safety
The safety condition for fortifying, according to P 100-1 is
Vrd 1.25VEdu (8.3 of P 100-1)

where VEdu is taken from tables E 8.1.14a and E 8.1.14b.

Table E 8.1.17
No. VRd,l VRd,i No. VEdu 1.25VEdu VRd,l VEdu 1.25VEdu
Element. Elem.
element (tm) (tm)
22.2
(tm)
27.8
(tm)
9.814.6
elem
4.8 8.4
5.723.2
9.2
7.1 11.5
13.6 26.9
38.7 VRd,i (tm) (tm) (tm)
T1 2 63.4 79.3 153.5 90.1 L1 4 4.4 3.2 1.4 1.8 6.9
T2 2 L2 6 5.2 3.6 4.5 6.3 4.1
T3 4 L3 2 3.3 4.1 26.4 51.6
22.3
T4 1 L4 1 64.5 98.0 74.5 85.4
149.0 186.3 106.8
Conclusion:
1. Increasing the compressive strength of masonry elements does not lead to the satisfaction of
the safety condition in relation to the shear force.
2. For the studied building, the most rational solution for obtaining safety against the action of the
earthquake is the realization of the structural system of confined masonry.
Machine
516
It's 8.2. P+2E "villa" type building with structural walls made of unreinforced masonry
(ZNA) with BCA elements
Inlime P+2E
Perei exterior t = 35 cm (axai 20 cm/exterior i 15 cm/interior)

Building dimensions in plan 10.40 x 10.40 m

Cell structural system
Floor height het = 3.00 m Htot= 3 × 3.00 = 9.00 m

Location:
- Seismic zone ag = 0.10 g
Unreinforced masonry structural system (ZNA) is accepted according to
table 8.8 of the Code
Figure E 8.2.1 Level plan and reference coordinate system

- Area of Apl planes = 88.36 m2 -

Area of masonry in Azid plane = 19.8 m2
Masonry with thickness t = 35 cm

- Ax A 10.40x3.00 - 1.50x1.50 - 1.00x1.00 = 27.95 m2
- Ax C 10.40x3.00 - 2.00x2.00 - 1.50x2.00 = 24.20 m2
- Ax 1 (10.40-0.70)x3.00 - 2.00x2.00 - 2.50x2.00 = 20.10 m2
- Ax 3 (10.40-0.70)x3.00 - 1.50x1.50 - 2.00x2.00 = 22.85 m2
Total = 95.10 m2
Zidrie cu grosimea t = 30 cm -
Ax B (10.40 -0.70) x3.00 - 1.50x2.40 - 1.00x2.10 = 23.40 m2 - Ax 2
(10.40-1.00)x3.00 - 1.00x2.10 - 1.50x2.40 = 22.50 m2
Total = 45.90 m2
i. BCA elements with characteristic compression resistance fb = 5.0 N/mm2

ii. Design density (which takes into account the average operating humidity)
with the relationship
3 3
m/ kg600)2f(85)m/ kg(
b (rel. 3.2 of CR 6)
iii. To calculate the weight of the masonry (LD elements + mortar) use the scheme from
figure Ex.2-2 [see also Code CR 6 3.1.2.4.(3)]
Figure E 8.2.2. Calculation of the own weight of masonry with LD elements
The masonry weight values are given in tables E 8.2.1a and E 8.2.1b
Machine
518
Table E 8.2.1a
Dimensions UM 350 250 600 300 250 600 cm3 45000 cm3 41983 cm3
Nominal volume 52500
3017 kg/buc 31.2 kg/m2 perete 208.0
I want the element 48980
I want to die 3520
Element weight + mortar 36.4
Unplastered wall unit weight 243.0
Design weight of plastered wall kg/m2 wall 243 +80 = 323 208+80 = 288 kg/m3 Volumetric weight of plastered
wall 323/ 0.35 = 923 288/0.30 = 960
Table E 8.2.1b
Thickness t = 35 cm Thickness t = 30 cm Total weight Azid
Azid Gzid Gzid/Aetaj
gzid m2
Gzidt/m2 tone
45.90
m2 0.288
t/m2 gzid
tone
13.2tone
43.9tone/m2
0.406 95.10 0.323 30.7
Gzid
Area of the plane (between the walls)
- A-B/1-2 (5.50 - 0.15 - 0.15)x(6.00 - 0.15 - 0.15) = 29.64 m2 - A-B/2-3 (5.50 -
0.15 - 0.15)x(4.00 - 0.15 - 0.15) = 19.24 m2 - B-C/1-2 (4.50 - 0.15 - 0.15)x(6.00
- 0.15 - 0.15) = 23.94 m2 - B-C/2-3 (4.50 - 0.15 - 0.15)x(4.00 - 0.15 - 0.15) =
15.54 m2 Total = 88.36 m2
The weight of the plane in the seismic grouping (per 1.0 m2 )
- reinforced concrete slab 16 cm thick 400 daN/m2
- easily split walls - useful load 120 daN /m2

725 daN/m2
88.36 x 725 = 64100 daN 64.1 tones
With the above values, the weight of the building for the calculation in the seismic design
situation is given in table E 8.2.2
Table E 8.2.2 Gzid

Gpl tonnes Gtot, Gtot,et/Aetaj
tone and tone tone/m2
43.9 64.1 108.0 1.000
The entire mass of the floor (wall + plan) is considered concentrated at the level of the plan.
G
Floor table ,
that you
M i
For the designed construction, the total weight subjected to seismic action has the value
Gtot = 108.0 × 3 = 324.0 tone.
It is 8.2.3. Calculation of equivalent static seismic forces
The overresistance factor u/1 = 1.10 (for law u producer) >> communicated by
1
Behavior factor q = 1.75 × 1.10 = 1.925 (table 8.10)
Fora tietoare de baz Fb = c × Gtot = 0.097 × 324 = 31.4 tone
E 8.2.4.1. Checking the conditions of geometric and structural regularity in plan and elevation
The building meets the conditions of geometric and structural regularity in plan and elevation for the use of
the calculation with equivalent static seismic forces using two planar models; the building falls into type 1
[from table 5.1 of CR 6]
The two flat models are shown in figure E 8.2.3.
Machine
520
Transversal (axa "y") Longitudinal (axa "x")

Transversal
- Ax 1 (10.40 - 2.00- 2.50) × 0.35 = 2.065 m2 -
Ax 2 (10.40 - 1.00 - 1.50) × 0.30 = 2.370 m2 (10.40 -
- Ax 3 1.50- 2.00) × 0.35 = 2.415 m2 Total Azid
= 6.85 m2 Longitudinal = 6.33% Ax A (10.40 -
1.50 - 1.00) × 0.35 = 2.765 m2 - Ax B (10.40 - 1.50 - 1.00)
× 0.30 = 2.370 m2 - Ax C (10.40 - 2.00 - 1.50) × 0.35 =
2.415 m2 Total Azid = 7.55 m2 = 6.98 %
The conditions in tables 8.8 and 8.9 are satisfied.
E 8.2.4.3 Verification of the ratio between the areas of voids and the areas of masonry
fills
The ratio between the length of the voids and the length of the masonry fills is checked
for each wall (according to P 100-1 table 8.11) - the check is made for the criteria
corresponding to the location with ag = 0.10g Transversal
- Ax 1 lgol = 4.50 m lplin = 5.90 m = 0.76 < 1.50 - Ax 2 lgol

= 2.50 m lplin = 7.90 m = 0.32 < 0.55 - Ax 3 lgol = 3.50 m
lplin = 6.90 m = 0.51 < 1.50
Longitudinal
- Ax A lgol = 2.50 m lplin = 7.90m - = 0.32 < 1.50
Ax B lgol = 2.50 m lplin = 7.90 m = 0.32 < 0.55 - Ax C lgol

= 3.50 m lplin = 6.90 m = 0.51 < 1.50
The conditions in table 8.11 are satisfied
It is 8.2.5. The distribution of basic torsional forces between the structural walls
It is 8.2.5.1. The method of independent consoles
The independent cantilever method distributes the basic torsional force between the structural
walls using the criterion of the equality of the total lateral displacements (from translation and
overall twisting) of all walls, at the top of the construction.
The method is simple and can be applied manually, but its results have a relatively high degree
of approximation compared to other more accurate methods. In the case of buildings with
structural walls made of unreinforced masonry, the approximations are lower because, by
convention, the contribution of the coupling rods is neglected.
Since all the structural walls are made of the same material, for simplification, the geometric
stiffness expression was used (in the formulas the values of the elasticity modules Ez and Gz
were omitted . In the hypothesis of independent brackets, the relative level stiffness of the
structural walls
was calculated with the formula
(E 8.2.1)
considering each element as a console with height H = 9.0 m.

Ri
i,V (E 8.2.2)
Ri
Perei transversal
Table E 8.2.3a
lw t Air H
Elm. Zone RiT V,iT
(m) (m) (m2 ) wl
T1 Z1 1.70 0.35 0.595 5.294 T2 Z2 3.00 0.35 0.00057 0.028

1.050 3.00 T3 Z3 1.20 0.35 0.420 7.50 T4 Z4
1.20 0.00299 0.152
0.30 0.360 7.50 T5 Z5 4.50 0.30 1.350 2.00Z6
T6 0.00051 0.025
2.20 0.30 0.660 4.090 T7 Z7 2.20 0.35 0.770
4.090 0.00043 0.021
T8 Z8 3.50 0.35 1.225 2.571 T9 Z9 1.20 0.35
0.420 0.00789 0.400
7.50 0.00104 0.052
0.00122 0.061
0.00462 0.236
0.00051 0.025
RT = RiT = 0.0198 m
Machine
522
Table E 8.2.3b
lw t Air H V,iL
Elm. Zone RiL
(m) (m) (m2 ) wl
L1 Z1 3.70 0.35 1.295 2.432 2.50 0.35 0.00539 0.243

L2 Z4 0.875 3.600 1.70 0.35 0.595 0.00177 0.079
L3 Z7 5.294 1.70 0.30 0.510 5.294 4.50 0.00057 0.025
L4 Z2 0.30 1.350 2.00 1.70 0.30 0.510 0.00049 0.021
L5 Z5 5.294 2.70 0.35 0.945 3.333 3.00 0.00789 0.355
L6 Z8 0.35 1.050 3.00 1.20 0.35 0.420 0.00049 0.021
L7 Z3 7.50 0.00221 0.100
L8 Z6 0.00299 0.134
L9 Z9 0.00051 0.022
RL = RiL= 0.0223 m
It is 8.2.5.1.2. Calculation of the position of the center of rigidity (xCR,yCR)
The position of the center of rigidity was calculated with the relations
Rx Ryor
II T
xR and R
R iT R
The
(E 8.2.3)
The calculations are detailed in table E 8.2.4.
Table E 8.2.4
xi RiT x 102 xiRiT x 102 (m2 ) yi RiL × 102 y iRiL×102 (m2 )
Element. Element.
(m) 0.299 0.051 0.043
(m) 0.057 (m) 0.539 0.177 0.057
(m)
T1 0.20 T2 0.0114
0.789 0.104 0.122 L1 0.20 0.20
0.462 0.0598
0.0102
L2L3 0.049 0.789 0.049
0.1078
0.221
0.20 T3 0.20
T4 0.051 0.20 0.2666 L4 L5
5.70
5.70
4.8918
0.6448
L6 0.299 0.051 0.0354
6.20 T5 6.20
T6 5.70 1.2444 L7 L8
10.20
10.20
4.7124 0.0114
6.20 T7 10.20
T8 10.202 0.5202 0.2793
10.20 T 10.20 4.4973
0.2793
2.2542
3.0498
0.5202
L9
9
1.978 12.3616 2.231 11.0347
The values resulted
xR = 6.25 m yR = 4.95 m
The positions of the center of mass (CG) and the center of rigidity (CR) are shown in figure E 8.2.4.
E 8.2.5.1.3. Calculation of the moment of torsional inertia
(E 8.2.4)
The calculation is developed in table E 8.2.5
Table E 8.2.5
RiT RiL
2 2
RiT xi |xCR-xi| (xCR-xi) RiL do |yCR-yi| (yCR-yi)
Element. Element.
mmm m3 mmm m3
T1 0.00057 T2 0.0209 L1 0.00539 L2 0.1216
0.00299 T3 0.20 6.05 0.1094 0.00177 L3 0.20 4.75 0.0399
0.00051 0.0187 0.00057 0.0129
T4 0.00043 0.0000 L4 0.00049 L5 0.0003

T5 0.00789 T6 6.20 0.05 0.0000 0.00789 L6 5.70 0.75 0.0044
0.00104 T7 0.0000 0.00049 L7 0.0003
0.00122 T8 0.0190 0.00221 L8 0.0609
0.00462 T9 10.20 3.95 0.0742 0.00299 L9 10.20 5.25 0.0824
0.00051 0.0080 0.00051 0.0141
0.250m3 0.337 m3
KJR = 0.248 +0.337 = 0.585 m3
These eccentricities determine the overall twisting moment of the structure and, consequently, the
values of the respective components of the lateral movements.
- the eccentricities of the center of rigidity
e0x = |xCR – xCG| = |6.25 - 5.20| = 1.05 m

e0y = |yCR – yCG| = |4.95 - 5.20| = 0.25 m
- it was calculated with relation 4.2 from Code P 100-1.
eax = ± 0.05 10.40 = ± 0.52 m eay =

± 0.05 10.40 = ± 0.52 m
total eccentricity
- ex,max = e0x + eax = 1.05 + 0.52 = 1.57 m
- ex,min = e0x - eax = 1.05 - 0.52 = 0.53 m
- ey,max = e0y + eay = 0.25 + 0.52 = 0.77 m
- ey,min = e0y - eay = 0.25 - 0.52 = - 0.27 m

Machine
524
Overall torques
- For the seismic force in the y direction ( transverse walls)

*
Mtx,max = Fb × ex,max = 1.57 Fb
* Mtx,min = Fb ex,min = 0.53 Fb
* Mty,max = Fb ey,max = 0.77 Fb
* Mty,min = - Fb ey,min = -0.27 Fb
With the basic torque values from table E 8.2.4, the overall torques are given in table E
8.2.6.
Table E 8.2.6
at Mt values (in tm)
Mtx,max 49.5
Mtx, min 16.8
0.10g
Mty,max 24.3
My, min -8.5
The components of the torsional force given by the effect of the overall torsion are calculated with the
relations
)T(R)xx(F
iT iiCR (E 8.2.5a)
)L(R)yy(F
iL iiCR (E 8.2.5b)
where
M t
KJ R
The values of the shear forces related to the transverse (T) and longitudinal (L) structural walls are
given in tables E 8.2.7a and E 8.2.7b.
Transversal
Table E 8.2.7a RiT
(xCR-xi) × FiT,max FiT,min FiT,max FiT,min ME,b

FiT (tr) xCR-xi Ri(T) tone m m2 ×102
Element. V,iT 0.88 (rot) (rot) (tot) (tot)
m×102 0.345 4.77 1.809 0.80 0.309 0.66 tone tone tone tone tm
T1 0.057 0.028 T2 0.299 0.002 12.56 0.039 1.63 0.005

-0.4821.92 0.292 0.099 1.172 0.979 8.20 1.530 0.519 6.300 5.289
0.152 T3 0.051 0.025 T4 6.05 -0.201

7.41 -1.825 0.80 44.10 0.261 0.089 1.061 0.661
0.889 4.63
7.43 0.033
0.002 0.011
0.001 12.593
0.662
0.043 0.021 T5 0.789T6

0.400 12.571 88.15 0.004 0.001 -0.138
1.634 1.512
1.631 1.782
11.44 12.47
-0.408
0.104 0.052 T7 0.122 0.061 -1.544 -0.524 5.866 6.886 5.19

48.20 -0.170 -0.058 0.630 0.742
T8 0.462 0.236 T9 0.025 0.05
0.051
-3.95
In the boxes maybe the design values are given (total values Fi,max and Fi,min).
Longitudinal
Table E 8.2.7b RiL
(xCR-xi) × FiL,max FiL,min FiL,max FiL,min ME,b

Want FiL (tr) yCR-yi tone
Element. RiL (rot) (rot) (total) (tot)
m×102 --- L1 m m2 × 102 7.63 2.560 2.48 0.841 tone tone tone tone tm
0.539 0.243 L2 0.177 0.079 0.79 0.271 0.66 -0.037 11.15
-0.592 1.062 -0.371 8.692 7.259 60.84 0.349 -0.122 2.829
L3 0.057 0.025 L4 0.049 0.66 -0.037 3.14
4.75-1.160 4.21
0.69
-1.570 2.358 19.80 0.112 -0.016 0.902 0.774 6.31 -0.015 0.005
0.021 L5 0.789 0.355 L6 -0.268 0.645 0.665 4.66 -0.246 0.086 10.904 11.236 78.65-0.015
0.049 0.021 L7 0.221 0.100 0.005 0.645 0.665 4.66 -0.481 0.168 2.659 3.308 23.16
L8 0.299 0.134 L9 0.021 -0.75 -0.652 0.095 3.558 4.305 30.14 -0.111 0.016 0.579 0.706
0.0521 4.94
- 5.25
The overturning moment at the base (ME,b) was calculated with the relation
(E 8.2.6)
where the seismic forces of level Fi acting on the plane from the day level are calculated with relation (4.5)
from the Code. Substituting the values of Fi in function of Fb and zi in function of Htot results in the formula
where the total height of the building is Htot = 3 × 3.0 = 9.0 m The result
is the value Mb = 7.0 × 31.4 = 219.8 tm
It is 8.2.5.2. The method of consoles connected at all levels through the plane (articulated connections)
The calculation model takes into account the connections between the consoles that are made at each level,
through rigid planes in their plane. In this case, the shear force distribution between the structural walls results
from the compatibility condition of the lateral displacements of the walls at the level of each plane. The walls
were modeled as elastic bars with a rectangular section (with the respective values of the area, the shear
area and the moment of inertia) embedded in the section at ±0.00 m elevation.
The links between the pears were modeled as compressed connecting rods, articulated at both ends.
With this model (figure E 8.2.4), from the condition of equal translation displacements, the sectional efforts
(forces and bending moment) were calculated in each wall using a calculation program for flat frames.
Since the components of the total displacements that come from the overall twist depend only on the geometry
of the structure and the geometric properties of the walls, their values were considered proportional to those
obtained by the independent cantilever method.
Machine
526
Figure E 8.2.4. Calculation scheme for the method of brackets connected with articulated connecting rods
The following values resulted:
Table E 8.2.8
FiT,max FiT,min FiL InL, max FiL,min

FiT (tr) ME,b FiT/ME ME,b FiL/ME
Element. (tot) (tot) Element. (long) (tot) (tot) tone
tmtone
tone tone tone tm m-1 tone m-1
1.59
T1 1.50 1.78 0.189 L1 7.10 T2 5.39 9.4 L2 3.13 T3 0.61 0.87 4.2 0.207
6.90 45.7 0.151 8.09 6.70 59.9 0.135 3.56 2.97 21.7
L3 1.28 T4 0.52 0.52 2.5

8.870.208 L45.89
T6 2.34 1.10
2.34 T5
13.3
10.35
0.17
0.6110.33
7.38
0.445.82
10.33
2.6 0.212
49.2
33.33
0.139
L985.9
0.52
L80.120
4.61 L5
T9 0.164 1.47 0.249 1.07 0.193 8.67 8.98
0.70 74.6 0.120 1.22
1.07 0.193 5.9
3.12 3.76 23.7
0.159
0.52 1.10
3.90 4.86 32.3 0.150 0.44
5.70.55 0.212
2.34 1.10 5.7

2.59
6.84
0.55 2.6
The values in tables E 8.2.11a and E 8.2.11b will be used further for safety verification.
It is 8.2.6.1. Plane loads) proportional weight and operating load
The sequence of operations is as follows:
I. Determine the reactions of the planes on each wall line according to [CR 6,
art.6.6.2.1]. For each wall zone (Z1÷Z9 from figure E 8.2.4) the axial force given
by the plane is calculated by multiplying the reaction per unit length (p) by the
length of the related zone (which includes 1/2 of the width of each void adjacent
to the solid of masonry).
Figure E 8.2.5 Loads on plane beams
II. Determine the vertical masonry areas (on the height of the floor) related to each
zone (Z1 ÷ Z9). Those areas include the masonry fill (which is continuous
throughout the height of the floor), the parapet and lintel masonry (for the
facade gaps) and the lintel masonry (for the interior gaps). For each wall
thickness, the vertical masonry area thus determined is multiplied by the
weight of the plastered wall established according to the category of masonry
elements. Using the weight of the masonry per unit of wall surface gives a
more accurate assessment of the influence of the weight of the plaster (as a
constant factor) on the total weight of the wall.
CG - the center of gravity of the floor (plane) CR - the center of rigidity of the structure
Figure E 8.2.6 The geometric characteristics of the structure
Machine
528
The final results are summarized in table E 8.2.9.
Table E 8.2.9
Fora
Aria Z Gplaneu Gzidrie Unitary effort
Zone axial
(m2 ) (tone) (tone) (tone) (daN/cm2 )

Z1 1,768 6.50 5.60 12.10 0.68
Z2 1.455 8.40 4.90 13.30 0.91
Z3 1.2425 4.90 4.15 9.05 0.73
Z4 1,130 5.30 3.95 9.25 0.82
Z5 2.610 19.0 8.00 27.00 1.03
Z6 1.605 7.50 5.20 12.70 0.79
Z7 1.2425 3.50 4.15 7.65 0.62
Z8 1.630 Z9 6.50 5.35 11.85 0.73
0.717 2.50 2.60 5.10 0.71
E 8.2.6.2 Total loads and unit compression efforts
With the values of the axial force, the unitary compressive effort in the masonry is calculated on
one level of the building for the area of the horizontal section of the masonry fill with vertical
continuity (the area of the Z zone). The values of the axial compression force and of the
corresponding unit effort for the current level and at the base of the building (on the ground floor)
are calculated, for each element, with the area of the cross section (lw × t ) 0and
areathewhere
effort the
of the
element is located. The values obtained are given in tables E 8.2.10a and E 8.2.10b.
Perei transversal
Table E 8.2.10a
Current floor Parties
Outside Outside
t 0 Air 0
Elm. Zone axial axial
length (cm) (cm) (daN/cm2 ) (m2 ) (daN/cm2 )
(tone) (tone)
T1 Z1 170 35 0.68 0.595 4.1 2.04 12.3

T2 Z2 300 35 0.91 1.050 9.6 2.73 28.8
T3 Z3 120 35 0.73 0.420 3.1 2.19 9.3
T4 Z4 120 30 0.82 0.360 3.0 2.46 9.0

T5 Z5 450 30 1.03 1.350 13.9 3.09 41.7
T6 Z6 220 30 0.79 0.660 5.2 2.37 15.6
T7 Z7 220 35 0.62 0.770 4.8 1.68 14.4
T8 Z8 350 35 0.73 1.225 8.9 2.19 26.7
T9 Z9 120 35 0.71 0.420 3.0 2.13 9.0
AT = 6.850 m2
Table E 8.2.10b
Parties
Current floor
Fora Fora
t Air
Elm. Zone 0
axial 0
axial
length (cm) (cm) (daN/cm2 ) (m2 ) (daN/cm2 )
(tone)
L1 Z1 370 35 (tone) 0.68 1.295
8.8 0.82 2.04 26.4
L2 Z4 250 35 0.875 7.2 0.62 0.595 2.46 21.6
L3 Z7 170 35 3.7 0.91 0.510 4.6 1.86 11.1
L4 Z2 170 30 1.03 1.350
0.7313.9
0.510 2.73 13.8
L5 Z5 450 30 3.7 0.730.79
0.945 6.6
1.050 3.09 41.7
L6 Z8 170 30 8.3 0.71 0.420 3.0 2.19 11.1
L7 Z3 270 35 2.19 19.8
L8 Z6 300 35 2.37 24.9
L9 Z9 120 35 2.13 9.0
AL = 7.550 m2
E 8.2.7 Calculation of capable bending moments of walls
the relations:
(6.19a) din CR6
(6.20a) din CR 6

(table 8.2);
- masonry with BCA elements with fb = 5.0 N/mm2 and general use mortar (G) with M5 resistance
was considered; the brickwork has no longitudinal point [figure 4.1a from Code CR 6]; for
brickwork with BCA elements with M5 mortar we have, according to CR 6 table 4.5, the unit
sliding resistance in the horizontal joint fvk0 = 0.150 N/mm2 value that satisfies the requirement
in table 8.4 of P 100-1
- from CR Code 6 , table 4.2c the characteristic compressive strength of the masonry is fk
= 2.75 N/mm2 and the design resistance, for the coefficient of = 1.90, is fd = 1.45 N/mm2 .
safety M Calculation of the axial force (NEd) on the active section of the wall:
NEd = 0EA (E 8.2.7)
where the unit compressive stress is taken from Table Ex.1-8 for the wall group to which each T or L wall
belongs.
Machine
530
In the tables Ex.1-11a and Ex.1-11b, the values of the torsional force associated with yielding
by eccentric compression (VEdu) were calculated using the relation
(E 8.2.8)
where the ratios VE/ME FiT(iL)/Meb are taken from table E 8.2.8.
Transversal
Table E 8.2.11a
t lw A NEd xRd lc 0EVE/ME MRd
sd VEdu m2 N/mm2 --- tone m m-1 0.595 0.204 0.141 12.3
Wall
mm 1.050 0.273 0.188 28.8 0.420 0.219
0.213
0.151
41.7
9.3 0.660
0.3600.237
0.2460.164
0.17015.6
9.0 tm
1.350
0.770 0.309
0.168
tone
T1 0.35 1.70 0.116 14.4 1.225 0.219 0.151 26.7 0.420 0.213 0.1470.189
0.282 9.0 8.72 1.65 0.663
T2 0.35 3.00 0.151 33.67 5.08 0.213 0.207
T3 0.35 1.20 4.59 0.95 0.240 0.208 4.32 0.90
T4 0.30 1.20 1.126 0.120 70.35 8.44 0.424
T5 0.30 4.50 0.173 13.85 2.40 0.300 0.175
T6 0.30 2.20 13.68 2.39 0.621 0.139
5.3438.45
0.207
T7 0.35 2.20 0.212 4.47 0.95
Q8 0.35 3.50
T9 0.35 1.20
Longitudinal
Table E 8.2.11b
t lw A mm 0 sd NEd xRd tone VE/ME MRd VEdu m-1 tm
Wall
m2 3.70 2.50 1.70 1.70 N/mm2 --- m tone 0.135 40.74
21.61 5.50 0.164
3.54 8.01
0.249
L1 0.35 L2 4.50 1.70 1.295 0.204 0.141 26.4 0.613 1.99 0.193 9.13 1.76 0.120
0.35 L3 0.35 2.70 3.00 0.875 0.246 0.170 21.6 0.499 70.35 8.44 0.193 7.76 1.50
L4 0.30 L5 1.20 0.595 0.186 0.128 11.1 0.256 0.159 22.00 3.50 0.150 30.15
0.30 L6 0.30 0.510 0.273 0.188 13.8 0.376 4.52 0.212 4.47 0.95
L7 0.35 L8 1.350 0.309 0.213 41.7 1.126
0.35 L9 0.35 0.510 0.219 0.151 11.1 0.302
0.945 0.219 0.151 19.8 0.479
1.050 0.237 0.164 24.9 0.578
0.420 0.213 0.147 9.0 0.207
It is 8.2.8. Verification of the safety of the structure in compression+bending
The safety condition for compression + bending, for all elements is (E 8.2.9)
MRd MEb
The comparison of the respective values is given in table E 8.2.12.
Table.E 8.2.12
MEb
MRd MRd (tm) (tm) (tm) MEb
Element. Element.
(tm)
T1 8.72 9.4 L1 40.74 59.9 T2 33.67 45.7
L2 21.61 21.7 T3 4.59 4.2 L3 8.01 5.9
T4 4.32 2.5 L4 9.13 5.7 T5 70.35 85.9
L5 70.35 74.6 T6 13.85 13.3 L6 7.76
5.7 T7 13.68 14.8 L7 22.00 23.7 T8
38.45 49.2 L8 30.15 32.3 T9 4.47 2.6
L9 4.47 2.6
192.1 227.6 214.2 232.1

Conclusion: Compression + bending safety is not satisfied, in both main

directions, for the whole building.
The calculation will be repeated by changing the compressive strength of the masonry.
It's 8.2.10. The possibility of correction
To increase the compressive strength of the masonry, the strength of the mortar will be
changed from M5 to M10 (general use mortar G).
For the M10 (G) mortar, the characteristic unit resistance of the masonry according to
table 4.2c of CR 6 becomes fk = 3.38 N/mm2 and the design unit resistance is
fd=3.38/1.9 = 1.78 N/mm2
Note. The use of mortar for thin joints -T- leads to a smaller increase in the characteristic
unitary compressive strength of the masonry (see CR 6 table 4.3b). In these conditions
tables E 8.2.11a and E 8.2.11b are modified as follows
Transversal
Table E 8.2.13a
t lw A 0E sd m m-1 tone
xRd
1.72
lc VE/ME
5.35 0.99
MRd VEdu NEd tone
Wall
mm m2 N/mm2 --- tm
T1 0.35 1.70 0.595 0.204 0.115 12.3 1.050 0.220 0.189 9.10 0.539
T2 0.35 3.00 0.273 0.153 28.8 0.420 0.219 0.151 35.4 0.173 0.207
T3 0.35 1.20 0.123 9.3 4.78
T4 0.30 1.20 0.360 0.246 0.138 9.0 0.195 0.208 4.52 0.94
T5 0.30 4.50 1.350 0.309 0.174 41.7 0.920 0.120 74.64 8.96
T6 0.30 2.20 0.660 0.237 0.133 15.6 0.344 0.173 14.47 2.51
T7 0.35 2.20 0.770 0.168 0.094 14.4 0.243 0.175 14.09 2.47
Q8 0.35 3.50 1.225 0.219 0.123 26.7 0.506 0.139 39.97 5.56
T9 0.35 1.20 0.420 0.213 0.120 9.0 0.169 0.212 4.64 0.98
Longitudinal
Table E 8.2.13b
lw tmm m2 A 0 sd Down xRd VE/ME MRd VEdu m-1
Wall
N/mm2 --- tone m tm tone
L1 0.35 L2 3.70 1.295 0.204 0.115 26.4 0.500 0.135 42.24 5.70 0.164
0.35 L3 0.35 2.50 0.875 0.246 0.138 21.6 0.405 22.64 3.71 0.249 8.27
L4 0.30 L5 1.70 0.595 0.186 0.105 11.1 0.210 2.06 0.193 9.62 1.86
0.30 L6 0.30 1.70 0.510 0.273 0.153 13.8 0.306 0.120 74.64 8.96 0.193
L7 0.35 L8 4.50 1.350 0.309 0.174 41.7 0.920 8.07 1.56 0.159 22.87
0.35 L9 0.35 1.70 0.510 0.219 0.123 11.1 0.246 3.64 0.150 31.52 4.73
2.70 0.945 0.219 0.123 19.8 0.390 0.212 4.64 0.99
3.00 1.050 0.237 0.133 24.9 0.469
1.20 0.420 0.213 0.120 9.0 0.169
Machine
532
The comparison of the two values is given in table E 8.2.14.
Table E 8.2.14
MEb
MRd MRd (tm) (tm) (tm) MEb
Element. Element.
(tm)
T1 9.10 9.4 L1 42.24 59.9 T2 35.4 45.7
L2 22.64 21.7 T3 4.78 4.2 L3 8.27 5.9
T4 4.52 2.5 L4 9.62 5.7 T5 74.64 85.9
L5 74.64 74.6 T6 14.47 13.3 L6 8.07 5.7
T7 14.09 14.8 L7 22.87 23.7 T8 39.97
49.2 L8 31.52 32.3 T9 4.64 2.6 L9 4.64
2.6
201.6 227.6 224.2 232.1
Final conclusion
Since in domestic production there are no elements for BCA masonry with a standardized
compressive strength higher than fb=5 N/mm2 so that the characteristic resistance fk can be
increased even more , the respective building must be designed with a structural system of
confined masonry .
The calculation is detailed in example 8.3 considering the building located in the seismic zone
ag = 0.20g.
It's 8.3. Residential building P+3E with structural masonry walls with ceramic elements
Înlime P+3E
Perei exterior t = 37.5 cm (axai 25 cm/exterior i 12.5 cm/interior)
The dimensions of the building in plan 16.70 × 10.70 M
Area of the building in plan (per level) Apl = 16.70 × 10.70 = 178.7 m2
Honeycomb structural
system Floor height het = 2.80 m Htot= 4 × 2.80 = 11.20 m
Location:
- Seismic zone ag = 0.20 g Structural system Masonry confined and

reinforced in the joints (ZC+AR) - according to the requirement of Code P 100-1 table 8.9.
Figure E 8.3.1 Plan of the current level
- Area of the Apl planes = 4 × 4.85 × (3.65 + 3.95) = 147.44 m2 - Area of
the masonry in the Azid plane = 178.7 - 147.44 = 31.26 m2
Masonry with thickness t = 37.5 cm
- Ax A i ax C 2 ×(16.70 × 2.80 - 2 × 1.50 × 1.50 - 2 × 1.50 × 1.80) = 73.72

m2
Machine
534
- Ax 1 i ax 5 2 × [(10.70 - 1.00) × 2.80 - 1.0 × 2.10)] = 50.12 m2 Total = 123.84 m2
Masonry with a thickness of t = 25 cm

=
- Axis B (16.70 × 2.80 - 2 × 1.00 × 2.10 42.56 m2
- Ax 2 i ax 4 2 × [ (10.7 - 1.00) × 2.80 - 2 × 1.00× 2.10] = 45.92 m2
- Ax 3 ( 10.70 - 1.00) × 2.80 = 27.16 m2

Total = 115.64 m2
Solid elements made of fired clay
Weight per 1 m2 plastered wall - Wall t
= 37.5 cm gzid = 0.375 × 1800 + 80.0 = 755 kg/m2 - Wall t = 25.0 cm gzid = 0.25
× 1800 + 80.0 = 530 kg/m2
Table E 8.3.1
Grosime t = 37.5 cm Grosime t = 25 cm Total gleuta Azid Gzid Gzid Gzid/
Aetaj gzid m2 t/m2
gzid t/m2Gzid
tone
tone Azid
tone tone/m2 123.84 0.755154.8
m2 93.5 115.64
0.866 0.530 61.3
- easily split walls - useful load 120 daN/m2

650 daN/m2
Plane weight 147.44 x

650 = 95300 daN 95.3 tons
With the above values, the weight of the building for the calculation in the seismic design situation is given in
table E 8.3.2 (rounded values).
Table E 8.3.2
Gzid Gpl Gtot, et Gtot,et/Aetaj
tone tone tone tone/m2
154.8 95.3 250.0 1.400
The entire mass of the floor (wall + plan) is considered concentrated at the level of the
plan.
G
,
that you
Floor table M i
Gn
Total mass of the building M , one totniv
g
For the construction designed with level = 4, the total weight subjected to seismic action has the value
Gtot = 250.0 × 4 = 1000.0 tone.
1
Behavior factor q = 2.50 × 1.25 = 3.125 (table 8.10 of the Code)
For basic information
Fb = c × Gtot = 0.120 × 1000 = 120.0 tone
It is 8.3.4.1. Checking the conditions of geometric and structural regularity in plan and elevation
The building has geometric and structural symmetry in plan in relation to both main axes and meets the
conditions of regularity in elevation. The calculation with equivalent static seismic forces using two planar
models can be used; the building falls into type 1 (from table 5.1 of CR Code 6).

Machine
536

Transversal
- Ax 1 i ax 5 2 × (10.70 - 1.00) × 0.375 = 7.275 m2 - Ax 2
i ax 4 2 × (10.70 - 2 ×1.00 ) × 0.25 = 4.350 m2 = 2.675 m2

- Ax 3 10.70 × 0.25
Total Azid = 14.30 m2 p = 8.00%
Longitudinal -
Ax A i ax C 2 × (16.70 - 2 × 1.50 - 2 × 1.80) × 0.375 = 7.575 m2 = 3.675 m2
- Ax B (16.70 - 2 × 1.00) × 0.25

Total Azid = 11.25 m2 p = 6.30 %
The conditions in table 8.9 are satisfied.
It is 8.3.4.3. Verification of the ratio between the areas of voids and the areas of masonry
fills
Check for each wall the ratio between the length of the voids and the length of the masonry fills
according to table 8.11 - the check is made for the criteria corresponding to the location with ag =
0.20g .
Transversal
- Ax 1i ax 5 lgol = 1.00 m lplin = 9.70 m = 0.10 < 1.00 - Ax 2 i ax 4 lgol
= 2.00 m lplin = 8.70 m = 0.23 < 0.35 Longitudinal
- Ax A i ax C lgol = 6.60 m lplin = 10.1m = 0.65 < 1.00
- Ax B lgol = 2.00 m lplin = 14.7m = 0.14 < 0.35
The conditions of Code P 100-1, tab. 8.11 are satisfied.

It is 8.3.5. The distribution of the basic torsional force between the structural walls
It is 8.3.5.1. The method of bound consoles at the last level
The method of cantilevers tied at the last level distributes the basic shear force between the structural walls
using the criterion of equality of the total lateral displacements (from translation and overall twisting) of all walls,
at the top of the construction.
The method is simple and can be applied manually but, in certain structural configurations, its results have a
relatively high degree of approximation in relation to other more accurate methods (as results from this example
for the T4 wall).
Since all the structural walls are made of the same material, for simplification, the geometric stiffness expression
was used (in the formulas the values of the elasticity modules Ez and Gz were omitted . In the hypothesis of
independent brackets, the relative level stiffness of the structural walls is
calculated with the formula
(E 8.3.1)
considering each element as a console with the height Htot = 4 × 2.80 = 11.20 m.
Ri
i,V
(E 8.3.2)
Ri
Perei transversal
Table E 8.3.3a
lw t Air RiT neRiT

Element don't V, i
(m) (m) (m2 ) (m) (m)
T1 5.850 0.375 1.914 2.194 0.0111 2 T2 3.850 0.375 2.909 1.444 0.0222 0.1588
0.0035 2 T3 3.725 0.250 3.007 0.931 0.0021 4 T4 10.700 0.250 0.0070 0.0501
0.250 1.073 1.047 0.0084 0.0300 0.0323
0.4621 RT = neRiT
= 0.0699 m
Table E 8.3.3b
lw t Air RiL neRiL

Element don't V, i
(m) (m) (m2 ) (m) (m)
L1 1.450 0.375 7.724 0.544 0.0002 4 L2 2.400 0.375 4.667 0.0008 0.0060 0.0054
0.900 0.0009 6 L3 2.525 0.250 4.436 0.631 0.0007 2 L4 9.650 0.0270 0.0014 0.0210
0.250 1.1631 1.02537 2.04167 0.0257 0.7720 RL =
neRiL = 0.0333 m
Machine
538
E 8.3.5.1.2. Calculation of the position of the center of rigidity
Since the structure is symmetrical in plane with respect to both main axes, the center of gravity is
in the geometric center of the plane.
Regarding the axis system in figure E 8.3.1. the coordinates of the center of rigidity are:
xR = 8.35 m
yR = 5.35 m
(E 8.3.3)
The calculation is developed in table E 8.3.4
Table E 8.3.4
|xCR |yCR
|xCR 2 |vCR 2
× ×
|xCR-xi| xi| 2 it is RiT xi| |yCR-yi| yi| 2 it is RiL yi |
ne× Rit ne × Rit
T1 8.1625 66.626 2 0.0111 1.4790 L1 5.1625 26.651 4 0.0002 0.0213
T2 8.1625 66.626 2 0.0035 0.4664 L2 5.1625 26.651 6 T3 4.20 17.640 4 0.0021 0.0009 0.1439
0.1482 L3 0.00 0.00 2 T4 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.0323 0.00 1 L4 0.00 0.0007 0.00
0.0257 0.00
2.0936 0.1652
J = 2.0936 + 0.1652 = 2.259 m3
These eccentricities determine the overall twisting moment of the structure and consequently the values of
the respective components of the lateral displacements
Structural eccentricity Since the

center of rigidity coincides with the center of gravity of the plane, the structural eccentricity is zero
for both directions e0x = e0y = 0.00 m

It was calculated with relation (4.1) from the Code
e0x = ± 0.05 × 16.70 = ± 0.835 m e0y = ± 0.05 ×
10.70 = ± 0.535 m
Total eccentricity
It is equal to accidental eccentricity
Overall torques
For the seismic action parallel to the "y" axis
Mtx = ± 0.835 Fb
For the seismic action parallel to the "x" axis
Mty = ± 0.535 Fb
The values of eccentricities and twisting moments are given in table E 8.3.5
Table E 8.3.5
of Mt
Fb (tone) (m) (tm) ± 0.835
±100.2 ± 0.535 ±64.2
120.0
E 8.3.5.1.4.2. Distribution of shear force
The values of the translational movement components (FiT) are proportional to the factors
.
The values of the components in the torsion of the assembly are calculated with the relation
)T(R)xx(F
iT iiCR (E 8.3.4a)
where
M t
KJ R
(E 8.3.4b)
Transversal
t/m2 (maximum value from table E 8.3.5)
Transversal
Table E 8.3.6a
RiT|
FlT RiT xCR |xCR-xi| xi| Fit FiT(tot) Spor
Not at all tone m
torsion
m m2 0.1588 19.06 0.0111 8.1625 tone tone
T1 2 0.091 0.0501 6.01 0.0035 8.1625 0.029 1.88 20.94 +10% 0.60
T2 2 0.0300 3.60 0.0021 4.200 0.009 0.4621 55.45 6.61 +10% 0.18 3.78 +5%
T3 4 0.0323 0.00 0.00 0.00 55.45 ----
T4 1
Longitudinal
Table E 8.3.6b
FlL
Not at all
tone
L1 4 0.0060 0.72
L2 6 0.0270 3.24
L3 2 0.0210 2.52
L4 1 0.7720 92.64
The overturning moment at the base (ME,b) is calculated with the relation
(E 8.3.5)
Machine
540
where the seismic forces of level Fi acting on the plane from the day level are calculated with relation (4.5) from
the Code.
Admitting the linear deformation along the height of the building, the formula results
(E 8.3.5a)
The result is the value
Mb = 8.4 × 120.0 = 1008.0 tm
It is 8.3.5.2. The method of consoles connected at all levels through the plane (articulated connections)
The calculation model takes into account the links between the piers (consoles) that are made at each level by
rigid planes in their plane. In this case, the distribution of torsional force between the structural walls results from
the compatibility condition of the lateral displacements of the walls at the level of each plane. The effect of the
coupling rods between the mounts is neglected and the links between the beams were modeled as compressed
connecting rods, articulated at both ends.
The walls were modeled as elastic bars with a rectangular section (with the respective values of the area, the
shear area and the moment of inertia) embedded in the section at the elevation ± 0.00.
With this model (figure E 8.3.3), from the condition of equal translation displacements, the sectional efforts
(forces and bending moment) were calculated in each wall using a calculation program for flat frames.
Since the components of the total displacements that come from the overall twist depend only on the geometry
of the structure and the geometric properties of the walls, their values were considered proportional to those
obtained by the independent cantilever method.
The design values for each wall of the torsional force and the bending moment are given in tables E 8.3.7 (for
transverse walls the values include the increments from the torsion effect in table E 8.3.6a).
Transverse (including the effect of overall torsion)
Table E 8.3.7a
Ground And.1
Wall us
floor VE VE/ME VE VE/ME 21.82
T1 2 0.125 19.64 0.173 10.88 0.170 6.96
T2 2 0.204 6.00 0.166 3.84 0.202 30.6
T3 4 0.083 38.19 0.135
T4 1
120 106.75
Longitudinal (the overall torsional effect is negligible)

Table E 8.3.7b
Wall us Parter And.1
VE /ME VE /ME 2.30 0.242 0.77

L1 4 0.241 7.06 0.196 3.83 0.234 6.14
L2 6 0.207 2.92 0.239 56.16 0.081 76.10
L3 2 0.142
L4 1
120 108
From the comparison of the results obtained with the two procedures, the following result:
for walls with a length comparable to the height of the floor - walls T1, T2, T3 in this example -
the values are approximately equal
for long walls (about three times the height of the floor) - the T4 wall, in this example - the
method with brackets tied at the top deviates far from the result obtained by the method with
brackets tied at each level. It is noted that for this calculation model, the "critical" wall is the one
on the 1st floor where the shear force has the maximum value. Dimensioning at this level must
also take into account the reduction of the axial force.
Figure E 8.3.4 Comparison of shear forces obtained with the two models
As such, to verify the safety of the structure, the values obtained by the cantilever method at each level
will be used.
Machine
542
It is 8.3.6.1. Plane loads (own weight and operating load)
They are calculated as uniformly distributed forces on the wall corresponding to the related
plane areas.
I. The reactions of the planes on each wall line (p1 and p2) were determined with the relations
lq1tot l1
p 1
4
2pp
12
l
2
(E 8.3.6)
where l1 and l2 , the short side and the long side of the respective plate, respectively, were noted.
II. For each wall area (E1÷E5 from figure E 8.3.5) the axial force given by the plane was calculated by
multiplying the reaction per unit length (p1/p2) by the length of the related area (which includes 1/2 of the
width of each gap adjacent to the masonry fill).
Table E 8.3.8
Ax Wall qpl Ax Wall qpl

(tone/m) (tone)
A1-A2
1A-1B 0.74 0.59
Ax A4-A5
Ax A
1&5 A2-A3
1B-1C 0.74 0.64
A3-A4
B1-B2
2A-2B 1.50 1.19
B4-B5
Ax2&$ Ax B
B2-B3
2B-2C 1.50 128
B3-B4
3A-3B 1.52
Ax3 Ax C Idem ax A
3B-3C 1.52
Figure E 8.3.5 Cooperating peer groups

It is 8.3.6.2. Total loads and unit compression efforts on groups of walls
Table E 8.3.9
0 0 Floor
Azide Gzidrie Gplanee Gtotal G parties GEt.1
group Parties 1
m2 tone tone tone tone N/mm2 tone N/mm2 3.13 1.85 1.74
E1 19.01 8.60 27.61 110.4 0.352 82.8 0.265 E2 11.45 4.10 15.55 62.2
0.336 46.7 0.252 E3 86.16
11.68 344.6
7.40 19.08
0.48376.3 0.439
258.5 57.6
0.362 0.331 E4 & E5 7.14 44.56 41.6
0.362
It is 8.3.7. Calculation of the capable bending moments of the walls
the relations .
(6.19a) of the Code
(6.20a) of the Code
The materials were chosen to satisfy the minimum requirements in table 8.2 of the Code - the
compressive strength of the masonry must be at least fk = 3.0 N/mm2
- from table 4.2c of Code CR 6 it follows that elements with fb = 7.50 can be chosen
N/mm2 and mortar M7.5 (for which fk = 3.30 N/mm2 )
- the design resistance, for the material factor M = 1.90 is fd = 1.74

N/mm2
NEd = 0EA (E 8.3.7)
where the unit compressive stress is taken from Table Ex1.2 for the group of members to which it belongs.
In tables E 8.3.12 and E 8.3.13, the values of the torsional force associated with yielding by eccentric
compression (VEdu) were also calculated using the relation
(E 8.3.8)
where the VE and ME values were taken from tables E 8.3.8a,bi E 8.3.9a,b. The shear force VEdu was
calculated for the sections at the base of the walls and for the 1st floor, where the shear force is maximum
for walls T1 and L1.
Machine
544
Transversal
Parties Table E 8.3.10a

NEd xRdlwMRd
A t Perete m m0m2 tone/m2
sd --- tone m tm T1 0.375
5.850 2.194 0.352 0.202 77.2 1.389 172.1 T2 0.375 3.850 1.444 0.336
0.193 48.5 0.874 72.2 T3 0.250 3.725 0.7451.116
0.43942.7
0.255
T432.7
0.250
10.700 2.675 0.483 0.278 129.2 3.494 465.5
Floor 1 Table E 8.3.10b
Wall
t lw A sd m m m2 tone/m2
0 --- NEd xRd MRd tone
m tm
T1 0.375 5.850 2.194 0.265 0.152 58.1 1.045 139.5 T2 0.375 3.850 1.444
0.252 0.145 36.4 0.656 58.1 T3 0.250 3.725 0.745 0.331 0.190 24.7 0.831
35.7 T4 0.250 10.700 2.675 0.362 0.26.
Longitudinal
Wall
t lw A m m 0 sd NEd xRd MRd
m2 tone/m2 --- Long1 0.375 1.450 tone m tm
0.544 0.336 0.193 18.3 0.330 10.2 Long2 0.375 2.400 0.900 0.439 0.252
39.5 0.712 33.4 Long3 0.250 2.525 0.631 0.352 0.202 22.2 0.600 21.4
Long4 0.250 9.650 2.412 0.483
0.278 116.5 3.151 378.6
Wall
t lw A sd m m m2 tone/m2
0 --- NEd xRd MRd tone
Long1 0.375 1.450 0.544 0.252 0.145 m tm
13.7 0.247 8.2 Long2 0.375 2.400 0.900 0.331 Long3 0.250 2.525 0.631
0.265 Long4 0.250 9.650 2.412 0.362 0.208 0.190 29.8 0.537
87.3 2.361 318.2 27.8 0.152
16.7 0.451 17.3
Capable moments corresponding to the reinforcement of the columns
The positioning of the pillars is given in figure E 8.3.6.
The design resistance to bending given by the longitudinal reinforcements in the columns -
MRd(As) is calculated according to CR 6.
Figure E 8.3.6. Positioning of the pillars for the structure with confined masonry
The reinforcement of the pillars was taken as follows:
St1 416 - fyd = 300 N/mm2 As = 8.04 cm2 St2 614

- fyd = 300 N/mm2 As = 9.24 cm2 St3 814 - fyd =
300 N/mm2 As = 12.32 cm2 Structural walls with a
rectangular section are introduced into the calculation model (the effect of the feet is
neglected). The St2f pillars do not exist in the project, but they were introduced in the
calculation model considering the provision of Code P 100-1/ 8.5.4.2.1 regarding the pillars
at the intersections of walls. For the calculation of the capable moment, their reinforcement
will be considered equal to:
column reinforcement at the opposite end of the wall (St1) for axes 2 and 4.
50% of the sum of reinforcements St2 in wall L2 14.8 cm2 for axis 3
Figure E 8.3.7a
Machine
546
Figure E 8.3.7b
Transversal

MRd MRd Ours
Ast ls MRd(As) VE/ME
Wall (KNOWS) (ZC) (ZC)
cm2 m tm 9.24 5.538 153.5 tm tm m-1 tone
T1 9.24 3.538 98.1 8.04 3.413 172.1 325.6 0.125 40.7 72.2 170.3
T2 82.3 9.24 10.325 286.2 0.170 29.0 465.5
42.7 751.7
125.0 0.083
0.166 62.4
20.8
T3
T4

MRd MRd Ours
Wall (KNOWS) (ZC) (ZC)
cm2 m tm 9.24 5.538 153.5 tm tm m-1 tone
T1 9.24 3.538 98.1 8.04 3.413 139.5 293.0 0.173 50.7 58.1 156.2
T2 82.3 9.24 10.325 286.2 0.204 31.9 391.1
35.7 677.3
118.0 0.135
0.202 91.4
23.8
T3
T4
Longitudinal
MRd MRd VEdu
Wall (ZC) (ZC)
(KNOWS) cm2 m tm Long1 9.24
tm 1.138 tm m-1 tone
31.5 Long2 9.24 2.150 59.6 Long3 8.04 10.2
2.21341.7 0.196
0.242 18.2
10.1 21.4
33.4 74.8
93.0
53.4 Long4 8.04 9.400 226.7 0.207 15.5 378.6 605.3 0.081 49.0

MRd MRd Ours
Wall (ZC) (ZC)
(KNOWS) cm2 m tm tm Long11.138
9.24 tm tone
31.5 Long2 9.24 2.150 59.6 Long3 8.04 m-1
2.2138.2 39.7
9.6 0.241
27.8 87.4 0.234
53.4 Long4 8.04 9.400 226.7 20.5 17.3 544.9
70.7 0.239
0.14216.9
77.4 318.2
It is 8.3.8. Compression + bending safety check
The safety condition for compression + bending, according to CR 6 for all elements
is
MRd MEb (And 8.3.10)
The comparison of the respective values (requirements - MEb / capacities - MRd) is shown in table
E 8.3.14.
Table E 8.3.14
Ground floor Floor 1 Parties Floor 1
Elm. No MRd MEb MRd MEb Elm. No MRd MEb MRd MEb
tm tm tm tm tm tm tm tm
T1 2 325.6 174.6 293.0 113.5 L1 4 170.3 41.7 9.50 39.7 3.2 93.0
T2 2 64.0 156.2 34.1 L2 6 125.0 36.1 36.0 87.4 16.4 74.8 29.7
T3 4 118.0 19.0 L3 2 751.7 368.7 677.3 70.7 12.2 605.3 692.8
T4 1 282.9 L4 1 544.9 536.0
2243.5 990.0 2047.7 654.0 1480.0 1006.0 1369.5 671.0
Conclusion:
The resistance of the structure to compression + bending is satisfied for the whole building in both
directions.
In the longitudinal direction, on the ground floor, the L4 wall has insufficient resistance (MRd = 0.87
MEb).
Given that the resistance failure is less than 20% of MEb , it can be accepted that the difference is
covered by redistributing the total overresistance (MRd = 1.47MEb)
It is 8.3.9. Calculation of the design resistances to the forces of the structural walls
The design resistance to sliding in the horizontal joint of the confined masonry walls,
VRd, is calculated by summing:
the design sliding resistance in the horizontal joint of the masonry panel simply
corrected to take into account the effect of the confining elements (VRd1* ), the
design shear resistance corresponding to the reinforcement in the column at the
compressed end of the wall (VRd2) the design resistance at column shear in
compression (VRsc).
VRd = VRd1* + VRd2 + VRsc (And 8.3.11)

Machine
548
The calculation of the corrected resistance VRdl* was done with the relation
(And 8.3.12)
where the corrected axial force NEd* was calculated with the relation
(E 8.3.13)
The tensile strength of the reinforcement in the compressed column was calculated according to which for
mm2 = 0.25
thewas
longitudinal
taken (table
reinforcement
6.3 of CR 6)
of bars 14 fyd = 300 N/mm2 and stirrups CR 6, , 8 fyd = 210 N/
c
Resulted:
St1 416 world = 300 N/mm2 + etrieri 8 world = 210 N/mm2 VRd2 (St1) = c = 0.200
0.20 Ascfyd = 0.20 × 8.04 × 3000 = 4824 kg 4.8 tone St2 614 world = 300 N/mm2
+ etrieri 8 world = 210 N /mm2 c = 0.250
VRd2 (St2) = 0.25 Ascfyd = 0.25 × 9.24 × 3000 = 6930 kg 6.9 tone
The design shear strength of the concrete in the compressed column was calculated with the relation
St1 VRsc = Absc × fcvd = 0.25 × 0.25 × 13.5 = 0.85 tone St2 VRsc =
Absc × fcvd = 0.25 × 0.375 × 13.5 = 1.30 tone
where the notations are as follows
Absc - area of the concrete in the column from the compressed end
fcvd unit design strength of the concrete in the compressed column (CR 6 table 3.3)
Therefore the shear strength of the compressed column is
VRstc (St1) = VRd2 + Vbsc = 4.8 + 0.85 = 5.65 tone VRstc

(St2) = VRd2 + Vbsc = 6.9 + 1.30 = 8.20 tone
The calculations are developed in tables E 8.3.15a,bi and E 8.3.16a,b.
Transversal

VRd,l
VEd DOWN DOWN* lw lad V() What VRdl* VRstc
Element. (ZC)
tone tone tone m m tone tone tone tone tone
21.8 34.2
T1 77.2 85.6 5.850 0.00 0.00 34.24 8.20 42.44
2 4
10.8 21.9
T2 48.5 54.8 3.850 0.00 0.00 21.93 8.20 30.13
8 3
14.5
T3 6.00 32.7 36.3 3.725 0.00 0.00 14.52 5.65 20.17
2
129. 135. 10.70 54.2
T4 30.6 0.00 0 0.00 54.24 5.65 59.89
2 6 4
Total 285.7 tone

VRd,l
Element. (ZC)
t tone tone m m tone tone tone tone tone
T1 19.64 58.1 65.6 5.850 0.00 26.24 0.00 26.24 8.20 34.44 t2 6.96 36.4 40.4 3.850
0.00 16.16 0.00 16.16 8.20 24.36 t3 3.84 24.7 27.0 3.725 0.00 10.8 0.00 10.8 5.65 16.45
10.70
T4 38.19 96.8 104.8 0.00 41.92 0.00 41.92 5.65 47.57 0
Total 231.0 tone
Longitudinal
VRd,l
Element. (ZC)
L1 2.30 18.3 21.55 1.450 0.00 8.62 0.00 8.62 8.20 16.82 L2 7.06 39.5 46.09 2.400 0.00
18.44 0.00 18.44 8.20 26.64 L3 6.14 22.2 27.64 2.525 0.00 11.06 0.00 11.06 5.65 16.71
129.5
L4 56.16 116.5 9.650 0.00 51.82 0.00 51.82 5.65 57.47 4
Total 318.0 tone
Floor Table E 8.3.16b

VRd,l
1 VEd NEd NEd* lw Elem. lad V() What VRdl* VRstc
(ZC)
t tone tone m m tone tone tone tone tone
L1 0.77 13.7 14.89 1.450 0.00 5.96 0.00 5.96 8.20 14.16 L2 3.83 29.8 33.37 2.400 0.00
13.35 0.00 13.35 8.20 21.55 L3 2.92 16.7 19.29 2.525 0.00 7.72 0.00 7.72 5.65 13.37
104.9
L4 76.10 87.3 9.650 0.00 41.98 0.00 41.98 5.65 47.63 6
Total 260.3 tone
It is 8.3.9.2. The yielding mechanism on the inclined section
The design resistance to failure on the inclined section of the confined masonry walls, VRdi, is calculated
by summing up: the design resistance to failure on the inclined section of the masonry panel simply
corrected to take into account the effect of the interaction with the confining elements (VRdi* ) ,
the design shear strength corresponding to the reinforcement in the column at the compressed
end of the wall (VRd2) the design shear resistance of the compressed column (VRsc).
VRdi = VRdi* + VRd2 + VRsc (And 8.3.14)
The VRd2 and VRsc values are identical to those determined for the sliding failure mechanism in the
horizontal joint.
The characteristic tensile strength of the fired clay masonry elements was taken according to the relationship
Machine
550
mm/ N263.05.7035.0f035.0f
bt
b
The characteristic unit yield strength on inclined sections was calculated with the relation
*
*
d
51f22.0f f
i,vk bt
0.191058.0 d
bt
The design yield strength on the inclined section is calculated with the relation
V
A wi, vk fA In
i, Rd
b M b f i.v.d
The values of VRdi* and the values of the resistance of masonry walls confined to failure
on the inclined section are given in tables E 8.3.17a,bi E 8.3.18a,b.
Transversal
* *
* VRstc VRd,i
Item Aria NEd* d fvd,i VRd, i
No. element. b (ZC)
(m2 ) tone N/mm2 N/mm2 tone tone tone

T1 2 2.194 85.6 0.390 0.0885 1.5 12.94 8.20 21.14 1.444
T2 2 54.8 0.380 0.0875 1.5 8.42 8.20 16.62 0.745 36.3 0.487
T3 4 0.0977 1.5 4.85 5.65 10.50 2.675 135.6 0.507 0.0995
T4 1 1.05 25.35 5.65 31.00
Total 148.5 tone
* *
* VRd, i
Aria NEd* d fvd,i b VRd, i VRstc
Item (ZC)
No. element.
N/mm
(m2 ) tone N/mm2 --- tone tone tone 2
T1 2 2.194 65.6 0.299 0.0789 1.5 11.54 8.20 19.74 1.444
T2 2 40.4 0.280 0.0767 1.5 7.38 8.20 15.58 0.745 27.0
T3 4 0.362 0.0845 1.5 6.30 5.65 11.95 2.675 104.8 0.392
T4 1 0.0887 1.05 22.60 5.65 28.25 Total 146.7 tone
Longitudinal
* *
* VRd, i
Aria NEd* d fvd,i VRd, i VRstc
(ZC)
Element. b
Element no. N/mm

(m2 ) tone 2 N/mm2 tone tone tone
L1 4. 0.544 21.55 0.396 0.0891 1.5 3.23 8.20 11.43 0.900
L2 6 L3 46.09 0.512 0.1000 1.5 6.00 8.20 14.20 0.631 27.64
2 L4 1 0.438 0.0932 1.5 3.92 5.65 9.57 2.412 129.5 0.537
0.1022 1.16 21.25 5.65 26.90 Total 177.0 tone

*
* VRd, i
Aria NEd* d fvd,i VRd,i* VRstc
Item (ZC)
No. element. b
N/mm
(m2 ) tone 2 N/mm2 tone tone tone
L1 4 0.544 14.89 0.274 0.0760 1.5 2.76 8.20 10.96 0.900

L2 6 33.37 0.371 0.0866 1.5 5.20 8.20 13.40 0.631 19.29
L3 2 0.306 0.0797 1.5 3.35 5.65 9.00 104.9 0.435 0.0929 1.16
19.31 5.65 24.96 6
L4 1 2.412
Total 167.2 tone
It is 8.3.9.3. Forces associated with the reinforcement in the aeration joints
The torsional force taken by the reinforcements in the horizontal joints is calculated with the relation:
A sw
l8.0V
3rd In f yd
s
(And 8.3.15)
In the case of masonry with solid bricks, the reinforcement will be 26 mm fyd = 300 N/mm2 (Asw
= 56.5 mm2 ) at three dimensions s = 3 × 75 = 225 mm < 400 mm (maximum allowed vertical
distance between bars) VRd3 (tone) = 6.03 × lw (m).
Transversal

VRd, i 26/225 VRd
VRd,1 lw
Elem. VRd3 (ZC+AR)
tone tone m tone tone
T1 42.44 21.14 5.850 35.25 56.39 T2 30.13
16.62 3.850 23.20 39.82
T3 20.17 10.50 3.725 22.50 33.00
T4 59.89 31.00 10.700 64.50 95.50
419.9

vs
VRd,l VRd,i lw Elem. VRd3
(ZC+AR
T1 34.44 19.74 5.850 35.25 54.99 T2 24.36
15.58 3.850 23.20 38.78 T3 16.45 11.95 3.725
22.50 34.45 T4 47.57 28.25 10.700 64.750
92.750
418.1
Machine
552
Longitudinal

vs
VRd,l VRd,i lw VRd3
Elem. (ZC+AR
L1 16.82 11.43 1.450 8.74 20.17 L2 26.64 14.20
2.400 14.47 28.67 L3 16.71 9.57 2.525 15.23 24.8 L4
57.47 26.90 9.650 58.19 85.09
387.4

VRd
VRd,l VRd,i lw VRd3
Elem. (ZC+AR
tone tone m tone L1 14.16 tone 19.7
10.96 1.450 8.74 L2 21.55 13.40 2.400
14.47 27.87 L3 13.37 9.00 2.525 15.23 24.23 L4
47.63 24.96 9.650 58.19 83.15
377.6
It's 8.3.10. Forced safety
The safety condition for fortifying, according to CR 6 is
RdV25.1V Success
(E 8.3.16)
where VEdu is calculated according to art. E8.3.4.4 of this example
The comparison of the respective values is given in tables E 8.3.21a,b.

VEdu 1.25VEdu VEdu 1.25VEdu VRd VRd Elem.
Element.
(ZC+AR) (tm) (tm) (ZC+AR) (tm) (tm)
T1 56.39 40.7 50.9 L1 20.17 10.1 12.6 T2 39.82 29.0 36.3 L2 28.67 18.2
22.8 T3 33.00 20.8 26.0
49.0L3
61.3
24.8
419.9
15.5356.9
19.4 t4
387.4
95.50
287.3
62.4287.3
78.0 L4 85.09
Etaj 1 Table E 8.3.21b

VRd VEdu 1.25VEdu VRd VEdu 1.25VEdu Elem.
Element.
(ZC+AR) (tm) (tm) (tm) (tm) (ZC+AR)
T1 54.99 50.7 63.3 L1 19.7 9.6 12.0 T2 38.78 31.9 39.9 L2 27.87 20.5
25.6 T3 34.45 23.8 30.3
83.15
L377.4
24.23
96.8
16.9
418.1
21.1441.7
t4 92.75
377.6
91.4
340.6
114.1 L4
Conclusion:
On the 1st floor, the security against fortifying is not satisfied in the transverse
direction for the building as a whole and for the walls in the boxes.
It's 8.3.11. Possibility of correction
For walls that do not meet the requirement of resistance to force, the horizontal joints are reinforced with
28/22.5 cm of steel with fysd = 300.0 N/mm2 . The modified VRd3 and VRd(ZC+AR) values are given in
table E 8.3.22.
Table E 8.3.22
vs
Element.
VRd,l VRd,i lw VRd3
(ZC+AR)
T1 34.44 19.74 5.850 62.28 82.02 T2 24.36 15.58
3.850 41.0 56.58 T3 16.45 11.95 3.725 39.8 51.75
47.57
T4
28.25 10.700 114.0 1426.25
With increased VRd3 values , the safety condition for reinforcement for the walls on the 1st floor is satisfied,
as shown in table E 8.3.23.
Table E 8.3.23
VEdu 1.25VEdu VEdu 1.25VEdu VRd VRd Elem.
Element.
(ZC+AR) (tm) (tm) (ZC+AR) (tm) (tm)
T1 82.02 50.7 63.3 L1 19.7 9.6 12.0 T2 56.58 31.9 39.9 L2 27.87 20.5
25.6 T3 51.75 23.8 30.3 L377.4
127.8 24.23 16.9
96.8 21.1340.6
422.3 t4 142.25 91.4 114.1 L4
626.45 441.7
Machine
554
It's 8.4. "Villa" type building P+2E with structural walls of confined masonry (ZC) with
BCA elements
Inlime P+2E
Perei exterior t = 35 cm (axai 20 cm/exterior i 15 cm/interior)
Building dimensions in plan 10.40 x 10.40 m

Cell structural system
Floor height het = 3.00 m Htot= 3 × 3.00 = 9.00 m
Location:
- Seismic zone ag = 0.20 g Structural system Masonry confined and reinforced in

joints (ZC+AR) - see table 8.9 of the Code
Figure E 8.4.1 Level plan and reference coordinate system
- Area of Apl planes = 88.36 m2 -

Area of masonry in Azid plane = 19.8 m2
Masonry with thickness t = 35 cm

- Ax A 10.40x3.00 - 1.50x1.50 - 1.00x1.00 = 27.95 m2
- Ax C 10.40x3.00 - 2.00x2.00 - 1.50x2.00 = 24.20 m2
- Ax 1 (10.40-0.70)x3.00 - 2.00x2.00 - 2.50x2.00 = 20.10 m2

- Ax 3 (10.40-0.70)x3.00 - 1.50x1.50 - 2.00x2.00 = 22.85 m2 Total
95.10 m2
Zidrie cu grosimea t = 30 cm - Ax
B (10.40 -0.70) x3.00 - 1.50x2.40 - 1.00x2.10 = 23.40 m2 - Ax 2 (10.40-1.00)x3.00
- 1.00x2.10 - 1.50x2.40 = 22.50 m2

Total = 45.90 m2
iv. BCA elements with characteristic compressive strength fb = 5.0 N/mm2
v. Design density (which takes into account the average operating humidity)
with the relationship
3 3
m/ kg600)2f(85)m/ kg( 8.4.1)

b (AND
vi. To calculate the weight of the masonry (LD elements + mortar) use the diagram in figure E 8.4.20
(see also Code CR 6)
Figure E 8.4.2. Calculation of the own weight of masonry with LD elements
The masonry weight values are given in the tables Ex. 4-1a and E 8.4.1b.
Table E 8.4.1a
350 250 300 250
size ONE
600 52500 600 45000
Nominal volume cm3 48980 41983
I want the element cm3 3520 36.4 3017 31.2
I want to die cm3
Element weight + mortar kg/buc
Unplastered wall unit weight kg/m2 243.0 208.0
perete
Plaster wall design weight kg/m2 243 +80 = 323 208+80 = 288
perete
Volumetric weight plastered wall 323/ 0.35 = 288/0.30 =
kg/m3 923 960
Machine
556
Table E 8.4.1b
Grosime t = 35 cm Grosime t = 30 cm Total gleuta Azid Gzid Azid Gzid
Gzid/Aetajgzid
gzid m2 30.7
t/m245.90
tone m2
0.288
t/m2
13.2
tone
43.9
tone
0.406
tone/m2 Gzid
95.10 0.323
Area of the plane (between the walls)
- A-B/1-2 (5.50 - 0.15 - 0.15)x(6.00 - 0.15 - 0.15) = 29.64 m2 - A-B/2-3 (5.50 -
0.15 - 0.15)x(4.00 - 0.15 - 0.15) = 19.24 m2 - B-C/1-2 (4.50 - 0.15 - 0.15)x(6.00
- 0.15 - 0.15) = 23.94 m2 - B-C/2-3 (4.50 - 0.15 - 0.15)x(4.00 - 0.15 - 0.15) =
15.54 m2 Total = 88.36 m2
- easily split walls - useful load 120 daN/m2

725 daN/m2
88.36 x 725 = 64100 daN 64.1 tones
With the above values, the weight of the building for the calculation in the seismic design situation is
given in table E 8.4.2.
Table E 8.4.2 Gzid Gpl
Gtot, et Gtot,et/
tone tone tone Aetaj tone/
43.9 64.1 108.0 m2 1.000
The entire mass of the floor (brickwork + plane) is considered concentrated at the level of the planes.
G
Floor table ,
that you
M i
g

g
For the designed construction, the total weight subjected to seismic action has the value Gtot = 108.0
× 3 = 324.0 tons.
1
Behavior factor q = 2.50 × 1.25 = 3.125 (tables 8.9 and 8.10 of the Code)
Fora tietoare de baz Fb = c × Gtot = 0.120 × 324 = 38.9 tone
It is 8.4.4.1. Checking the conditions of geometric and structural regularity in plan and elevation
The building meets the conditions of geometric and structural regularity in plan and elevation for the use of
the calculation with equivalent static seismic forces using two planar models; the building falls into type 1
(from table 5.1 of CR 6).

Machine
558
Transversal
- Ax 1 (10.40 - 2.00- 2.50) × 0.35 = 2.065 m2 - Ax
2 (10.40 - 1.00 - 1.50) × 0.30 = 2.370 m2 (10.40 - 1.50-

- Ax 3 2.00) × 0.35 = 2.415 m2 Total Azid = 6.85
m2 p = 6.33%
Longitudinal -
Ax A (10.40 - 1.50 - 1.00) × 0.35 = 2.765 m2 - Ax B (10.40 -
1.50 - 1.00) × 0.30 = 2.370 m2 - Ax C (10.40 - 2.00 - 1.50) ×
0.35 = 2.415 m2 Total Azid = 7.55 m2 p = 6.98 %
The conditions in table 8.9 are satisfied.
E 8.4.4.3 Verification of the ratio between the areas of voids and the areas of masonry fills
The ratio between the length of the voids and the length of the masonry fills is checked for each
wall (according to P 100-1- table 8.11) - the check is made for the criteria corresponding to the
location with ag = 0.20g .
Transversal
- Ax 1 lgol = 4.50 m lplin = 5.90 m = 0.76 < 1.00 - Ax 2 lgol =
2.50 m lplin = 7.90 m = 0.32 < 0.35 - Ax 3 lgol = 3.50 m lplin =
6.90 m = 0.51 < 1.00
Longitudinal
- Ax A lgol = 2.50 m lplin = 7.90m - Ax B = 0.32 < 1.00
lgol = 2.50 m lplin = 7.90 m = 0.32 < 0.35 - Ax C lgol = 3.50 m
lplin = 6.90 m = 0.51 < 1.00

The conditions in Code P 100-1 table 8.11 are satisfied
It is 8.4.5. The distribution of the basic torsional force between the structural walls
It is 8.4.5.1. The method of independent consoles
The independent cantilever method distributes the basic torsional force between the structural walls
using the criterion of the equality of the total lateral displacements (from translation and overall
twisting) of all walls, at the top of the construction.
The method is simple and can be applied manually, but its results have a relatively high degree of
approximation compared to other more accurate methods. In the case of buildings with structural
walls made of unreinforced masonry, the approximations are lower because, by convention, the
contribution of the coupling rods is neglected.
Since all the structural walls are made of the same material, for simplification, the geometric
stiffness expression was used (in the formulas, the values of the Ez and Gz elasticity modules
were omitted . In the hypothesis of independent brackets, the relative level stiffness of the
structural walls was calculated with the formula
(E 8.4.2)
considering each element as a console with height H = 9.0 m.
Ri
i,V (E 8.4.3)
Ri
Transverse beams
Table E 8.4.3a
t Air H
Elem . zone (m) RiT V,iT
(m) (m2 )
WL T1 Z1 1.70 0.35 0.595 5.294 T2 Z2 0.00057 0.028
3.00 0.35 1.050 3.00 T3 Z3 1.20 0.35 0.420 0.00299 0.152
7.50 T4 Z4 1.20 0.30 0.360 7.50 T5 Z5 0.00051 0.025
4.50 0.30 1.350 2.00 T6 z6 2.20 0.30 0.660 0.00043 0.021
4.09000 T7 z7 2.20 0.35 0.35 Z9 1.20 0.35 0.00789 0.400
0.420 7.50 0.00104 0.052
0.00122 0.061
0.00462 0.236
0.00051 0.025 RT
= RiT = 0.0198 m
Table E 8.4.3b
lw t Air H V,iL
Elm. Zone RiL
(m) (m) (m2 ) wl
L1 Z1 3.70 0.35 1.295 2.432 0.00539 0.243 L2 Z4 2.50 0.35 0.875

3.600 0.00177 0.079 L3 Z7 1.70 0.35 0.595 5.294 0.00057 0.025 L4
Z2 1.70 0.30 0.510 5.294 0.00049 0.021 L5 Z5 4.50 0.30 1.350 2.00
0.00789 0.355 L6 Z8 1.70 0.30 0.510 5.294 0.00049 0.021 L7 Z3
2.70 0.35 0.945 3.333 0.00221 0.100 L8 Z6 3.00 0.35 1.050
0.00299 3.00
0.134
L9 Z9 1.20 0.35 0.420 7.50 0.00051 0.022

RL = RiL= 0.0223 m
Machine
560
E 8.4.5.1.2. Calculation of the position of the center of rigidity (xCR,yCR)
The position of the center of rigidity was calculated with the relations
Rx Ryor
II T
x R and R
R R
iT The
(E 8.4.4)
The calculations are detailed in table E 8.4.4:
Table E 8.4.4
RiT × xRiT x RiL × and
xi do
Element. 102 102 Element. 102 iRiL×102
(m) (m) (m2 ) (m) (m) 0.20 (m2 )
T1 0.20 0.057 T2 0.20 0.299 0.0114 L1 0.0598 0.539 0.20 0.1078
T3 0.20 0.051 T4 6.20 0.043 L2 0.0102 L3 0.177 0.20 0.0354
T5 6.20 0.789 T6 6.20
T7 10.20 0.104
0.122 0.2666 L4 4.8918 0.057 5.70 0.0114
T8 10.20 0.462 T9 10.20 L5 0.6448 L6 0.049 5.70 0.2793
0.051 1.2444 L7 4.7124 0.789 5.70 4.4973
L8 0.5202 L9 0.049 10.20 0.2793
0.221 10.20 2.2542
0.299 10.20 3.0498
0.051 0.5202
1.978 12.3616 2.231 11.0347
The values resulted
xR = 6.25 m yR = 4.95 m
The positions of the center of mass (CG) and the center of rigidity (CR) are shown in figure E 8.4.6.
(E 8.4.5)
The calculation is developed in table E 8.4.5.
Table E 8.4.5.
|xCR RiT |yCR RiL

RiT xi RiL do 2
Elem. xi| (xCR-xi)
2
Elem. yi| ( yCR
mmm m3 T1 0.00057 T2 0.00299 -yi) mmm m3
0.20 6.05 T3 0.00051 T4 0.00043 0.0209
T5 L1 0.00539 0.1094 0.1216
0.00789 6.20 0.05T8
T60.00462
0.0010410.20
T7 L2
0.00122
3.900
0.00177 0.20 4.75 0.0187 L3 0.00057 0.0399
T051 09 0.0000 L4 0.00049 0.0000 L5 0.00789 0.0129
5.70 0.75 0.0000 L6 0.00049 0.0190 L7 0.0003
0.00221 0.0742 L8 0.00299 10.20
0.00805.25 0.0044
0.0003
0.0609
0.0824
0.0141
0.337m3
KJR = 0.248 +0.337 = 0.585 m3
These eccentricities determine the overall twisting moment of the structure and, consequently, the
values of the respective components of the lateral movements.
- the eccentricities of the center of rigidity
e0x = |xCR – xCG| = |6.25 - 5.20| = 1.05 m e0y = |yCR –
yCG| = |4.95 - 5.20| = 0.25 m
was calculated with relation (4.2) from Code P 100-1.
- eax = ± 0.05 10.40 = ± 0.52 m - eay =

± 0.05 10.40 = ± 0.52 m
total eccentricity
- ex,max = e0x + eax = 1.05 + 0.52 = 1.57 m
- ex,min = e0x - eax = 1.05 - 0.52 = 0.53 m
- ey,max = e0y + eay = 0.25 + 0.52 = 0.77 m

Machine
562
- ey,min = e0y - eay = 0.25 - 0.52 = - 0.27 m

Overall torques
- For the seismic force in the "y" direction ( transverse walls)

*
Mtx,max = Fb × ex,max = 1.57 Fb
* Mtx,min = Fb ex,min = 0.53 Fb
* Mty,max = Fb ey,max = 0.77 Fb
* Mty,min = -Fb ey,min = -0.27Fb
With the base torque values calculated in E 8.4.3, the overall torques are given in table E 8.4.6.
Table E 8.4.6.
Mt values (in tm)
Mtx,max 60.9
Mtx, min 20.6
Mty,max 29.9
My, min -10.4
The components of the torsional force given by the effect of the overall torsion are calculated with the
relations
)T(R)xx(F
iT iiCR
(E 8.4.6a)
)L(R)yy(F
iL iiCR
(E 8.4.6b)
where M t
KJ R
The values of the shear forces related to the transverse (T) and longitudinal (L) structural walls are
given in tables E 8.4.7a and E 8.4.7b.
Transversal
M max,tx
9.60 2
M
min,tx 6.20 2
max
t/ m 1.104 min
t/ m 2.35
KJ R
585.0 KJ R
585.0
Table E 8.4.7a
(xCR-xi) × FiT,max FiT,min FiT,max FiT,min FiT (tr)
RiT xCR-xi RiT (rot) (rot) (tot) (tot) tone m m2 ×102 tone tone tone tone tm ME,b
Elem. M x Vi, T 0.345 0.36 0.12 1.45
7.78 6.541.21
54.510.2
1.08 9.11.809
0.309 0.811.88
0.002
0.32 0.110.64
0.00
0.81 5.7
0.00
1.29
0.039
102 T1 0.04 0.02 15.57 15.55 109.0 0.005 0.01 0.00 2.03 2.02 14.2
-0.17
-0.482
1.87 -0.50
2.20 15.4
0.057 0.028 1.09 T2 0.299 0.152 -1.825 -1.90 -0.64 7.25 8.51
0.9059.6
6.3 -0.201 -0.21 -0.07 0.76
5.90 T3 0.051 0.025 0.97 T4 0.043 6.05
0.021 0.81 T5 0.789 0.400 15.53
T6 0.104 0.052 2.02 T7 0.122 0.061
2.37 T8 0.462 0.2 0.05
-3.95
Longitudinal
M 9.29 2
M
min, you 4.10 2
max, you
max
t/ m1.51 min
t/ m 8.17
KJ R
585.0 KJ R
585.0
Table E 8.4.7b
RiL yCR ×(xCR-xi)
RiL (rot) yi tone
FiL,max
m m2 FiL,min FiL,max FiL,min
Vi,L FiL (tr) ME,b
Elem. M x ×102-0.15
0.841 0.43 tone 0.271
2.560 1.31
-0.460.14 (root) (total) (tot)
102 --- L1 -0.05 -0.037 -0.02 0.01 -0.592 -0.31 tone tone tone tm
0.539 0.243 9.42 L2 0.177 0.079 0.11 -0.037 -0.02 0.01 -1.160 10.73 8.96 75.1 3.50 2.92
3.07 L3 0.057 0.025 0.97 L4 0.049 4.75 -0.59 0.21 -1.570 -0.80 -0.268
0.28 24.5 1.11 0.93 7.7 0.79
0.021 0.81 L5 0.789 0.355 13.88 -0.14 0.05 0.82 5.8 13.46
0.79 13.88 97.1
0.82 5.8
L6 0.049 0.021 0.81 L7 0.221 3.29 4.09 28.6 4.39 5.47
-
0.100 3.88 L8 0.299 0.1 38.3 0.72 0.90 6.3

0.75
5.25
The overturning moment at the base (ME,b) was calculated with the relation
(E 8.4.7)
where the seismic forces of level Fi acting on the plane from the day level are calculated with relation (4.5) from the
Code. Substituting the values of Fi in function of Fb and zi in function of Htot results in the formula
The result was the value Mb = 7.0 × 38.9 = 272.3 tm

Machine
564
It is 8.4.5.2. The method of consoles connected at all levels through the plane (articulated
connections)
The calculation model takes into account the connections between the consoles that are made
at each level, through rigid planes in their plane. In this case, the distribution of torsional force
between the structural walls results from the compatibility condition of the lateral displacements
of the walls at the level of each plane.
The walls were modeled as elastic bars with a rectangular section (with the respective values
of the area, the shear area and the moment of inertia) embedded at the elevation ± 0.00.
The links between the pears were modeled as compressed connecting rods, articulated at both
ends.
With this model (figure E 8.4.4), from the condition of equal translation displacements, the
sectional efforts (forces and bending moment) were calculated in each wall using a calculation
program for flat frames.
Since the components of the total displacements that come from the overall twist depend only
on the geometry of the structure and the geometric properties of the walls, their values were
considered proportional to those obtained by the independent cantilever method.
The following values resulted:
Table E 8.4.8
FiT VE/ME FiL FiL,max FiL,min ME,b VE/ME Elem.

FiT,max FiT,min ME,b (long) (long) (long)
Element. (tr)
(tot) (tot) tone
tm m-1
tone tone
tone tone tone tm m-1

T1 1.85 2.21 1.97 11.5 0.191 L1 8.78 9.99 9.20 74.1 0.135 T2 6.65 8.53 7.28 56.5 0.151 L2
3.86 4.40 4.07 26.8 0.164 T3 0.76 1.08 0.86 5.2 0.207 L3 1.58 1.82 1.68 7.2 0.253 T4 0.65
0.65 0.65 3.1 0.212 L4 1.36 1.32 1.36 7.1
10.71
0.19111.06
T5 12.76
92.2 0.120
12.76 T6
12.76
2.90106.0
2.90 0.120
2.90 16.5
L5 10.96
0.176
L6 1.36 1.32 1.36 7.1 0.191 T7 3.38 2.869.1
3.20
7.19
18.4
8.45
0.175
60.8L7
0.139
4.55L8
3.85
5.704.66
4.82
29.3
6.03
0.159
39.9T8
0.151
T9 0.76 0.54 0.67 3.2 0.208 L9 0.65 0.54 0.67 3.2 0.208 281.2 tm The values from table E
8.4.8 will be used for safety verification.
286.9 tm
It is 8.4.6. Calculation of the resistance of structural walls
It is 8.4.6.1. Determination of the axial compression force on the walls in the section
at the base of the walls
The sequence of operations is as follows:

I. The reactions of the planes on each line of the wall are determined according to CR
6, art.6.6.2.1. For each zone of the wall (Z1÷Z9 from figure E 8.4.6) the axial
force given by the plane is calculated by multiplying the reaction per unit of length
(p) with the length of the related area (which includes 1/2 of the lime of each gap).
Figure E 8.4.5 Loads on plane beams
II. Determine the vertical masonry areas (on the height of the floor) related to each
zone (Z1 ÷ Z9). Those areas include the masonry fill (which is continuous
throughout the height of the floor), the parapet and lintel masonry (for the facade
gaps) and the lintel masonry (for the interior gaps). For each wall thickness, the
vertical masonry area thus determined is multiplied by the weight of the plastered
wall established according to the category of masonry elements. Using the
weight of the masonry per unit of wall surface gives a more accurate assessment
of the influence of the weight of the plaster (as a constant factor) on the total
weight of the wall.
CG - the center of gravity of the floor (plane) CR - the center of rigidity of the structure
Figure E 8.4.6 The geometric characteristics of the structure
Machine
566
The final results are summarized in table E 8.4.9.
Table E 8.4.9
Fora
Unitary effort
Zone Aria Z Gplaneu Gzidrie axial
(m2 ) (tone) (tone) (tone) (daN/cm2 )

Z1 1.768 6.50 Z2 5.60 12.10 0.68
1.455 8.40 4.90 13.30 0.91 Z3 1.2425 4.90 4.15
9.05 0.73 Z4 1.130 5.30 3.95 9.25 0.82 Z5 2.610
19.0
8.00 27.00 1.03 Z6 1.605 7.50 5.20
1.2425 12.70
3.50 0.79
4.15 Z7
7.65
0.62
Z8 1.630 6.50 5.35 11.85 0.73
5.10Z9
0.71
0.717 2.50 2.60
III. With the values of the axial force, the unitary compressive effort in the masonry is calculated on
one level of the building for the area of the horizontal section of the masonry fill with vertical
continuity (the area of the Z zone). The values of the axial compression force and of the
corresponding unit effort for the current level and at the base of the building (on the ground
floor) are calculated, for each element, with the cross-sectional area (lw × t ) and the effort of
the area where the0 Eelement
8.4.10b.is located. The values obtained are given in tables E 8.4.10a and
Perei transversal
Table E 8.4.10a
Fora Fora
lw t 0
Air 0
Elem. Zona (cm) (cm) axial axial
(daN/cm2 ) (m2 ) (daN/cm2 )
(tone) (tone)
T1 Z1 170 35 0.68 T2 Z2 300 0.595 4.1 2.04 12.3
35 0.91 T3 Z3 120 35 0.73 T4 1.050 9.6 2.73 28.8
Z4 120 30 0.82 T5 Z5 450 30 0.420 3.1 2.19 9.3
1.03 T6 Z6 220 30 0.79 T7 Z7 0.360 3.0 2.46 9.0
220 35 0.62 T8 Z8 350 350 12 1.350 13.9 3.09 41.7
35 0.7 12 T09 35 0.7 0.660 5.2 2.37 15.6
0.770 4.8 1.68 14.4
1.225 8.9 2.19 26.7
0.420 3.0 AT 2.13 9.0
= 6.850
Table E 8.4.10b
Fora Fora
lw t 0 Air 0
Elem. Zona (daN/cm2 ) axial axial
(m2 ) (cm) (cm) (daN/cm2 )
(tone) (tone)
L1 Z1 370 35 0.68 1.295 8.8 0.82 2.04 26.4
L2 Z4 250 35 0.875 7.2 0.62 0.595 2.46 21.6
L3 Z7 170 35 3.7 0.91 0.510 4.6 1.86 11.1
L4 Z2 170 30 1.03 1.350 13.9 0.73 2.73 13.8
L5 Z5 450 30 0.510 3.7 0.73 0.945 3.09 41.7
L6 Z8 170 30 6.6 0.79 1.050 8.3 2.19 11.1
L7 Z3 270 35 0.71 0.420 3.0 2.19 19.8
L8 Z6 300 35 2.37 24.9
L9 Z9 120 35 2.13 9.0
AL = 7.550 m2
It is 8.4.6.2. Capable bending moments
E 8.4.6.2.1. Capable moments for unreinforced masonry - MRd (ZNA)
the relations:
(6.19a) din CR6
(6.20a) din CR 6
(table 8.2);
- masonry with BCA elements with fb = 5.0 N/mm2 and general use mortar (G) with M5
resistance was considered; the masonry has no longitudinal joint (figure 4.1a of the
CR Code 6); for brickwork with BCA elements with M5 mortar we have, according to
CR 6 table 4.5, the unit sliding resistance in the horizontal joint fvk0 = 0.150 N/mm2
value that satisfies the requirement in table 8.4 of P 100-1
- from CR Code 6, table 4.2c, the characteristic compressive strength of the masonry is
fk = 2.75 N/mm2 and the design strength, for the coefficient of = 1.90, is fd = 1.45 N/
mm2 . sure M
NEd = 0EA (E 8.4.8)

where the unit compressive stress is taken from Table E 8.4.9 for the wall group (Z) to which
each T or L wall belongs.
The values from tables E 8.4.11a and E 8.4.11b resulted.
Machine
568
Transversal
Table E 8.4.11a
xRd
t lw A 0E sd Down MRd
Wall lc
mm m2 N/mm2 --- T1 0.35 1.70 tone m tm
0.595 0.204 0.141 12.3 0.282 8.72 T2 0.35 3.00 1.050 0.273 0.188
28.8 0.663 33.67 T3 0.35 1.20 0.420 0.219 0.151 9.3 T4 0.30 1.20
0.213
0.360 0.246 0.170 9.0 T5 0.30 4.50 1.350 0.309 0.213 41.7 4.59
1.126
70.35 T6 0.30 2.20 0.660 0.237 0.164 15.6 0.424 13.850.240 4.32
T7 0.35 2.20
0.770 0.168 0.116 14.4 0.300 13.68 T8 0.35 3.50 1.225 0.219 0.151
26.7 0.621 38.45 T9 0.35 1.20 0.420 0.213 0.147 9.0
0.207 4.47
Longitudinal
Table E 8.4.11b
t lw A sd m m m20N/mm2 NEd xRd MRd
Wall
--- tone m tm
L1 0.35 3.70 1.295 0.204 0.141 26.4 0.613 40.74 L2 0.35 2.50 0.875
0.246 0.170 21.6 0.499 21.61 L3 0.35 1.70 0.595 0.186 0.128 11.1
0.256 8.01 L4 0.30 1.70 0.510 0.273 0.188 13.8 0.376 9.13 L5 0.30
4.50 1.350 0.309 0.213 41.7 1.126 70.35 L6 0.30 1.70 0.510 0.219
0.151 11.1 0.302 7.76 L7 0.35 2.70 0.945 0.219 0.151 19.8 0.479
22.00 L8 0.35 3.00 1.050 0.237 0.164 24.9 0.578 30.15 L9 0.35 1.20
0.420 0.213 0.147 9.0
0.207 4.47
E 8.4.6.2.2. Capable moments for confined masonry - MRd (ZC)
The capable moments given by the reinforcements in the columns were calculated with the relation
(E 8.4.9)
The location of the reinforced concrete pillars is given in figure E 8.4.7. and the detailing
of their positions is given in figures E 8.4.8a and E 8.4.8b.
The longitudinal reinforcement of the pillars was 414 mm (As = 616 mm2 ) with fyd = 300
N/mm2 and 8/10/20 cm steel stirrups with fyd = 210 N/mm2 . The distances between the
axes of the columns for each confined masonry element are shown in figures E 8.4.8a
and E 8.4.8b.
Figure E 8.4.7 Column placement for confined masonry
Figure E 8.4.8a. Detailing the position of the pillars (transverse)
Figure E 8.4.8b. Detailing the position of the pillars (longitudinal)

Machine
570
The total capable moments were calculated with the relation
MRd (ZC) = MRd (ZNA) + MRd(As) (And 8.4.10)
The values of the resulting capable moments are given in tables E 8.4.12a and E 8.4.12b.
For the calculation of the VEdu(ZC) value, the values were also calculated
M* Rd (ZC) = MRd (ZNA) + 1.25 × MRd(As) (E 8.4.11a)

i
(E 8.4.11b
Perei transversal
Table E 8.4.12a
MRd MRd MRd M*

lw Elem. t NEd xRd ls
(KNOWS) (As) (ZC) Rd
(ZC)
(cm) (cm) (tone) (cm) (tm) (cm) (tm) (tm) tm 135 24.9
T1 170 35 12.3 28.5 t2 300 35 8.72 33.6 38.6 275 50.8 84.4 97.2
28.8 66.8 t 33.67 85 15.7 20.3 24.2 85 15.7
4.59 20.0 23.9 425 78.5
168.5 148.8
185 34.2 48.1
4.32 56.6 185 34.2
60.1 47.6
98.6 56.4 85
113.6 325
70.35
13.85
13.68
38.45
4.47 15.7 20.2 24.1 Total
517.4 tm
Table E 8.4.12b
lw N Elem.
t (cm) MRd MRd MRd M*
xRd ls
(cm) (tone) (KNOWS) (As) (ZC) Rd
(cm)
(ZC)
(cm) (cm) (tone) (cm) (tm) (cm) (tm)
102.6
(tm)
118.1
tm 40.74
21.61335
21561.9
39.7
L1 370 35 26.4 61.2 L2 250 35 61.3 71.2 8.01 135 13524.9 24.9
32.9 34.0
39.1 40.3
9.13
24.0 55.6 L3 170 35 12.9 29.9 L4 70.35 425 24.9
78.5 32.7
148.965.4
38.9
168.522.00
7.76235
76.3 13543.4
170 30 12.6 34.1 L5 450 30 41.7
112.8 L6 170 30 12.0 32.5 L7
270 .7 41.7 11.2
L8 300 35 23.1 53.5 L9 120 35 30.15 275 50.8 81.0 93.7 15.7
9.0 20.9 4.47 85 20.2 24.1 Total 579.0
tm
It is 8.4.7. Verification of the safety of the structure in compression+bending
The safety condition for compression + bending, for all elements is
MRd MEb (E 8.4.12)
The comparison of the respective values is given in table E 8.4.13.
Table.E 8.4.13
MRd M* Rd VEdu MRd M* Rd Ours
MEb VE/ME (ZC) MEb AND/ME
Element. (ZC) (ZC) Elem. (tm) (ZC) (ZC) (ZC)
(tm) ( m-1) (tone) (tm) (tm) ( m-1) (tone)
T1 33.6 38.6 T2 84.4 11.5 0.191 7.37 L1 102.6 118.1 74.1 0.135 15.94 56.5 0.151 14.68 L2 61.3
97.2 T3 20.3 24.2 T4 71.2 26.8 0.164 11.68 5.2 0.207 5.01 L3 32.9 39.1 7.2 0.249
5.07 L4
9.74
34.0
3.140.3
0.212
7.1
20.0 23.9 T5 148.8 0.19
168.5 106.0 0.120
20.22 L5 148.9 168.5 92.2 0.120 20.22 T6 48.1 56.6 16.5 0.176 9.96 L6 32.7 38.9 T7 47.6 56.4 18.4 0.175
9.87 L7 65.4 76.3 T8 98.6 113.6
517.460.8
281.2
0.139
579.0 7.1 5.01
15.79 L8 81.0 93.7 T9 20.2 24.1 3.2 0.208 0.193L9
7.51 29.3
20.2 24.1
0.159 12.13 39.9 0.150
14.06 3.2 0.212 5.11
286.9
Conclusion:
Compression + bending safety is satisfied, in both main directions, for the whole
building.
E 8.4.8 Informational force capable
The design sliding resistance in the horizontal joint of the confined masonry walls, VRd, is calculated by
adding up: the design sliding resistance in the horizontal joint of the simple masonry panel corrected to take
into account the effect of the confining elements (VRd1* ), the resistance of design shear
corresponding to the reinforcement in the column at the compressed end of the wall (VRd2) to the
design shear strength of the compressed column (VRsc).
VRd = VRd1* + VRd2 + VRsc (E 8.4.13)
The calculation of the corrected resistance VRdl* is done with the relation
(E 8.4.14)
where the corrected axial force NEd* is calculated with relation (6.34d)
(Ex.2-15)
Machine
572
The tensile strength of the reinforcement in the compressed column was calculated according to
CR 6 in which for the longitudinal reinforcement of bars 14 with fyd = 300 N/mm2 and stirrups 8 with fyd
= 210 N/mm2 was taken c
= 0.25.
Resulted
VRd2 = 0.25 Ascfyd = 0.25 × 6.16 × 3000 = 4620 kg 4.6 tons The design
shear strength of the concrete in the compressed column was calculated with the relation
VRsc = Absc × fcvd = 0.25 × 0.25 × 13.5 = 0.85 tone
where the notations are as follows
Absc - area of the concrete in the column from the compressed end
fcvd unit design strength of concrete in compressed column (CR6)
Therefore the shear strength of the compressed column (reinforcement+concrete) is
VRstc = VRd2 + Vbsc = 3.7 + 0.85 = 5.45 tone
The calculations are developed in tables E 8.4.14a and E 8.4.14b
Transversal
Table E 8.4.14a
VRdl* VRd,l
VEd DOWN DOWN* lw let V() What VRstc
Element. (KNOWS) (ZC)
T1 2.45 12.3 15.8 1.70 0.00 6.32 0.00 6.32 T2 9.48 28.8 36.4 3.00 11.77
0.00 14.56 0.00 14.56 T3 1.20 9.3 11.7 1.20 0.00 4.68 0.00 4.68 T4 20.01
0.72 9.0 10.4 1.20 0.00 4.16 0.00 4.16 T5 14.18 41.7 49.3 4.50 0.00 10.13
19.72 0.00 19.72 T6 3.22 15.6 19.1 2.20 0.00 7.64 0.00 7.64 T7 3.56 9.61
14.4 18.3 2.20 0.00 7.32 0.00 7.32 T8 9.39 26.7 33.1 3.50 0.00 13.24 5.45 25.17
0.00 13.24 T9 0.75 9.0 10.020 4.020 1.020 13.09
12.77
18.69
10.47
Total 130.72 tone
Longitudinal
Table E 8.4.14b
VRd,l VRd,l VRstc (ZNA)
VEd DOWN DOWN* lw let V() What
Elem. (ZC)
tone tone tone m m tone tone tone tone tone 18.89 16.93 11.77 11.33 24.77
L1 11.10 26.4 33.6 3.70 0.00 13.44 0.00 13.44 L2 4.89 24.0 28.7 2.50 11.09
0.00 11.48 0.00 11.48 L3 2.02 12.9 15.8 1.70 0.00 6.32 0.00 6.32 L4 14.37
1.51 12.6 14.7 1.70 0.00 5.88 0.00 5.88 L5 12.33 41.7 48.3 4.50 0.00 16.81
19.32 0.00 19.32 L6 1.51 12.0 14.1 1.70 0.00 5.64 0.00 5.64 L7 5.17 9.65
17.7 22.3 2.70 0.00 8.92 0.00 8.92 L8 6.67 23.1 28.4 3.00 0.00 11.36 5.45 Total
0.00 11.36 L9 0.75 9.0 10.020 4.020 1.020 139.38
tone
It is 8.4.8.2. The yielding mechanism on the inclined section
The design resistance to failure on the inclined section of the confined masonry walls, VRdi,
is calculated by summing:
the design resistance to failure on the inclined section of the masonry panel simply corrected to take into account the
effect of the interaction with the confining elements (VRdi* ), the design shear resistance corresponding to the
reinforcement in the column at the compressed end of the wall (VRd2) the resistance to shear design of compressed
column (VRsc).
VRdi = VRdi* + VRd2 + VRsc (E 8.4.16)
The VRd2 and VRsc values are identical to those determined for the sliding failure mechanism in the horizontal joint.
The values of VRdi* and the values of the resistances of the masonry walls confined to failure on the inclined section are given in
tables E 8.4.15a and E 8.4.15b.
Transversal Table E 8.4.15a
*
* VRd, i
Aria VEd DOWN DOWN * d fvd,i b VRd,i* VRstc
(ZC)
Element.
t tone tone N/mm N/mm 2 tone tone
(m2 ) 2 tone
T1 0.595 2.45 12.3 15.8 0.266 0.072 T2 1.050 9.48 28.8 36.4 0.347 2.86 8.31
0.081 T3 0.420 1.20 9.3 11.7 0.279 0.070 T4 0.360 0.72 9.0 10.4 5.67 11.12
0.289 0.075 T5 1.350 14.18 41.7 49.3 0.365 0.083 T6 0.660 3.22 15.6 1.96 7.41
19.1 0.289 0.075 T7 0.770 3.56 14.4 18.3 0.238 0.068 T8 1.225 9.39 1.80 7.25
26.7 33.1 0.270 0.072 T9 0.420 0.75 9.0 10.5 0.250 0.070 1.5 7.47 5.45 12.92
3.30 8.75
3.49 8.94
5.88 11.33
1.96 7.41
Total 83.44 tone
Longitudinal Table E 8.4.15b

*
* VRd, i
Aria VEd DOWN DOWN * d fvd,i VRd,i* VRstc
(ZC)
Element. b
t tone tone N/mm N/mm tone tone

(m2 ) 2 2 tone
L1 1.295 11.10 26.4 33.6 0.259 0.071 L2 0.875 4.89 24.0 28.7 0.328 6.13 11.58
0.079 L3 0.595 2.02 12.9 15.8 0.266 0.072 L4 0.510 1.51 12.6 14.7 4.61 10.06
0.288 0.074 L5 1.350 12.33 41.7 48.3 0.358 0.082 L6 0.510 1.51 12.0 2.86 8.31
14.1 0.276 0.073 L7 0.945 5.17 17.7 22.3 0.236 0.068 L8 1.050 6.67 2.52 7.97
23.1 28.4 0.270 0.072 L9 0.420 0.75 9.0 10.5 0.250 0.070 1.5 7.38 5.45 12.83
2.48 7.93
4.28 9.73
5.04 10.49
1.96 7.41
Total 86.31tone
Machine
574
The value of the shear resistance of the unreinforced masonry was taken as the smaller
of the sliding resistance in the horizontal joint (VRd,l) and the yield strength on the
inclined section (VRd,i). The total value of the shear strength of the confined masonry
Vtot(ZC) is given in table E 8.4.16.
Table E 8.4.16
VRd,l VRd,i VEdu 1.25× VRd,l VRd,i VEdu (ZC) 1.25×
Element. (ZC) (ZC) VEdu Element (ZC) (ZC) (ZC) Ours
tone tone (tone) (tone) tone tone (tone) (tone)
T1 11.77 8.31 7.37 9.22 L1 18.89 11.58 15.94 19.93 T2 20.01 11.12 14.68 18.35 L2 16.93 10.06 11.68
14.60 T3 10.13 7.41 5.01 6.26 L3 11.77 8.31 9.74 12.18 T4 9.61 7.25 5.07 6.34 L4 11.33 7.97 7.78 9.73
T5 25.17 12.92 20.22 25.28 L5 24.77 12.839.39
20.22
T725.28
12.77T6
8.94
13.09
9.878.75
12.34
9.96
L712.45
14.37L6
9.73
11.09
12.13
7.93
15.16
7.51
18.69
T8
11.33 15.79 19.74 L8 16.81 10.49 14.06 17.58 T9 10.47 7.41 5.01 6.01 6.
72.32 116.24 86.31 130.24
It is 8.4.8.3. The torsional force taken by the reinforcements in the joints
The torsional force taken by the reinforcements in the horizontal joints is calculated with the relation:
A
l8.0V
3rd In
sw
f yd
s (And 8.4.17)
Minimum reinforcement was considered
26 mm fyd = 300 N/mm2 at s = 400 mm (for masonry with blocks with h = 200 mm) VRd3 = 3.4 × lw (m)
In the case of masonry with h = 250 mm blocks, the reinforcement will be 26 mm fyd = 300 N/mm2 (Asw = 56.5
mm2 ) at s = 250 mm < 400 mm (maximum allowed vertical distance between bars)
VRd3 (tone) = 5.4 × lw (m)
It is 8.4.9. Checking the security at the fort
The results of the verification calculation are given in tables E 8.4.17a and E 8.4.17b.
Transversal
Table E 8.4.17a
26/400 VRd
VRd lw 1.25VEdu
Elem. VRd3 (ZC+AR)
tone m tone tone 14.19 21.32 tone
T1 8.31 1.70 5.8 T2 11.12 11.51 9.22
3.00 10.2 T3 7.41 1.20 4.1 T4 11.35 18.35
7.25 1.20 4.1 6.26
6.34
T5 12.92 4.50 15.3 28.22 25.28
T6 8.75 2.20 7.5 T7 8.94 2.20 16.25 12.45

7.5 T8 11.33 3.50 11.9 T9 16.44 12.34
7.41 1.20 4.1 23.23 19.74
11.51 6.26
154.02 116.24
Longitudinal
Table E 8.4.17b
26/400 VRd (ZC+AR
VRd lw 1.25VEdu ) tons 24.18
Elem. VRd3
18.56 14.11 13.77
Tone M Tone L1 11.58 28.13 13.73 (tone)
18.93
3.70 12.6 L2 10.06 2.50 8.5 L3 20.69 11.51 19.93
8.31 1.70 5.8 L4 7.97 1.70 5.8 14.60
L5 12.83 4.50 15.3 L6 7.93 1.70 12.18
5.8 L7 9.73 2.70 9.2 L8 10.49 9.73
3.00 10.2 L9 7.41 1.41.20 4.1 25.28
4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 9.39
4.1 4. 15.16
17.58
6.39
163.61 130.24
FINAL CONCLUSION:
1. In the seismic area ag = 020 g , the security against the forces is ensured , on
both main directions, for the entire building by reinforcing the horizontal joints with
26/400 mm steel with fyd = 300 N/ mm2 .
Machine
576
E 9. PROVISIONS SPECIFIC TO WOODEN BUILDINGS
The design of a wooden hall-type structure
It's 9.1. Specifying the design data In this

example, the calculation and dimensioning of a ground-floor hall type building, with a structure
of glued laminated wood, is carried out.
The building has the function of a warehouse and is located in the city of Bucharest. In what
follows, a brief presentation of the main characteristics of the building is made.
Building features:
Function: warehouse;
Height regime: ground floor;
Roofs in two slopes, with arpant type structure.
General building compliance data:

• Resistance structure:
- the superstructure: laminated wood frames glued with transversely placed posts and trusses;
• Closures and compartments:
- external walls made of 12 cm thick sandwich panels.
Building location data: • City: Bucharest;
• Importance and exposure class III, I=1.0

• Seismic conditions:
- at = 0.30g
- TB = 0.32s
- TC = 1.60s
- Ductility class M (determined by seismic conditions)

• Zona de zpad: sk = 2.0 kN/m2;
• Wind area: qb = 0.5 kN/m2.
Building dimensions:
• 1 opening of 18.00 m
• 4 beams of 3.29 m;
• Level height: h = 3.00 m (free);

• Size of the building: 13.30 mx 18.40 m.
The resistance characteristics of the materials:
• glued laminated wood classified in resistance class - GL 20
- Bending strength: fm,k = 20 N/mm2 - Tensile strength
parallel to the fibers: ft,0,k = 15 N/mm2 - Compression strength parallel to
the fibers: ft,0,k = 21 N/mm2 - Modulus of elasticity: E0,05,k = 8,000 N/mm2 •
oel (bolts): fyd = 300 N/mm2
It's 9.2. Evaluation of charges
Permanent charges:
- Weight of roof elements (sandwich panels) = 30 daN/m2 = 75 daN/m2
- Technical space
Total = 105 daN/m2
Înccarea that the zpad:
- Standard snow load value: sCCS Czech
S
k1 Sk2
Sk1
S 1 tbsp
1
sCC = 160 daN/ m2 Sk 2
5,0 sCC = 80 daN/ m2
kteIs1
S 1 tbsp
1
sCC = 160 daN/ m2
where
sk = 2.00 kN/ m2 the characteristic value of the load from snow on the ground [kN/m2 ], in the location;
ec = 1.0 the exposure coefficient of the construction on the site;
ct = 1.0 thermal transfer coefficient;
i = 0.8 shape coefficient of the snow load on the roof;
Is
= 1.0 the important exposure factor for the speed action.
Machine
578
Figure E 9.1. Cross-section and plane structure of strength in glued laminated wood for
a warehouse-type hall
Wind load:
Wind pressure at height z above the ground, w(z) = Iw qp(ze) cp
= 1.0 the importance-exposure factor.

Iw
qp(from) the peak value of the dynamic wind pressure evaluated at altitude ze;
cp = cpe - cpi aerodynamic pressure coefficient (cpe for external surfaces and cpi for internal surfaces).
qp(ze) = ce(z) qb
ce(z) = 1.31 exposure factor at height z above the ground; category III land is considered; qb = 0.5 kN/ m2
reference value of dynamic wind pressure
The external pressure coefficients, cpe,10 are given in the tables;
For internal pressure coefficients, cpi, for closed buildings with internal partitions and gaps
provided with windows, the values can be used
extreme:
cpi = 0.2 after cpi = - 0.3
It's 9.3. Grouping the structural effects of the actions
SLU without considering the seismic action:
1,35 P + 1,5 Sk1
1.35 P + 1.5 Sk2 (Sk1) + 1.05 w(z)
1.35 P + 1.5 w(z) + 1.05 Sk2 (Sk1)
SLU considering the seismic action:
1.35 P + 0.4 Sk1 + Seism
SLS:
1.0 P + 1.0 Sk2 (Sk1) + 1.0 w(z)
1.0 P + 0.4 Sk1 + Seism
It's 9.4. Evaluation of seismic loads
The seismic action was modeled using the method of equivalent static seismic forces. The action of the
lateral forces was considered separately on the main resistance directions of the building.
Machine
580
Fb = l x Sd(T1) x m x = 1.0 x 0.30 x 2.50 / 2.5 x 1.00 = 0.30 x mg

Behavior factor q = 2.5 in accordance with P 100-1, table 9.2.
It's 9.5. Verification of structural elements

The maximum efforts that will lead to the dimensioning of the structural elements resulted from the
combination:
1.35 P + 1.5 Sk2 (Sk1) + 1.05

w(z) Next, the dimensioning calculations of the elements according to the norm
NP005/2003 are briefly presented (table E 9.5.1 and table E 9.5.2).
Table E 9.5.1 Elements subject to tension. Dimensioning from the condition of resistance
capacity of the bars.
b h No. Nef
No.
(mm) (mm) (tf) (tf)
M1 central 120 100 10.18 2.60
M2 internal 120 100 10.18 2.10
D3 marginal 120 100 10.18 4.23
OF 120 160 12.22 11.60
Table E 9.5.2 Elements subject to compression. Dimensioning from the condition of resistance capacity of the bars.
b h l Cr Cef
Element
(mm) (mm) (m) (tf) (tf)
TS 120 180 2.35 13.00 12.24
D1 central 120 140 2.90 7.20 6.65
D2 intern 120 100 2.60 6.40 4.28
counterfi 120 160 2.8 8.70 7.96
Pillar 120 260 3.20 10.80 8.95
Note: The dimensions of the bars were established taking into account the assortment of beams, which have a minimum size of 100 mm.
The final dimensions of the bars resulted from the calculation of lateral
displacements and joints (table E 9.5.3 and table E 9.5.4). Joints with rods (12
and 16 diameter bolts) and 5 mm thick metal plates were considered.
Table E 9.5.3 Elements subject to tension parallel to the fibers. Checking the bars, after arranging the rods in the joints.
b h Tr Nef
Element
(mm) (mm) (tf) (tf)
M1 central 120 120 12.22 2.60
M2 internal 120 120 12.22 2.10
D3 marginal 120 160 16.30 4.23
OF 120 240 24.44 11.60
Table E 9.5.4 Elements subjected to compression parallel to the fibers. Checking the bars, after arranging the rods in the joints
Element b h Length l Cr Cef
(mm) (mm) (m) (tf) (tf)
TS 120 240 2.35 17.30 12.24
D1 central 120 140 2.90 7.10 6.65
D2 intern 120 120 2.60 7.50 4.28
counterfi 120 240 2.8 13.00 7.96
Pillar 120 400 3.20 16.60 8.95
Table E 9.5.5 Elements subjected to compression parallel to the fibers.
b h N Effective
Element d bullon n those
(mm) (mm) (tf)
M1 central 120 120 12 5 2.6
M2 internal 120 120 12 4 2.1
THE marginal 120 240 16 11 11.61
Diag. D3 120 160 16 4 4.23
TS central 120 240 16 5 5.04
TS marginal 120 240 16 11 11.16
D1 central 120 120 12 12 6.65
D2 intern 120 120 12 7 4.28
counterfi 120 240 16 8 7.96
Base pole 120 400 16 9 8.95

Machine
582
As it results from the analysis of tables E 9.5.1, E 9.5.2, E 9.5.3 and E 9.5.4, the resistance capacities of the
structural elements are greater than the effective efforts – the dimensions of the elements are greater than
those required from the calculation of the bars.
Because of the mandatory minimum distances between the rods, it was necessary to increase the size of the
elements, which led to the final dimensions shown in tables E 9.5.3 and E 9.5.4. Table E 9.5.5 shows the
diameters of the bolts and the number of rods needed to join the braces to the base elements, the counter-
post to the pillar, as well as the pillar to the base.
It's 9.6. Verification of lateral movements

Lateral displacements are determined from the following combination of loads :
1.00 P + 0.4 Sk1 + Seism
The verification of movements is done in accordance with Annex E of P 100-1:
Checking at SLS:
SLS SLS
dr = q dre dr,a
Maximum determined lateral displacement – dcalcul structural = 0.0144m

SLS SLS
dr = 0.5 x 2.5 x 0.0144 = 0.018m < dr,a = 0.0075 h = 0.0225m
where
=0.5 for class III importance.
Verification at ULS:
ULS ULS
dr = c q dre dr,a
ULS
dr ULS= 2.0 x 2.5 x 0.0144 = 0.072m < dr,a = 0.025 h = 0.075m
It's 9.7. ConCluSIonS
From the analysis by calculation of the strength structure made of glued laminated wood, of the
type of frames with columns and trusses with transversely arranged lattices, carried out according to the
provisions of the technical prescriptions in force, it was found that:
- the resistance structure proposed for analysis is part of the current range of hall-type constructions
with medium openings, without internal pillars, used for production, storage, sports halls for
leisure and public gatherings;
- the actions considered correspond to the technical prescriptions in force;
- climatic and seismic actions corresponding to the Bucharest area, which are above the average
current loads, were considered for the calculation;
- the dimensions of the construction elements calculated from the resistance

condition of the tensioned, respectively compressed bars, are much smaller
than the dimensions of the elements established from the condition of respecting
the distances of the rods in the joints;
- the structural resistance elements of the truss (upper sole, lower sole, uprights,
and diagonals, as well as the pillars) resulted with sections imposed by the
condition of arranging the rods in the joints.
Machine
584
E 10. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS FOR NON-STRUCTURAL BUILDING

COMPONENTS (CNS)
E 10.1 Verification of a separating wall from masonry with ceramic elements
It is 10.1.1. Full dividing wall
A - solid wall B - wall with u gap
And 10.1.1.1. Dates general
Full dividing wall (without door/window gap) with dimensions 11.5 x 300 x 500 cm (resting on
the plane, fixed laterally and under the beam of the structure, on the upper side simply resting on
the contour):
Building P+3E (level= 4). Wall located on the 3rd floor (level 4).
Height of the ground floor: Hparter = 4.20 m Height of the floors Hetaj
= 3.60 m Elevation of the ground plane z3 = 4.20 + 2 x 3.60 = 11.40
m Elevation of the upper plane z4 = 15.00 m (roofs)
Purpose of the building:

hospital Location: Bucharest (ag = 0.30g)
It is 10.1.1.2. Calculation materials and resistances

Solid brick (fb = 10 N/mm2 ), M5 mortar Volumetric
weight of the masonry 1800 daN/m3 , volumetric weight of the mortar 2000 daN/m3
Characteristic bending strengths perpendicular to the plane (Code CR 6 table 4.6) fxk1 =
0.240 N/mm2 - break parallel to the horizontal joint - break perpendicular to the horizontal
joint fxk2 = 0.480 N/mm2 The design resistance to bending perpendicular to the plane of
the wall
structural walls inside the building - see P 100-1 Chap. 10):for ULS (wallparallel
- breaking = 1.50 to
- for
thenon-
horizontal joint - breaking perpendicular to the horizontal joint fxd2 = 0.320 N/mm2
fxd1 = 0.240/1.50 = 0.160 N/mm2
It is 10.1.1.3. Calculation of the conventional seismic force

Own weight of the wall g = 0.115 x 1800 + 2 x 0.02 x 2000 290 daN/m2
Design ground acceleration ag = 0.30 g Wall

importance factor important wall I) = cldire = 1.4 (hospital class de
The dynamic amplification factor of the wall wall = 1.00 The

behavior factor (reduction of the effect of seismic action) qwall = 2.50 The
average coefficient of amplification of the ground acceleration on the height of the
building at the 3rd floor (level 4) 40.11 21zK inf 00.15
- 52.2
- 00.3zsup K
- K (4) = 0.5 x (2.52 + 3.00) = 2.76
Design seismic force, uniformly distributed normally on the wall surface: - for ULS:
ULS 2.76 x 1.0 x 0.30g x 4.1 290 2

F)ULS(V
Ed wall
x m/ daN135
50.2 g
Bending moments in the wall under the action of seismic loads -
aspect ratio = hw/lw = 300 / 500 = 0.60 - strength ratio = fxk1/fxk2 =
0.5 - from Code CR 6 Chapter 6, we have, by interpolation, =0.0344
MEx1 =WEd lw
2
2
MEx2 = WEdlw
Bending moments produced by seismic loading for ULS: - MExd1 =

0.5 × 0.0344 × 0.135 × 5.02 0.058 tm - MExd2 = 0.0344 × 0.135 × 5.02
0.116 tm
It is 10.1.1.4. The resistance characteristics of the wall

2
x11.5100
Modulus of elastic resistance IN he
cm 2205
3
/m
6
It is 10.1.1.5. Checking the strength of the

wall Unitary stress in the masonry from the wall's own weight at mid-height
Capable bending moment
< MExd1 = 0.058 tm

The resistance condition for the earthquake with ag = 0.30g is not satisfied.
It is 10.1.1.6. Possibility of correction
Proposal 1: The execution of the wall from elements with vertical voids (45%) with a
thickness of 120 mm, with M10 mortar.
The weight of the plastered wall per unit area, taking into account the weight of the
mortar in the joint (see P 100-1, example E 8.2) becomes g = 215 daN/m2
Machine
586
Design seismic force, uniformly distributed normally on the wall surface: 2.76 x
ULS 1.0 x 0.30gx 4.1 50.2 x 215 m/ daN0.100 2
F)ULS(V
Ed wall
g
Bending moments produced by seismic loading for ULS: MExd1 = 0.5

× 0.0344 × 0.100 × 5.02 0.042 tm MExd2 = 0.0344 × 0.100 × 5.02
0.084 tm
Modulus of elastic resistance
x12.0 100 2
IN cm 2400 3
/m
he
6
The unit compressive stress in masonry from the wall's own weight
< MExd1= 0.058

tm The resistance condition for the design earthquake is not satisfied !
Proposal 2: The execution of the wall from elements with vertical voids (45%) with a
thickness of 140 mm, with M10 mortar.
The weight of the plastered wall per surface unit, taking into account the weight
of the mortar in the joint - LD elements (see P 100-1, example E 8.2) becomes g
240 daN/m2 Design seismic force, uniformly distributed normally on the surface
of the wall: 2.76 x 1.0 x 0.30g x 4.1 50.2
240
ULS
F)ULS(V x m/ daN0.111 2
Ed wall
g
Bending moments produced by seismic loading for ULS: MExd1 = 0.5

× 0.0344 × 0.111 × 5.02 0.047 tm MExd2 = 0.0344 × 0.111 × 5.02
0.094 tm Modulus of elastic resistance
The unit compressive stress in masonry from the wall's own weight
> MExd1=0.058
tm The resistance condition for the design earthquake is satisfied !
It is 10.1.2. Separating wall with u gap
E 10.1.2.1 General data

Check the wall from example E 10.1 with the modification from E 10.1.1.5 (proposal 2)
considering that it has a door gap with a width of 1.0 m in the position in the figure (the
panel is supported on three sides).
E 10.1.2.2 Materials and calculation resistances

I go to E 10.1.1.2
E 10.1.2.3 Calculation of statically equivalent seismic force
I go to E 10.1.1.3
E 10.1.2.4 Calculation of bending moments in the wall Aspect ratio

=hw/lw = 300 /300 = 1.00 Coefficient = 0.113 (from CR 6 -
scheme C) for = 0.5
2
MEx1 =WEdlw = 0.5 × 0.113 × 102.0 × 3.02 51.9 daNm/m [5190 kgcm/m]
E 10.1.2.5 Verification of the resistance condition

The capable moment of the wall Mcap= 6067 kgcm/m idem 1.A.5.
The resistance condition is satisfied
Machine
588
E 10.2 Verification of a reinforced masonry panel in a reinforced concrete frame
for the seismic action in the plane of the wall

And 10.2.1. date of tem
E 10.2.1.1 Reinforced concrete frame P+3E (4 levels)

- interax opening l0 = 500 cm - het level height = 320
cm - columns 45 x 45 cm (all levels) - beams 25 x 50
cm (all levels) - concrete C16/20
E 10.2.1.2 Masonry panel:

- solid brick masonry panel, t = 25 cm - panel
dimensions (500-45) × (320-50) = 455 × 270 cm - masonry
materials: * brick fb = 7.5 N/mm2 and fbh = 2.0 N/ mm2
* mortar M5
It is 10.2.1.3. Mechanical resistance characteristics of and deformability of

materials: - concrete:
Eb = 27000 N/mm2
- brickwork characteristic unitary
resistance to compression fk = 2.9 N/mm2 safety coefficient for
M = 1.9 f 9.2 9.1
masonry design unitary resistance to compression:
k 2
f d
mm/ 53.1
M
characteristic unitary resistance to compression parallel to the horizontal

joints (CR 6- tab.4.4 for fbh = 2.0 N/mm2 and M5) fkh = 1.44 N/ mm2 design
unitary resistance to compression parallel to the horizontal joints (CR 6-
tab.4.4 for fbh = 2.0 N/mm2 i M5) f 44.1 9.1
kh 2
f d
mm/ N76.0
M
characteristic unit shear strength under zero compression stress: fvk0 = 0.20
N/ mm2 (CR 6, 4.1.1.2.1, tab.4.3) design unit shear strength under
compression stress
zero :
f 20.0
0vk 9.1 2
f 0vd
mm/ N105.0
M
the longitudinal modulus of elasticity of the masonry Ez = 1000 fk = 2900

N/mm2

Untitled

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Untitled

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Machine Translated by Google 289

E 4.2.3.1. Spatial modeling of the building

E 4.2.3.1.1. The elements of resistance

2 0,150 0,002817 0.003125 0.001125

4 0,080 0,000732 0,001067 0,000267

5 0,080 0,000732 0,001067 0,000267

6 0,525 0,017200 0,231500 0,004725

7 0,388 0,012250 0,093100 0,003488

8 0,313 0,009550 0,048830 0,002813

rectangular 0.600 0.6

Figure E 4.2.12 Column geometry

153,343 11990 18,712 4,566

5 18,382 47,994 25,056

(t) 48940 48520 (m) (m)

The resultants of gravitational forces originating from own weight a

TOTAL (kN) 2867,72 3913,48 3713,27 26343,50

E4.2.3.2 Vectors and eigenvalues

non-structural, partition walls, contribute to the overall rigidity of the structure.

Figure E 4.2.13 Mode 1 of vibration x 1,

Figure E 4.2.14 Vibration mode 2 x 2,

Figure E 4.2.15 Vibration mode 3 x 3,

(in the case of orthonormal eigenvectors)

modal base pairs. For the first mode of vibration it results:

Reduced values of the equivalence coefficient associated with torsional oscillations

E 4.2.3.3. Calculation of maximum modal base torsional forces

where ga m/s 9445.23.0 2

It is observed that the dynamic amplification factor /5 they do not change.

(kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)

CQC 2520 907 907 2658

important III (according to table 4.2).

and in mode two of vibration

Table E 4.2.10 CQC

(kN) (kN) (kNm) (kN) (kN) (kNm)

E4.2.3.4. Determining the main directions for the seismic action

1,1,1, 1 yxx 6981,01343,05638,0 ;

Figure E 4.2.16 Orientation of the main directions.

Figure E 4.2.17 Mode 1 of vibration 1, 1 x

Figure E 4.2.18 Vibration mode 2 1 x 2,

Figure E 4.2.19 Vibration mode 3 1 x 3,

By performing an axis rotation of 26 and recalculating the vectors and eigenvalues,

E4.2.3.5. Calculation of efforts and displacements For the case

(kN) (kN) (kNm) (kN) (kN) (kNm)

Earthquake in direction 0x1 (module 1) Earthquake in the 0y1 direction (mode 2)

(kN) -5 (kNm) (kN) (kN) (kNm)

have a value greater than 0.7. The calculation algorithm is as follows:

0x1 and respectively eFeFM

efforts and trips (stage III of Annex C) d.

1 EEdx 30,0"" Edy 2

In this manner of calculation, efforts and movements preserve his mark

eFFM 11,1, iyx

Figure E 4.2.21 Loading cases with conventional forces statically equivalent to

It is 4.2.3.6. Verification of displacements in the ultimate limit stage (ULS)

behavior factor q 4.5 .

The coefficient c is obtained by linear interpolation in the domain:

T1 846,0 qTC 4,56,1

ULS cm 024,66452,0 cm ULS

(cm) (cm) (cm) (cm) (cm) (m)

E 5. PROVISIONS SPECIFIC TO CONCRETE CONSTRUCTIONS

E 5.1 Design of a structure in reinforced concrete frames

It is 5.1.1. Specification of design data

Figure E 5.1.1. Ski current level

Current floors: offices, bathrooms;

Ground floor: offices, conference room, bathrooms

General building composition data: